conEfefisfefr a i conEdlson,
Jeffrey L. Riback Assistant General Counsel
December 22, 2006
VIA OVERNIGHT MAIL AND E-MAIL
The Honorable Jaclyn A. Brilling Secretary New York State Public Service Commission Three Empire State Plaza Albany, New York 12223
Re: Case 06-T-0710: M29 Transmission Line Project Consolidated Edison Company of New York, Inc.
Dear Secretary Brilling:
ConsoUdated Edison Company of New York, Inc. ("Con Edison") and the New York State Department of Transportation ("NYSDOT") have executed the enclosed Joint Proposal resolving all matters between them related to Con Edison's application to the Commission for a Certificate of Environmental Compatibility and Public Need under Article Vll of the Public Service Law for the referenced M29 Transmission Line Project (the "Project"). The Joint Proposal is submitted in accordance with the November 20, 2006 Ruling Further Establishing Case Schedule of Judges William Bouteiller and Michelle L. Phillips in this proceeding. Enclosed for filing are an original and ten copies of the executed Joint Proposal, with appendices, exhibits, and the applicable sponsoring affidavits for the Project application, as amended. Discussions leading to the signing of the Joint Proposal were initiated pursuant to 16 NYCRR § 3.9 by letter to you dated October 20, 2006.
The Joint Proposal has also been discussed with PSC Staff and the City of New York. PSC Staff recently advised us that it would not sign the agreement, and would make no decision about signing the agreement, until it had the opportunity to review the alternative route proposals submitted by the other parties. With respect to the City of New York, we understand that it has not yet completed the internal review process necessary for it to sign the agreement. We are hopeful that these parties will be able to sign the Joint Proposal within the next few weeks.
Also enclosed are an original and ten copies of a Joint Statement in Support of the Joint Proposal, executed by Con Edison and NYSDOT. Copies of the executed Joint Proposal and the Joint Statement in Support are being provided by electronic mail and overnight mail to Judges Bouteiller and Philhps, the presiding officers in this
Consolidated Edison Company of New York, Inc. 4 Irving Place New York NY 10003 212 460 6677 212 260 8627 fax [email protected] proceeding. Additional copies are being provided by electronic mail to the active parties in this proceeding, with the exception of the Exhibits, which will be provided by re^lar mail.
Respectfully submitted.
Enclosures
cc: The Hon. William Bouteiller The Hon. MicheUe L. Phillips Donna K. Hintz, Esq. (NYSDOT) Active Parties List (12/21/06) /
i. !" ^
STATE OF NEW YORK PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION
Case 06-T-0710 — Application of Consolidated Edison Company of New York, Inc. for a Certificate of Environmental Compatibility and Public Need Pursuant to Article VII of the Public Service Law for the M29 Transmission Line Project
Joint Proposal
December 22,2006 STATE OF NEW YORK PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION
Case; 06-T-0710 — Application of Consolidated Edison Company of New York, Inc. for a Certificate of Environmental Compatibility and Public Need Pursuant to Article VTI of the Public Service Law for the M29 Transmission Line Project
Joint Proposal
THIS JOINT PROPOSAL is made as of December 22, 2006 by and among
Consolidated Edison Company of New York, Inc. ("Con Edison" or the "Company") and the
New York State Department of Transportation (collectively referred to as the "Signatory
Parties").
Introduction
On June 14,2006, Con Edison filed an application with the New York State
Public Service Commission (the "Commission") seeking a certificate of environmental
compatibility and public need ("Certificate") pursuant to Article VII of the Public Service Law
("PSL") for the construction and operation of an approximately 9.5-mile, 345 kV high-pressure
fluid-filled ("HPFF" pipe-type), primarily underground, transmission line connecting Con
Edison's existing Sprain Brook Substation in the City of Yonkers, Westchester County, with the
new Academy Substation to be located in the Inwood section of upper Manhattan in the City of
New York (the "Project"). By letter dated July 24, 2006, the Commission requested that Con
Edison supplement the application by submitting the Company's plans for site work and the
masonry building design associated with the Academy Substation. On August 8, 2006, this
information, designated Exhibit 10 of the application, was filed as a supplement to the
application. On October 6, 2006, Con Edison filed revised pages to the application reflecting a change in the proposed method for the transmission line crossing of the Harlem River. The application and supplements (hereinafter, the "Application") were provided to all statutory and other parties on the service list at the time of filing with the Commission.
Public statement hearings were held before Presiding Administrative Law Judges
William Bouteiller and Michelle Phillips in Yonkers, New York, on the afternoon and evening of
September 6,2006, the purpose of which was to receive unsworn statements from members of the public regarding the Application and other supporting materials. Additional public statement hearings were held before Judge Phillips in the Bronx and upper Manhattan during the afternoons and evenings of October 16 and 17, respectively.
A preliminary conference was held before Judges Bouteiller and Phillips at the
Conunission offices in Manhattan on September 7, 2006, to take appearances by active parties to the proceeding, to discuss pending issues, discovery, the settlement process, and further case scheduling should evidentiary hearings be required.
An opportunity for discovery has existed since the filing of the Application on
June 14, 2006. After exploratory discussions among the parties, a letter noticing the scheduling of negotiations was sent via electronic mail on October 20, 2006, to those persons on the then- current Active Party List to the proceeding and the Administrative Law Judges, and was duly submitted to the Secretary of the Commission by letter and electronic mail of the same date.
To date, Con Edison has responded to 121 interrogatories and information requests submitted by New York State Department of Public Service staff ("DPS Staff),
Manhattan Community Board 12 ("CB12"), Time Warner Cable ("TWC") and The New York and Presbyterian Hospital ("NYPH"), with respect to the Project's need, design, and construction. Con Edison's responses to DPS Staffs interrogatories were satisfactory to DPS
Staff, and no further interrogatories or information requests have been received from DPS Staff, CB12, or any other party, other than TWC. Responses to three additional interrogatories from
TWC ;are not due until after the date of this Joint Proposal.
A joint resolution of the case is now feasible because, after thorough investigation
and discussion, the Signatory Parties more fully understand their respective positions and
recognize that a mutually satisfactory resolution of those positions is possible. The Signatory
Parties also believe that this Joint Proposal will further the objective of allowing Con Edison to
meet both near-term and projected long-term electric load growth in upper Manhattan, the
Bronx:, and southern Westchester County in a reliable, and environmentally sound manner. The
Counly of Westchester, which actively participated in the negotiations leading to this Joint
Proposal, is not a Signatory Party hereto, but is not opposed to the Project. In addition, by letter
dated December 14, 2006, attached as an Exhibit hereto, the New York State Department of
Transportation stated that it "supports [Con Edison's] original proposed route that utilizes routes
in the Cities of New York and Yonkers."
Terms of Joint Proposal
I. General Provisions
1. It is understood that each provision of this Joint Proposal is in consideration and
support of all of the other provisions of this Joint Proposal and is expressly conditioned upon
approval of the terms of this Joint Proposal in full by the Commission. If the Commission fails
to adopt the terms of this Joint Proposal, the parties to the Joint Proposal shall be free to pursue
their respective positions in this proceeding without prejudice.
2. The terms and provisions of this Joint Proposal apply solely to, and are binding
only in the context of the present Application. None of the terms or provisions of this Joint
Proposal and none of the positions taken herein by any party may be referred to, cited or relied
upon in any fashion as precedent or otherwise in any other proceeding before this Commission or any other regulatory agency or before any court of law for any purpose, except in furtherance of ensuring the effectuation of the purposes and results of this Joint Proposal.
3. The Signatory Parties agree to submit this Joint Proposal to the Commission along with a request that the Commission expeditiously adopt the terms and provisions of this Joint
Proposal as set forth herein.
4. The Signatory Parties recognize that certain provisions of this Joint Proposal
contemplate actions to be taken in the future to effectuate fully this Joint Proposal. Accordingly,
the Si^jnatory Parties agree to cooperate with each other in good faith in taking such actions.
5. In the event of any disagreement over the interpretation of this Joint Proposal or
implementation of any of the provisions of fhis Joint Proposal, which cannot be resolved
informally among the Signatory Parties, such disagreement shall be resolved in the following
manner: (a) the Signatory Parties shall promptly convene a conference and in good faith attempt
to resolve any such disagreement; and (b) if any such disagreement cannot be resolved by the
Signatory Parties, any Signatory Party may petition the Commission for resolution of the
disputed matter.
6. This Joint Proposal shall not constitute a waiver by Con Edison of any rights it
might have to apply for additional or modified permits, approvals or certificates from the
Commission, NYSDEC, or any other agency in accordance with relevant provisions of law.
7. This Joint Proposal is being executed in counterpart originals, and shall be
binding on each Signatory Party when the counterparts have been executed.
8. Applicant agrees to provide the necessary affidavits that will permit the pre-filed
testimony, exhibits and appendices comprising the Application and the supplemental exhibits
agreed upon by the Signatory Parties and attached to this Joint Proposal to be admitted as record
evidence in this proceeding. II. Evidentiary Record
The evidentiary record in this proceeding consists of the Application, testimony, and exhibits filed June 14,2006, as supplemented on August 8 and October 6, 2006. The evidentiary record also includes Con Edison's responses to certain of DPS Staff interrogatory and information requests, other than certain engineering drawings and materials provided to the DPS
Staff Records Access Officer as confidential critical infrastructure information. These responses are included as Exhibits to this Joint Proposal, and are accompanied by affidavits supporting the information contained therein.
III. Description of Project and its Location (16 NYCRR §§ 85-2.2,85-2.8, 86.10, 88.1, and 88.2)
1. The Project will consist of an approximately 9.5-mile long, 345 kV high-pressure, fluid-filled ("HPFF") transmission line, primarily underground, between Con Edison's Sprain
Brook Substation in Yonkers and a new transmission switching station, referred to as the
Academy Substation, at the site of Con Edison's former Sherman Creek Generating Station in the Inwood section of Manhattan. The transmission line, designated M29, will consist of one feeder, comprised of three 2,500 kcmil paper-insulated copper conductors. At certain locations in Yonkers and the Bronx the feeder will be mounted to the underside, or within the sub- roadway, of existing aboveground bridges along the preferred route. Equipment required to accommodate the new feeder will be added at the existing Sprain Brook Substation and at the new Academy Substation. [Application; Public Notice].
2. The transmission line would be installed primarily within the curb-to-curb portion of the rights-of-way of public roadways. The preferred route for the transmission line begins at
Con Edison's Sprain Brook Substation and heads southwest along the Sprain Brook Substation access road to the intersection with Tuckahoe Road. The transmission route then tums west
-5- along Tuckahoe Road to the intersection with Saw Mill River Road. Along Tuckahoe Road, the transmission line would cross under the New York State Thruway (Interstate 87) and cross over the New York City New Croton Aqueduct via the Tuckahoe Road bridge. At the intersection of
Tuckahoe Road and the Saw Mill River Road (State Route 9A), the line would travel along Saw
Mill River Road until the intersection with Old Nepperhan Avenue, where it would turn west. At
Old Nepperhan Avenue the route veers northwest and crosses the Saw Mill River via the Old
Nepperhan Bridge. The line then turns southwest to the intersection with Nepperhan Avenue.
At Nepperhan Avenue, the line would continue south to the intersection with Ashburton Avenue,
and then again travel across the Saw Mill River and the New York City Croton Aqueduct on the
Nepperhan Avenue Bridge. From the Nepperhan Avenue Bridge the route travels southwest to
the intersection of Nepperhan Avenue and Broadway (State Route'9). The transmission line
crosses Broadway where Nepperhan Avenue becomes Prospect Street. The feeder would
continue west on Prospect Street to the intersection with Riverdale Avenue. The route turns
south on Riverdale Avenue to the City of Yonkers/City of New York (Bronx County) boundary.
The total distance of the preferred route through the City of Yonkers is approximately five miles.
In the Bronx, the transmission line would continue along Riverdale Avenue and enter the
Henry Hudson parkway western service road. The line would continue on the western service
road and turn east on West 252nd Street, crossing the Henry Hudson parkway via the West 252nd
Bridge. The line would then travel south on Riverdale Avenue, parallel to the main Henry
Hudson Parkway and continue southeast on Riverdale Avenue to West 230th Street, continuing
southeast on West 230th Street to the intersection with Broadway. At this point the line would
turn south, crossing the boundary between Bronx and New York Counties, and continue along
Broadway onto Kingsbridge Associates property south of West 225th Street. The total distance
of the preferred route through the Bronx is approximately 2.7 miles.
-6- The tunnel shaft on the north side of the Harlem River crossing would be located on
Kingsbridge Associates property south of West 225th Street. The feeder would pass underneath the Metropolitan Transportation Authority's ("MTA") railroad before crossing beneath the
Harlem River, and, on the Manhattan side of the river, pass under property between Ninth Avenue and the river owned by NYPH. A tunnel shaft would be constructed within the NYPH parking lot to facilitate tunnel construction activities. South of the tunnel, the transmission line would then continue south on Ninth Avenue until it turns due west on West 219th Street. At the intersection with Broadway, the line turns south again following Broadway to the intersection of
West 204th Street. The route turns southeast to follow West 204th Street to the intersection of
Tenth Avenue, where the line turns south to the intersection with West 201st Street. At West 201st
Street the line would turn east and continue to its terminus at the new Academy Substation. The total distance of the preferred route through New York County (including the Harlem River
Crossing) is approximately 1.8 miles. [Application, Exh. 2].
3. Maps showing the proposed route of the transmission line and the overall location
of thie Project are incorporated into this Joint Proposal by reference to Application Figures 2-1, 2-
2, and 2-3 a-h. [Application, Exh. 2].
4. The capital cost of Project construction is estimated to be $267 million. The cost
estimate covers approximately 9.5 miles of 345 kV HPFF pipe-type primarily underground
transmission feeders installed along a route that originates at the Sprain Brook Substation in the
City of Yonkers and terminates at the new Academy Substation in New York City. Also covered
in the cost estimate are the associated equipment improvements at the existing Sprain Brook
Substation and construction of the new Academy Substation. [Application, Exh. 9 and 10,
Sponsoring Affidavit of Peter Chan].
-7- IV. Environmental Compatibility and Public Need (PSL § 126)
Before the Commission may issue a Certificate for the Project, the Commission must find
and determine: The basis of the need for the Project; the nature of the probable environmental
impact; that the Project represents the minimum adverse environmental impact, considering the
state of available technology and the nature and economics of various alternatives, and other
pertinent considerations including but not limited to, the effect on agricultural lands, wetlands,
parklands and river corridors traversed; what part, if any, of the line shall be located
under^pround; that the Project conforms to a long-range plan for expansion of the electric power
grid of the electric systems serving New York and interconnected utility systems, which will
serve the interests of electric system economy and reliability; that the location of the Project as
proposed conforms to applicable State and local laws and regulations issued thereunder, unless
such local requirements are unreasonably restrictive in view of existing technology, or factors of
cost or economics, or of the needs of consumers; and, that the Project will serve the public
interest, convenience, and necessity.
A. Need
1. As part of its ongoing electrical load planning efforts, Con Edison periodically re-
evaluates its existing transmission network and substation facility infrastructure, as well as its
electric supply load forecasts. The ten-year load forecast reflects projected substation peak
loadings, taking into account load increases from new and imminent projects that will contribute
to the anticipated electrical load growth in each region served by an area substation. The area
substations and associated supply feeders must be capable of supplying their projected peak
loads during a first contingency condition. A first contingency condition is defined as the loss of
an area transformer and/or its associated 138 kV feeder. Area substation capabilities are
determined based on this emergency condition, i.e., one facility (first contingency) being out of
•8- service. Load areas supported by inadequate supply can, under certain demand circumstances, be subject to overload conditions that threaten electric system reliability. [Application, Exh. E-
4]. The proposed M29 transmission line originates at Con Edison's Sprain Brook Substation in
Yonkers and terminates at the new Academy Substation in upper Manhattan, at which point the power would be stepped down to 138 kV for interconnection to the Sherman Creek Substation for network distribution. Operation of the proposed M29 transmission line will enhance reliability of load supply into the East 179th Street load area served by Con Edison's electrical distribution system, which has seen rapid and significant load growth over the last few years, threatening overload under first contingency conditions. The M29 transmission line will increase the supply capacity of the Sherman Creek Substation, which serves sections of the
Bronx and the Inwood and Washington Heights section of upper Manhattan. Additionally, the
Project would enhance Con Edison's ability to import power into New York City by approximately 300 MW, providing for the potential delivery of more economical power to its in-
City customers. The Project will not diminish current electric system capacity to Westchester
County. [Application, Exh. E-4].
2. On the transmission side, the M29 transmission line would provide sufficient additional transmission capacity to the East 179th load area to not only meet its first contingency design requirements, but also provide enough margin over the next ten years to achieve close to second contingency design capability. As compared to other potential transmission solutions, the
M29 transmission line also directly benefits the Sherman Creek Substation by providing it with an additional supply source. With the transmission line, anticipated load growth at the Sherman
Creek Substation could also be supplied while maintaining second contingency transmission capability into the area substation. In addition, the M29 transmission line would improve system reliability in the Dunwoodie North load area in southern Westchester County, an area that is electrically interconnected to the East 179th Street load area, and forecasted to experience significant load growth. Con Edison believes that this approach, as opposed to other alternatives such as demand-side management and distributed generation technology, is the most realistic and prudent approach to address near-term overload concerns and to meet long-term electric load growth. [Application, Exh. E-4].
3. The M29 Transmission Line Project is being designed to meet both near-term and anticipated long-term electric load growth in the East 179th Street load area. [ Pre-filed Direct
Testimony of Peter K. Chan and Francesco Elmi].
4. Con Edison seeks to complete construction of the Project by March 2009 to meet both near-term and anticipated long-term electric load growth. [Application, Exh. E-4].
B. Environmental Impact/Minimization of Impact
1. General - The Application and supplemental materials supplied for the record by
Con Edison describe the nature of the probable environmental impacts of the Project and are briefly summarized below. The environmental impacts of the Project are expected to be minimal and limited to temporary construction disturbance. Since the transmission line will be primarily underground, the transmission line right-of-way ("ROW") will not be noticeable following the temporary impacts associated with construction activities. Exhibit 4 of the Application addresses all expected environmental effects. Con Edison's decision to alter the planned crossing technique of the Harlem River from horizontal directional drilling to tunneling reduces the length of the crossing by approximately 450 feet, does not require use of residential property on the
Bronx side of the river, limits use of private property on the Manhattan side of the river, and will significantly mitigate the noise impacts and other potential environmental contamination impacts that were previously anticipated in connection with the crossing.
-10- 2. Land Uses - Land uses adjacent to or near the proposed M29 route consist of a
mix of residential, commercial, industrial, and institutional uses, open space and transportation
corridors. Manufacturing/industrial uses in the vicinity of the preferred route include several
warehouses and manufacturing buildings along Nepperhan Avenue in Yonkers and the existing
Sherman Creek Substation and adjacent warehouses and manufacturing buildings near the new
Academy Substation, in upper Manhattan. Institutional and governmental uses adjacent to the
route include the Yonkers Water Plant, Yonkers Fire Station 10, St. John's Riverside Hospital,
Yonkers City Hall and Courthouse municipal complex, Yonkers Fire Headquarters, the
Westchester County Central Maintenance Facility, the College of Mt. Saint Vincent, Manhattan
College, and the New York-Presbyterian Hospital, as well as several local schools in Yonkers
(i.e., St. Casimir Catholic School, Hostos/Microsociety School, and Hawthorne PEARLS
School), the Bronx (i.e., P.S. 81, Robert J. Christen School and P.S. 37, Multiple Intelligence
. School) and Manhattan (i.e., P.S. 5, the Ellen Lurie School, P.S. 18, Park Terrace Early Child,
Good Shepherd Church/School, P.S. 98, P.S./I.S. 176, and the former St. Matthew's Lutheran
School). Commercial uses along the preferred route include several first-story commercial
businesses, such as gas stations, dry cleaners and local retail shops. Major transportation
corridors traversed by the preferred route include the New York State Thruway and the Saw Mill
River Parkway in Yonkers, the Henry Hudson Parkway in the Bronx, as well as the Harlem
River. The preferred transmission line route also crosses New York City's Croton and New
Croton Aqueducts. There are no agricultural land uses adjacent to the proposed route or
connecting substations. The proposed transmission line will be installed primarily within the
curb-to-curb portion of the ROW of public roadways, thereby minimizing potential long-term
land use impacts. Potential impacts on adjacent land uses during construction will be mitigated
by minimizing work crew time oh site, implementing equipment noise reduction, prompt
n- restoration of the construction zone, and implementation of traffic control noise measures.
[Application, Exh. 4, Section 4.2].
Within a reasonable time after Commission Article VII certification of the Project, Con
Edison will obtain any necessary easements, revocable consents, or necessary approvals for use of property rights from Kingsbridge Associates, the Metropolitan Transit Authority, NYPH, and
NYSDOT to allow construction along that portion of the transmission line controlled or owned by those entities. [Application, Exh. 8].
3. Visual and Aesthetic Resources - Noted visual and aesthetic resources in proximity to the Project route and the related substations include the Roberto Clemente State Park (opposite the Academy Substation site along the east shore of the Harlem River), the Harlem Heights State
Heritage Area (west of Tenth Avenue in Manhattan), and a number of structures listed on the
State and National Registers of Historic Places. Since the transmission line will be located underground, with the limited exception of where it will be attached to existing bridge structures, the transmission line ROW will not be noticeable following the temporary visual impacts associated with construction activities. Accordingly, there will be no long-term, adverse visual or aesthetic resource impacts attributable to the proposed transmission line.
The equipment to be installed at the Sprain Brook Substation will be located entirely with the existing substation fence line and will be visually compatible with the existing uses of this site..
The completed Academy Substation will enhance the aesthetic and urban design values in the Project area, and provide investment in the local economy at an underutilized industrial site that has been historically used for energy and utility use. The Academy Substation is being developed as a gas insulated switchgear ("GIS") substation in response to ongoing discussions with New York City representatives. The use of a GIS design minimizes the space required for
-12- the substation equipment along Academy Street and the adjacent Sherman Creek. The substation's design will be consistent with the City of New York's planned residential and commercial redevelopment of the Sherman Creek neighborhood, and the substation's fa9ade will visually complement the existing marinas located in the Project area, south of Sherman Creek.
The substation's enclosed design also ensures the safety of the public and maximizes security for the substation. [Application, Exh. 4, Section 4.3].
4. Cultural Resources - Cultural resources refer to both historic and archeological sensitive places. The preferred transmission line route and the existing substation sites were reviev/ed to determine the presence or likely presence of archaeological and historic structures, artifacts, sites, and areas, and the impact of the proposed facilities on these resources. A Phase
IA cultural resources report was prepared and submitted to the New York State Office of Parks,
Recreation and Historic Preservation ("OPRHP") on September 1,2006; By letter dated
November 8,2006, OPRHP has requested that Con Edison provide further documentation of disturbance along the proposed route. Con Edison will provide the documentation requested.
Due to intensive development within the area during the first quarter of the twentieth century, the majority of the recorded archaeological sites have been destroyed. Other sites in the
Project area are likely compromised due to continued extensive development of the area.
Thoujjh a few sites, discovered during the early twentieth century, are within the immediate
Project area, it is highly unlikely that any intact archaeological deposits would remain due to extensive disturbance by utility services (including water, sewer, electrical, gas and telephone).
Construction of the proposed transmission line and upgrades to the existing substations is not anticipated to have any impact on cultural resources. The proposed transmission line will be installed primarily within the curb-to-curb portion of the rights-of-way of public roadways. Prior disturbance along these rights-of-way essentially eliminates the potential for encountering
13- significant archaeological sites along these routes. However, to provide for the protection of any unknown archeological resources, an Unanticipated Discoveries Plan will be prepared and implemented during construction.
Furthermore, even though the proposed transmission line will occur adjacent to numerous
National and State Register Listed properties, because the transmission line will be installed below grade or affixed to existing bridge structures, the Project poses no adverse direct or visual effect to these properties. Therefore, no properties listed in the National or State Register of
Historic Places will be impacted by the construction or operation of the Project. [Application,
Exh. 4, Section 4.4].
5. Terrestrial Ecology and Wetlands - The area traversed by the preferred route for the transmission line does not contain any unusual or unique ecological communities.' The use of existing bridge structures and underground tunneling to cross rivers along the transmission line route will avoid impacts to those rivers. No wetlands or streams will be impacted by the proposed excavation and construction of the transmission line. The proposed transmission line will be installed within existing paved roadways for nearly the entire length from the Sprain
Brook Substation to the Academy Substation. Accordingly, the vegetative communities within the Project area consist almost entirely of roadside areas and previously developed areas, and no significant vegetation or wildlife habitat will be required to be removed for the Project.
Furthermore, because the work at the Sprain Brook Substation and the new Academy Substation will take place within the confines of an existing Con Edison substation and the site of the former Sherman Creek Generating Station, this substation work will not disturb any natural habitats. Potential impacts, if any, on these communities that could occur as a result of the construction and operation of the electric transmission line have been analyzed as part of this
Application. Therefore, the impacts on terrestrial and wildlife resources from construction of the
•14- Project will be minor and temporary. No impacts to threatened and endangered species are
anticipated. [Application, Exh. 4, Section 4.5].
6. Topography and Soils - The proposed 345 kV high-pressure, fluid filled (HPFF
pipe-type) transmission line will be designed, constructed, operated and maintained to be
compatible with geologic conditions along the proposed transmission route and at the Sprain
Brook and Academy Substation sites.
As the transmission line will be placed primarily in existing roadway right-of-ways, soil
types and topography encountered along the transmission route are ideally suited to the common
construction methods to be employed. When completed, the portion of the corridor excavated
for the transmission hue will be returned to its original topography and drainage conditions. A
state-licensed contractor will dispose of excavated soils and asphalt at an appropriately licensed
facility. Due to the previously developed nature of the proposed transmission route and the best
management practices to be employed during the construction activities supporting the
installation of the transmission facilities, adverse impacts as a result of soil excavation should not
occur.
Due to the developed state of the Sprain Brook Substation site, minimal excavation and
grading will be required to install the new equipment in a manner that promotes good site
drainage and controls stormwater runoff. EM&CP segments for the Project to be submitted will
be prepared in accordance with the Erosion and Sediment Control, Best Management Practices
Manual Series, Westchester County, N.Y., 1991 and the New York Guidelines for Urban Erosion
and Sediment Control. With the implementation of best stormwater management practices, no
environmental impacts to soil are anticipated. All soils to be transported off-site would be
disposed of in accordance with all applicable rules and regulations. [Application, Exh. 4, Section
4.6]. 7. Water Resources - Construction of the transmission facilities will require minimal water supply. If water is required for construction activities, such as for dust control, pavement cutting, etc., water will be brought to the construction site in tanker trucks. No water supply will be required for the transmission facilities during operation. No changes to the Sprain
Brook Substation's stormwater management, water supply, or sanitary demands are anticipated with the proposed substation improvements. Further, as the Academy Substation site currently comprises impervious surfaces, the proposed development will not result in an increase in impervious surfaces or in the volumes of stormwater generated. All pollutant sources (i.e., pressurization plant and transformers) will be located within the building at the Academy
Substation, within secondary containment. Con Edison will prepare a Construction Stormwater
Pollution Prevention Plan ("CSWPP") to avoid impacts to the local environment caused by uncontrolled stormwater runoff. During final design of the Project, Con Edison will work with the City of Yonkers, Westchester County, the New York City Department of Environmental
Protection ("NYCDEP"), and NYSDOT, as appropriate, to ensure that the construction and operation of the transmission line and Project-related operations at the substations do not have any impacts to existing infrastructure, including the water supply distribution, sanitary sewer, and stormwater sewer systems. During the final engineering and design for the Project, Con
Edison will verify that existing water supply and pressure is adequate to provide fire protection.
[Application, Exh. 4, Section 4.7].
8. Traffic and Transportation - The Project's transmission line will be installed primarily within the curb-to-curb portion of the rights-of-way of public roadways. All constixiction will be conducted in compliance with applicable New York State traffic control standiirds and, within the appropriate jurisdictions, guidelines set forth by NYSDOT, the New
York City Department of Transportation ("NYCDOT"), the City of Yonkers, and Westchester
•16- County, as reflected in the EM&CP. Construction will be closely coordinated with appropriate governmental entities to ensure that the impacts on traffic due to lane closures are minimized.
All Project-related work and traffic control will be established in accordance with all applicable laws, regulations, permits and regulatory stipulations. In addition, Con Edison will develop and implement a Maintenance and Protection of Traffic Plan ("MPT") to ensure safe and adequate traffic operation. The traffic impacts along the preferred transmission line route will be minimized further by conducting the work that will progress over the route in segments at multiple locations, rather than one location being the focus of construction activities for an extended period. Operation of the proposed transmission line will not generate any traffic, with the exception of occasional maintenance activities. The Substation improvements and constnxction are not expected to impact existing,traffic conditions. [Application, Exh. E-6].
Prior to submitting its construction plans, Con Edison will provide NYSDOT with a preliminary desigti marked to avoid conflicts with potential future transportation projects that NYSDOT may seek 1:o undertake.
9. Noise - Construction noise-related impacts from the installation of the trenched portion of the proposed transmission line are expected to be short-term at any given location. No blasting is anticipated, and if rock is encountered during construction, it will be removed by mechanical means. Construction noise, while varying according to the equipment in use, will be mitigated by the attenuating effect of distance, the intermittent and short-lived character of the noise;, and the use of functional mufflers on all construction equipment. Further, the nature of construction to be performed for the transmission line dictates that construction activities and associated noise levels will move along the construction corridor and that no one location will be exposed to significant noise levels for an extended period. When operational, the underground transmission line will not generate noise. Compliance with local noise standards will be
-17- incorporated into the permitting terms and conditions required pursuant to the respective street construction regulations in the Cities of Yonkers and New York.
During the installation of the transmission line at the crossing of the Harlem River,
increases in ambient noise levels would result from the tunneling operation. Construction
activities associated with tunneling beneath the Harlem River may require approximately one
year to complete, but the noise sources associated with those activities will recede below ground
level as construction proceeds, lessening the potential noise impacts. Initial shaft excavation and
construction will occur over two to four months. Upon completion of the initial shaft, tunnel
construction would proceed with most noise-generating equipment located deep within bedrock,
except for miscellaneous support equipment at the surface. A detailed noise assessment will be
prepared as part of the final engineering design for the tunnel and proposed noise mitigation
measures will be included in the relevant segment of the Project's EM&CP for Commission
approval. Con Edison will discuss these mitigation measures with the Cities of New York and
Yonkers, and with members of the local community, including schools, businesses,
representatives of Community Boards 8 and 12, and local elected officials.
The construction activities associated with the installation of required new equipment at
the Sprain Brook Substation and the new Academy Substation will generate some noise;
however, as with the transmission line, construction will be short-term. The noise-related
impacts at the new Academy Substation are expected to be minimal, as the impacts will be
mitigated by a masonry wall surrounding the substation. Calculated offsite noise levels for the
substation will be in compliance with New York City noise standards at both the Project lot line
and at the nearest residences or school. Accordingly, operation of the completed Academy
Substation is not expected to create any significant noise impacts. No new noise generating
sources are planned for the Sprain Brook Substation. Accordingly, continued operation of the
-18- Sprain Brook Substation is also not expected to create any additional noise impacts.
[Application, Exh. 4, Sections 4.8].
10. Electric and Magnetic Fields - An analysis of potential EMF impacts associated with the proposed transmission line and the Sprain Brook and Academy Substations was
conducted. Calculations performed to determine the EMF produced during peak load and annual
average load conditions indicate that the maximum magnetic field level directly above the
centerline of the transmission feeder is approximately 3.8 mG, based upon peak load, and 2.54
mG based upon average load. The calculated peak level decreases to approximately 0.4 mG [0.3
mG annual average] at a distance of 20 feet from the centerline of the feeder, and to
approximately 0.04 mG [0.02 mG annual average] at a distance of 75 feet from the centerline of
the feeder. These calculated magnetic field levels are well below the NYSPSC interim standard
of 200 mG at the edge of the right-of-way. The buried 345 kV HPFF pipe-type cable will not
produce electric fields because normal construction material and the soil above the feeder
provides virtually total shielding. Accordingly, the proposed transmission line will not result in
electric field levels exceeding the NYSPC interim standard of 1.6 kV/m for Article VII electric
transmission lines.
The addition of the M29 Transmission Line and its associated equipment (i.e., 345 kV
circuit breakers) at the Sprain Brook Substation would increase the magnetic field levels in some
areas. The projected magnetic field levels along the east fence line at the Sprain Brook
Substation at peak load are 13 mG to 55 mG, and 11 to 22 mG at annual average load. At the
Academy Substation, calculated EMF levels will be well below the 200 mG NYSPSC standard
at all locations. The calculated magnetic field levels at peak and annual average loads: 1) are 2
mG or less along the east fence line, 2) are 3 mG or less along the south fence line, 3) range from
2 - 20 mG at peak load [1-8 mG at annual average load] along the west fence line, and 4) range
•19- from 2 - 141 mG [1 - 44 mG at annual average load] on West 201st Street along the north fence line. The peak magnetic field levels here are due to the 138 kV transmission feeders that run from the Academy Substation to the Sherman Creek East and West Switchyards. The peak magnetic field directly above these feeders is 141 mG [44 mG at annual average load], but decreases rapidly to 10-20 mG [3-6 mG annual average load] within a lateral distance of approximately 25 feet. [Application, Exh. 4, Section 4.9; Responses to DPS-30 and DPS-39, as amended]. Therefore, the Project will comply with the electromagnetic field standards
established by the Commission in Opinion 78-13 (issued June 19,1978) and the Statement of
Interim Policy on Magnetic Fields of Major Electric Transmission Facilities (issued September
11,1990).
11. Communications - The Application evaluates the effect of the Proj ect on
telecommunications and radio and television signal transmissions. The Application
demonstrates that there are no significant effects on communications. [Application, Exh. E-5].
D. Alternatives
1. Exhibit 3 of the Application evaluates the reasonable alternatives for the proposed
transmission line. The Application demonstrates that the selected route for the proposed
transmission line is preferred because it best meets the system reliability and construction criteria
used by Con Edison for transmission projects of this length and type. With respect to the
transmission line, the proposed route is preferred because it makes extensive use of existing
ROW, avoids the disturbance of natural habitat and the need for significant clearing of
vegetation, and minimizes the acquisition of new ROW or easements from private property
owners. A comparison of the preferred route and the reasonable alternatives considered with
respect to satisfaction of Con Edison's reliability and construction criteria is set forth in
-20- Appendix A to this Joint Proposal. [Application, Exh. 3; Pre-filed Direct Testimony of James
Mooney, Jr. and Kenneth Chu; Sponsoring Affidavits of James Mooney, Jr. and Kenneth Chu].
2. Solid dielectric cables for the 345 kV transmission line were considered. This
alternative technology was not selected because of the as-yet limited in-service experience with
such system's reliability in North America. While solid dielectric cable systems above 345 kV
have been installed successfully overseas, Con Edison considers paper-insulated cable systems to
be a proven and more reliable technology at these higher voltages. The undergrounding of new
transmission line is typical of Con Edison installation in dense urban areas and Westchester
County. Underground lines substantially minimize any environmental and visual impacts as
compared to overhead facilities; and underground lines significantly increase the reliability of
these circuits by avoiding exposure to high winds and ice.. The feasibihty of demand side
management and distributed generation were also evaluated and were determined not to be
sufficient, either due to financial, permitting, timing, and/or siting concerns, to meet long-term
electric transmission and distribution obligations [Application, Exhs. 3, E-4; Pre-filed Direct •
Testimony of James Mooney, Jr. and Kenneth Chu].
3. Con Edison's decision to alter the planned crossing of the Harlem River from
horizontal directional drilling to tunneling reduces the length of the crossing by approximately
450 feet, does not require use of residential property on the Bronx side of the river, limits use of
privsite property on the Manhattan side of the river, and will significantly mitigate the noise
impacts and other potential environmental contamination impacts that were previously
anticipated in connection with the river crossing. [Application Exh. 10; Pre-filed Direct
Testimony of James Mooney, Jr. and Kenneth Chu].
-21 - E. Undergrounding Considerations
The transmission line is designed for underground installation, with limited exceptions where it will be attached to existing bridge structures. The entire length of the Project ROW and construction work zone is paved area as the transmission line will be buried or mounted under existing road surfaces, sidewalks, or bridges, aside from the section that will be installed via tunneling under the Harlem River. No vegetation clearing or ground surface disturbance will be required.
F. Conformance to Long-Range Electric System Plans
The Project does not violate any long-range plans and is consistent with the most recent
State Energy Plan ("SEP") (2002) by providing load distribution relief that will help maintain the reliability of the existing electrical system transmission and distribution infrastructure.
Specifically, the Project supports the strategies for achieving the goals identified in the SEP, including "investments in natural gas and electricity transmission and distribution system infrastructures, including consideration of multiple redundancies, shared design practices, shared inventories, and flexibility necessary to ensure continued safe and reliable system operation."
New York Independent System Operator ("NYISO") Staff has found that the Project satisfies all existing applicable reliability rules and will improve transfer capability into New York City. The
Project has been identified in the Con Edison 2006-2015 Area Substation and Sub-transmission
Feeder Ten-Year Load Relief Program. [Application, Exh. E-4.2].
Con Edison conducted a System Reliability Impact Study ("SRIS") for the M29 transmission line to evaluate the impact of the proposed Project on the operation and stability of the interconnected electric transmission system. The SRIS was conducted in compliance with the scope approved by the NYISO and in conformance with applicable Northeast Power
Coordinating Council ("NPCC"), New York State Reliability Council ("NYSRC"), NYISO and
-22- local utility planning standards and design criteria. The NYISO Operating Committee approved the results of the SRIS on July 28, 2005, concluding that the Project would not adversely impact the reliability of the New York State Bulk Power System. [Application, Exh. E-4].
G. State and Local Laws The facilities will be designed and constructed in accordance with applicable building codes and other applicable local, state, and federal regulations and requirements, except as noted in Exhibit 7 of the Application. The Project will
comply with the substantive requirements of the applicable sections of the Laws of Westchester
County, Yonkers City and New York City Administrative Codes, and the New York City Zoning
Resolution, and 17 NYCRR Part 131, with the exception of the specified sections of these codes
as set forth in Appendix A to this Joint Proposal ("Appendix A"). The Commission should
refuse to apply such specified sections of the Laws of Westchester County and Code of the City
of Yonkers because they are unreasonably restrictive for the reasons set forth in Exhibit 7 of the
Application and Appendix B. [Application, Exh. 7].
H. Public Interest, Convenience and Necessity
1. The proposed new 345 kV high-pressure fluid filled underground transmission
line connecting the Sprain Brook Substation and the new Academy Substation will serve the
public in several ways, including:
a. Providing increased supply capacity to the Sherman Creek Substation, which
serves portions of the Bronx, and the Inwood, and Washington Heights section of upper
Manhattan. Additionally, the Project would enhance Con Edison's ability to import power into
New York City by approximately 300 MW, permitting the potential for increased delivery of
more economic power to its in-City customers;
b. Assuring the continued availability and reliability of electric service in the
East 179th Street load area, which includes portions of the Bronx and upper Manhattan, providing
•23- sufficient additional transmission capacity to meet first contingency design requirements and
sufficient margin to achieve near second contingency capability over the next ten years; and
c. Minimizing visual impacts by using underground cables.
2. This Project is essential to the region's electric transmission and distribution
system. Construction of the Project would result in minimal environmental impacts to residential
and commercial operations in the area. Additionally, potential overload conditions will be
avoided and Con Edison will have an enhanced ability to meet the growing electrical demands of
its residential, commercial, industrial and institutional customers in the Westchester, Bronx and
New York City areas. The ability to meet these electrical demands is essential to public health,
safety and welfare, and allows Con Edison to meet its obligations under the PSL to supply safe
and adequate.service to its customers.
V. Proposed Findings
The Signatory Parties agree that the record in this proceeding supports the following
findings:-
1. The Project is necessary to meet near- and anticipated long-term electric growth
in portions of the Bronx, the Inwood and Washington Heights sections of upper Manhattan and
southern Westchester County; to improve electric system reliability; and to increase Con
Edison's ability to import power into the City of New York by approximately 300 MW.
2. Construction of the Project's transmission line along the preferred route proposed
in Con Edison's Application is consistent with the most recent New York State Energy Plan,
which sets forth the State's energy policies and long-range planning objectives and strategies.
3. The nature of the probable environmental impacts will be temporary in that they
will be associated primarily with the activities necessary to dig trenches, lay cable, construct a
tunnel across the Harlem River, construct the Academy Substation, and install equipment at the
-24- Sprain Brook Substation. No waters of the State or wetlands will be impacted by the Project.
No significant adverse impacts are expected with regard to the physical or chemical properties of existing soils during Project construction or operation. No significant visual impacts will result from any of the structures or equipment associated with the proposed transmission facility. All of the construction methods relevant for particular segments of the Project will be contained in the EM&CP for that particular Project segment and will be designed to minimize impacts on the physical environment. An EM&CP for each segment of the Project will be required to be
submitted to the Commission for approval when final design data for that phase of the Project
become available.
4. The Project, as proposed, represents the minimum adverse environmental impact,
considering the state of available technology and the nature and economics of the various
alternatives, and other considerations such as the effects On agricultural lands, wetlands,
parkkmds and river corridors, because the trenching and tunneling operations for laying the cable
are expected to produce only localized and temporary effects and the Project is otherwise
confined to existing roadway and electric transmission line ROW or within easements to be
obtained from the MTA, Kingsbridge Associates, and NYPH along already disturbed industrial
or commercial property.
5. The Project will be located underground, with the minor exceptions noted in the
Application.
6. Except as provided below, the Project's component facilities conform to
applicable state and local laws and regulations for the proposed new 345 kV high-pressure fluid
filled underground transmission line connecting the Sprain Brook Substation and the new
Academy Substation. There will be no effect on communications and the line will be buried and
connected to the Sprain Brook and new Academy Substations in conformance with all applicable
•25- industry codes and Con Edison's safety and construction requirements. The Project will comply with the substantive requirements of the applicable sections of the Laws of Westchester County,
City ol-Yonkers Code, New York City Administrative Code, the New York City Zoning
Resolution, and 17 NYCRR Part 131, with the exception of the specified sections of the Laws of
Westchester County and Yonkers Code as set forth in Appendix A to this Joint Proposal identified in Exhibit 7 of the Application, which are unreasonably restrictive in view of existing technology, or of factors of cost or economics, or of the needs of consumers.
7. The Project will serve the public interest, convenience and necessity because it
will, with minimum environmental impact, add needed transmission and substation capability in
the Bronx and New York Counties, thereby mitigating the likelihood of overloads and improving
electric system reliability in both the City of New York and Westchester County. The Project
will also enhance Con Edison's ability to import power into the City of New York by
approximately 300 MW, and will not diminish current electric system capacity to Westchester
County.
8. Con Edison's motion dated June 13, 2006, which seeks to modify or waive four
specific regulatory requirements for information to be included in the application, provide
reasonable justification for the modifications or waivers requested. A summary of Con Edison's
request for modification or waiver of specific regulatory requirements is set forth in Appendix C
to this Joint Proposal ("Appendix C").
9. A Certificate of Environmental Compatibility and Public Need should be granted
subject to the terms and conditions contained in the Ordering Clauses below.
VI. Ordering Clauses
The Signatory Parties agree that the following Ordering Clauses are appropriate for the
Project:
-26- General Conditions
1. Subject to the conditions set forth in this Opinion and Order, Consolidated Edison
Company of New York, Inc. ("Con Edison" or the "Company") is granted a Certificate of
Environmental Compatibility and Public Need authorizing it to construct and operate a new 345
kV high-pressure fluid-filled (HPFF pipe-type) transmission line along an approximately 9.5-
mile route through portions of Westchester County, the Bronx, and upper Manhattan (the "M29
Transmission Line Project" or "Project"), as detailed in the Application. The Project's
transmission line will consist of one feeder (designated M29) and would be installed mostly
below grade, primarily within the curb-to-curb portion of the rights-of-way of public roadways.
Equipment required to accommodate the new transmission line will be added at both the Sprain
Brook Substation and the new Academy Substation. Con Edison's motion dated June 13, 2006,
for modifications and waivers of specified application information requirements, as set forth in
Appendix A hereto, is granted.
2. Con Edison's request that the Public Service Commission ("Commission")
decline to apply specified provisions of the Laws of Westchester County and City of Yonkers
Code, as set forth in Exhibit 7 of the Application, is granted.
3. Construction of the Project shall not commence in the affected area until Con
Edison has received such property transfers, easements, consents, or permits from the New York
State Department of Transportation ("NYSDOT"), Kingsbridge Associates, the New York-
Presbyterian Hospital, and the Metropolitan Transportation Authority ("MTA") as are necessary
to permit construction to commence. Construction of the Project shall not commence in the
affected area until Con Edison has received the New York State Pollution Discharge Elimination
System ("SPDES") Permit from the New York State Department of Environmental Conservation
("N^SDEC").
-27- 4. Con Edison shall not begin site preparation or construction with respect to any portion of the certified transmission line (except for surveying, boring and such other related activities as are necessary to prepare final design plans) before it has submitted to the
Commission, and the Commission has approved, an Environmental Management &Construction
Plan ("EM&CP) for that portion of the Project consistent with the guidelines for the construction
set forth in the Joint Proposal and the Appendix to this Opinion and Order.
5. Con Edison shall submit to the Commission three copies of an EM&CP for each portion of the Project as developed for construction. The Company shall also provide notice of purpose, content and the right to receive a copy of the EM&CP upon request, to all statutory
parties and the active parties on the service list. Copies of the EM&CP, and any portions thereof,
shall be placed for public inspection in the Riverdale, Spuyten Duyvil, and Inwood Branches of
the New York Public Library, the Riverfront Branch of the Yonkers Public Library, and the
White Plains Public Library.
6. Except where this Opinion and Order requires otherwise, the terms of the Joint'
Proposal submitted in the proceeding and the environmental protection measures contained in the
Application and in the Evidentiary Record have been incorporated into approved portions of the
EM&CP or will be required to be incorporated into pending portions of the EM&CP and shall be
adhered to during construction, operation and maintenance of the authorized Project. Applicable
provisions of the Project's EM&CP and Orders approving the EM&CP shall be incorporated into
contracts associated with the Project.
7. Con Edison shall, within 30 days after service of this Opinion and Order, submit
to the Commission either a petition for rehearing or a verified statement that it accepts and will
comply with the Certificate requirements. Failure to comply with this Ordering Clause shall
invalidate the Certificate for the Project.
-28- 8. (a) Each substantive state and local law and regulation applicable to the
Project authorized by this Opinion and Order shall apply, except the substantive local laws or regulations identified in Appendix A, which the Commission has refused to apply as being unreasonably restrictive.
(b) No state or local laws or regulations purporting to require any approval, consent, permit, certificate or other condition for the construction or operation of the Project authoiized by this Opinion and Order shall apply, except (i) those of the Public Service Law and regulations and orders adopted thereunder, (ii) those provided by otherwise applicable State law
for the protection of employees engaged in the construction and operation of the Project, and (iii)
those permits issued under a federally-delegated environmental permitting program. Con Edison
will submit forms and substantively comply with all applicable State and local regulations for
occupancy, construction, and use of rights-of-way. The Commission retains jurisdiction to
resolve any dispute that may arise in connection with the substantive compliance with such
permits and approvals.
(c) Nothing in this Opinion and Order precludes Con Edison from voluntarily
subjecting itself to any such state or local approval, consent, permit, certificate, or other
condition; provided, however, that the Commission shall retain overall jurisdiction of the Project
under PSL Article VII; and provided further, that the Commission shall direct that such local
approval, consent, permit, certificate or other condition be issued if it finds, after notification
from Con Edison, that such approval, consent, permit, certificate or other condition has been
unreasonably delayed or withheld.
(d) The specified sections of the Westchester County and City of Yonkers
Codes for which Con Edison has sought waivers, as delineated in Exhibit 7 of the Application
and Appendix A to this Joint Proposal, shall not apply to the Project.
-29- 9. Con Edison shall undergo highway work permit and use and occupancy permit review and obtain a highway work permit and use and occupancy permit from NYSDOT pursuant to 17 NYCRR Part 131 for the construction and operation of the Project, subject to the
Conunission's ongoing jurisdiction. Con Edison shall cooperate with the NYSDOT for all work to be performed in the right-of-way of State highways, subject to the Commission's ongoing jurisdiction. Prior to submitting its construction plans for the Project, Con Edison will provide to
NYSDOT a preliminary design marked to avoid conflicts with potential future transportation projects that NYSDOT may seek to undertake and shall offer to consult with NYSDOT concerning any comments it may offer and will use reasonable efforts to accommodate any
NYSDOT concerns. All work within State highway rights-of-way shall be designed and performed according to the traffic safety standards and other substantive requirements in 17
NYCRR Part 131, entitled Accommodation of Utilities Within State Highway Right-of-Way, applicable design standards of the American Association of State Highway and Transportation
Officials ("AASHTO"), the Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices ("MUTCD"), the
Highway Design Manual, the Policy and Standards for Entrances to State Highways, the
Requirements for the Design and Construction of Underground Utility Installations Within the
State Highway ROW, the Accommodation Plan, and the current version of the NYSDOT
Standard Specifications.
10. Con Edison shall construct the certified Project in accordance with the provisions of Commission Staffs Revised Interim Standards and Practices for Environmental Management and Construction of Gas Transmission Facilities in New York State (Standards and Practices) effective February 28, 2006 (adopted in Case 06-T-1383), that are applicable to this Project and not specifically prescribed in the EM&CP, particularly with regards to archaeological resources.
-30- construction practices and techniques, water bodies and wetlands, erosion control, right-of-way
("ROW") clearing and maintenance, and ROW restoration, except as otherwise specified herein.
11. Con Edison shall report any proposed changes in the approved EM&CP to the
Department of Public Service ("DPS") Staff, the New York State Department of Environmental
Conservation ("NYSDEC") and, with respect to changes affecting the Project within the jurisdictions of the Cities of Yonkers and New York, as appropriate to the City of Yonkers City
Engineer, the New York City Department of Environmental Protection ("NYCDEP"), and
NYSDOT. DPS Staff will refer to the Secretary of the Commission (or a designee) reports of any proposed changes that do not cause substantial change in the Project's environmental impact.
DPS Staff shall refer all other proposed changes in the EM&CP to the Commission for approval.
Upon being advised that DPS Staff will refer a proposed change to the Commission, Con Edison shall notify all affected statutory and active parties, and all property owners or lessees whose property is affected by the proposed change. The notice shall describe the original conditions and requested change, state that documents supporting the request are available for inspection at specified locations, and state that persons may comment by writing or calling (followed by written confirmation to) the Commission within 15 days of the notification date. Any delay in receipt of written confirmation will not delay Commission action on the proposed change. Con
Edison shall not execute any proposed change to the EM&CP until it receives oral or written approval from the Commission or a designee, except in emergency situations threatening personal injury, property damage or severe adverse environmental impact or as specified in the
EM&CP.
12. Con Edison shall make available to the public a toll free or local telephone number of an agent or employee who will receive complaints made during construction of the certified facilities. In addition, the Commission's telephone number, and the telephone number
•31 - of its Environmental Compliance Section, shall be provided in the event of any questions or concerns. Telephone complaints shall be logged and made available to DPS Staff upon request.
During Staffs compliance inspections, the Company shall report to Staff every unresolved complaint. \
13. Before commencing site preparation. Con Edison shall give notice to the
NYSDOT, NYCDOT, the Westchester County Commissioner of Transportation, the
Commissioners of Public Works for Westchester County and the City of Yonkers City Engineer,
as appropriate. Such notice shall contain a map and description of the Project in the local area,
the anticipated date for start of construction and name, address and toll-free or local telephone
number of an employee or agent of the Company. The notice shall also contain a statement that
the Project is under the jurisdiction of the Commission pursuant to Article VII of the PSL, which
is responsible for enforcing comphance with applicable environmental and construction
conditions contained in Commission Orders, and which can be contacted at an address and
telephone number to be provided. The notice shall be written in terms reasonably
underiitandable to the average person, as determined by the company. A copy of the notice shall
be submitted to the Secretary of the Commission.
14. Con Edison shall provide its construction contractors complete copies of the
Certificate for the Project, the Project's EM&CP, and 6 NYCRR Parts 700-704.
15. The authority granted in the Certificate for the Project and any subsequent
Commission Order(s) in this proceeding are subject to the following conditions which are
necessary to ensure compliance with such Order(s):
(a) Con Edison shall regard the DPS Staff representatives (certified pursuant
to PSL Section 8) as the Commission's designated representatives in the field. In the event of
any emergency resulting from the specific construction or maintenance activities that violate or may violate the terms of the Certificate or any other order in this proceeding, such Staff representatives may issue a stop-work order for that location or activity.
(b) A stop-work order shall expire within 24 hours unless a single
Commissioner confirms it. If a stop-work order is confirmed. Con Edison may seek reconsideration from the confirming Commissioner or from the Commission. If the emergency prompt ting the issuance of a stop-work order is resolved to the satisfaction of the Commissioner or the Commission, the stop-work order will be lifted. If the emergency has not been satisfactorily resolved, the stop-work order will remain in effect.
(c) Stop-work authority shall be exercised sparingly and with due regard to the potential economic costs involved and possible impact on construction activities. Before exercising such authority, the DPS Staff field representatives shall attempt (wherever practicable) to direct preventive or remedial action through the Company's representatives possessing comparable authority. In the event that DPS Staff field representatives issue a stop- work order, neither Con Edison nor the contractor'will be prevented from undertaking such
safety-related activities as they deem necessary and appropriate under the circumstances.
(d) In the event of any emergency involving specific construction or
maintenance activities that violate or threaten to violate the terms of the Certificate or any other
Order in this proceeding, the DPS Staff field representatives may direct the company to install
appropriate mitigative measures or devices.
Notifications
16. Con Edison shall inform the Secretary of the Commission, DPS Staff and other
affected agencies or parties at least five days before commencing construction of this Project.
-33- 17. Con Edison shall provide DPS Staff and other affected agencies or parties monthly status reports summarizing the previous month's construction activity and indicating the locations where construction is scheduled for the next month.
18. Within ten days after the facility is placed in service and is supplying customer loads, the Company shall notify the Commission of this fact.
Right-of-Way Clearing
19. Con Edison shall confine clearing, where required, and subsequent maintenance
activity to the certified ROW and temporary construction areas required for tunneling operations.
20. Con Edison shall notify all construction contractors that the Commission may seek
to recover penalties for violation of Commission Orders not only from the Company but also
from its construction contractors, and that construction contractors may also be liable for other
fines, penalties and environmental damage resulting from actions performed by contractor
personnel working on this Project (from work directly or indirectly associated with this Project).
Transmission Line Construction
21. Con Edison shall take appropriate measures, as outlined in the EM&CP to minimize
fugitive dust and airborne debris from construction activity.
22. Noise mitigation procedures shall adhere to the approved EM&CP, and DPS Staff
shall be notified at least 24 hours in advance, but not later than the previous weekday, if
unplanned weekend or holiday construction becomes necessary.
23. No vehicular or equipment access across or into streams or wetlands is permitted
without provision of adequate protection. Equipment turnouts may be provided for machinery
and equipment to pass at intervals in non-sensitive areas.
-34- 24. Con Edison shall instruct its contractors to park their vehicles and equipment in areas designated on approved EM&CP drawings, so as not to interfere with normal traffic and not to cause any safety hazard or interference with existing land uses.
Erosion Control
25. Con Edison shall install sedimentation/erosion control devices, as necessary, to
prevent sedimentation into water bodies (i.e, the Saw Mill River and Harlem River) and
associated wetlands during construction. The erosion control devices shall be installed prior to
conslmction and shall remain in place while working within 100 feet of the water body or
wethind. Erosion and sedimentation controls will be maintained until the ROW has been
revegetated and/or stabilized in accordance with pre-existing conditions.
26. In the areas of the ROW or substation sites subject to soil erosion. Con Edison
shall install temporary erosion control devices as soon as practicable and appropriate, and as
indicated in the Project's EM&CP.
Environmental Supervision
27. Con Edison's environmental inspector, engineer or qualified designee shall be on
site at the start-up of each field operation and during environmentally sensitive phases of
construction in areas such as water crossings. Each environmental inspector, engineer or
designee and construction inspector shall be equipped with sufficient documentation,
transportation and communication equipment to effectively monitor contractor compliance with
the provisions of this Opinion and Order, applicable sections of the Public Service Law, the
approved EM&CP, and any other applicable provisions.
28. Con Edison shall organize and conduct site compliance inspections as needed, but
not less frequently than once a month, during the clearing, construction and restoration phases of
the Project, and at least annually for two years after the Project is operational. Such inspections -35- shall include a review of the status of all Certificate conditions, requirements, and Company commitments, as well as a field review of the Project, if necessary. Such inspections may also include:
(a) reviews of all complaints received, and their proposed or actual resolutions;
(b) reviews of any significant comments, concerns or suggestions made by the public, local governments, or other agencies;
(c). reviews of the status of the Project in relation to the overall schedule
established prior to the commencement of construction; and
(d) any other items the Company or DPS Staff consider appropriate. The
company will circulate a written record of the results of such inspections to involved agencies
and otheir affected parties.
Right-of-Way and Maintenance
29. Con Edison, if necessary, shall negotiate for temporary easements for construction
purposes, which shall be identified in the EM&CP. Any temporary easement or construction
areas not identified in the approved EM&CP shall be requested through changes thereto. Unless
otherwise specified in the EM&CP, the Company shall, following restoration, let the temporary
construction area re-vegetate naturally or return to its original land use to the extent that forest
canopy development does not interfere with the inspection, operation or maintenance of the
utility facilities.
30. No herbicides will be used for facility construction or maintenance. Con Edison
shall employ appropriate non-chemical techniques and apply environmental restrictions in the
Company's Detailed Specifications for Transmission Right-of-Way Vegetation Maintenance.
-36- Conservation Measures
31. Wherever ROW construction requires removal of topsoil for trench excavation, the topsoil shall be removed from the site and disposed of with other excavated subsoil material in keeping with conventional construction methods. At the time of backfill, select fills shall be placed around and above the Project, compacted and stabilized to pre-existing conditions.
Topsoil shall be restored in accordance with original soil profiles generally not to exceed a maximum of twelve inches.
Cultural Resources
32. Con Edison has consulted with the Office ofParks, Recreation and Historic
Preservation ("OPRHP"), which by letter dated November 8, 2006, has requested that Con
Edison supplement its Phase IA Cultural Resources Report submitted oh September 1,2006,
with additional documentation of disturbance before OPRHP can conclude that further testing is
not required within the construction work zone to ensure that potential archeological resources
are not impacted by the Project. Con Edison shall submit the requested documentation to
OPRHP.
33. Should archaeological materials be encountered during construction, the
Company shall, in accordance with the Unanticipated Discovery Plan provided as part of the
EM&CP, stabilize the area and cease construction activities in the immediate vicinity of the find
and protect the same from further damage. Within 24 hours of such discovery, the Company
shall notify DPS Staff and OPHRP to determine the best course of action. No construction
activities shall be permitted in the vicinity of the find until such time as the significance of the
resource has been evaluated and the need for and the scope of impact mitigation has been
determined.
•37- 34. Should human remains or evidence of human burials be encountered during the conduct of archaeological data recovery fieldwork or during construction, all work in the vicinity of the find shall be immediately halted and the remains shall be protected from further damage.
Within 24 hours of any such discovery, the Company shall notify DPS Staff, OPRHP, and the
State and local police.
35. Con Edison shall refrain from undertaking construction in areas where cultural
resource surveys have not been completed and until such time as the results of any additional
cultural resource surveys that are required have been reviewed by the appropriate authorities,
including OPRHP and DPS Staff. DPS Staff shall be contacted prior to commencement of
construction in any such areas. Other Facilities
36. Con Edison shall engineer its facilities to be fully compatible with the operation
of nearby electrical, gas and telecommunication facilities. The Company shall take remedial
measures with regard to any existing cathodic protection system if, upon monitoring, such
measures are indicated.
37. For the service life of the facility, the Company, to the extent practicable, shall
coordinate maintenance excavation with public ROWs with that of adjacent electric, gas and
telecommunication facilities.
38. The Company shall identify and mark-out all existing in-ground utilities in
accordance with 16 NYCRR Part 753 Right-of-Way Restoration
39. Roads shall be restored in accordance with applicable State, Westchester County,
or local stipulations.
-38- 40. All trees or shrubs that are damaged or destroyed by Con Edison's activities during construction, operation, or maintenance, regardless of where located, shall be replaced by
Con Edison with equivalent type and size of trees or shrubs, except where:
(a) not required by any approved EM&CP;
(b) equivalent-type replacement trees or shrubs would interfere with the proper clearing, construction, operation, or maintenance of the Project; provided, however, that an equivalent type and size of tree shall be placed elsewhere along the Project corridor;
(c) replacement would be contrary to sound ROW management practices or to any approved long-range ROW management plan applicable to the project; or
(d) a property owner (other than the company) on whose land the damaged or destroyed trees or shrubs were located declines a replacement.
41. Within ten days of the completion of final restoration activity, Con Edison shall notify the Commission and all statutory and active parties that all restoration has been completed in compliance with the EM&CP.
42. This proceeding is continued, but shall be closed ten days after the ROW has been
completely restored, unless the Secretary of the Commission finds good cause to continue the
proceeding further.
By the Commission, IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have this day signed and executed this
Agreement.
CONSOLIDATED EDISON COMPANY OF NEW YORK. INC.
JEFFREY L. RIBACK, ESQ. ASSISTANT GENERAL COUNSEL
NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
BRIAN O. ROWBACK CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER
-40- I IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have this day signed and executed this
Agreement.
I i CONSOUDATED EDISON COMPANY OF NEW YORK, INC. JEFFREY L. RJBACK, ESQ. e ASSISTANT GB^'ERAU COUNSEL i
NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
BRIAN O. ROWBACK CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER
i
i
i Appendix A M29 Transmission Line Project Siting and Construction criteria evaluation 01 rreierreu and Alternative Routes
*Each route was assigned a number 1 to 11,1 being the most desirable , for each of the evaluation criteria. The lower the total score, the better it fits the overall evaluation criteria Routes with the same score indicates a tie. Alternatives i From Sprain Brook Substation, this route proceeds east on Tuckahoe Road, south on Wainwright Avenue, east on Burbank Street, east on Arlington Street, south on Central Park Ave (RoutelOO) to the Major Deegan Service Road. The route continues south on the Major Ejeegan Service Road to the City of Yonkers/Bronx boundary and continues south through Van Cortlandt Park to Jerome Avenue. Continuirlg south, the route follows Jerome Avenue to Bainbridge Avenue, south on Bainbridge Avenue to Van Cortlandt Avenue, west on Van j Cortlandt Avenue to Mosholu Parkway, and south on Mosholu Parkway to Bainbridge Avenue. Proceeding south on Bainbridge Avenue, the alternative route continues to East 198th Street, west on E. 198th Street to Creston Avenue, south on Creston Avenue to W.181st ^treet, west on W.181st Street to Martin Luther King, Jr. Boulevard, and south on Martin Luther King, Jr. Boulevard to W.179th Street. The route continues west on W.179th Street to Osbome PI, south on Osbome PI to W. Bumside Ave, west on W. Bumside Ave. to Sedgwick Aye., south on Sedgwick Ave. to Cedar St., then north on Cedar St. to Roberto Clemente State Park, then cross the Harlem River to the nevjr Academy Substation. !
From the Sprain Brook Substation, this alternative route proceeds west on Tuckahoe Road to Mile Square Road, south on Mile Squarb Road to Lockwood Avenue, and west on Lockwood Avenue to Saw Mill River Road (Route 9A). The route continues south on Saw l^Iill River Road, which turns into Walnut Street. The route continues south on Walnut Street to Van Cortlandt Park Avenue, south to Laurence Street, west on Lawrence Street to Leighton Avenue, and south on Leighton Avenue. The route then crosses from Yonkers to the Bronx on Leighton Avenue, continues to West 261st Street, west on West 261st Street to Fieldston Road, south on Fieldston Road to West 250th Street, and east on West 250th Street to Waldo Avenue. The route continues from Waldo Avenue east on West 240th Street to Van i Cortlandt Park South to Bailey Avenue, south on Bailey Avenue to Sedgwick Avenue, south on Sedgwick Avenue to West Fordham Road, west on West Fordham Road to Cedar Street, and south on Cedar Street to Roberto Clemente Park. This alternative would also use tijie spare 12-inch pipe to cross the Harlem River to the new Academy Substation.
From the Sprain Brook Substation, this alternative route proceeds west on Tuckahoe Road to Mile Square Road, south on Mile Squarls Road to Lockwood Avenue, and west on Lockwood Avenue to Saw Mill River Road (Route 9A). The route continues south on Saw ISjIill River Road, which turns into Walnut Street. The route then continues south on Walnut Street to Van Cortlandt Park Avenue, south to Caryl Avenue, and west on Caryl Avenue to Broadway (U.S. Route 9). The route turns south on Broadway, crosses from Yonkers to the Bronx, and continues through the Bronx on Broadway to a retired feeder easement. The route crosses the Harlem River within an exfeting ten-foot wide retired feeder easement to New York-Presbyterian Hospital property in Manhattan. From the boring location exit point, the route continues south on Ninth Avenue to West 218th Street, west on West 218th Street to Broadway, south on Broadway to West 204th Street, east on West 204th Street to Tenth Avenue, and finally south on Tenth Avenue to the new Academy Substation. From the Sprain Brook Substation, this alternative route proceeds west on Tuckahoe Road and south on Saw Mill River Road to Old \ Nepperhan Avenue, proceeds west on Old Nepperhan Avenue to Nepperhan Avenue, south on Nepperhan Avenue to New Main Street, and south on New Main Street to the Broadway (U.S. Route 9) merge. The route continues south on Broadway (U.S. Route 9), crosses from Yonkers to the Bronx, and continues through the Bronx on Broadway to West 238th Street. The route then turns briefly west on West 238th Street to Kingsbridge Avenue, continues south on Kingsbridge Avenue to West 230th Street, turns briefly east on West 230th Street, and continues south on Exterior Street. The route alternative proceeds south across West 225th Street and continues parallel to the train tracks through the access ramp of Kingsbridge Associates property to the back area adjacent to the Metro North railroad tracks. This route crosses the Harlem River within an existing ten-foot wide retired feeder easement to New York-Presbyterian Hospital property in j Manhattan. From the boring exit location, the route continues south on Ninth Avenue to West 218th Street, west on West 218ih Streejt to Broadway, south on Broadway to West 204th Street, east on West 204fh Street to Tenth Avenue, and finally south on Tenth Avenue tp the new Academy Substation. ^.J
From the Sprain Brook Substation, this alternative route proceeds west on Tuckahoe Road and south on Saw Mill River Road to Old l Nepperhan Avenue, proceeds west on Old Nepperhan Avenue to Nepperhan Avenue, south on Nepperhan Avenue to New Main Street, and south on New Main Street to the Broadway (U.S. Route 9) merge. The route continues south on Broadway (U.S. Route 9), crosses from Yonkers to the Bronx, and continues through the Bronx on Broadway to West 238th Street. The route turns briefly west on West 238th Street to Kingsbridge Avenue, continues south on Kingsbridge Avenue to West 231st Street, east on West 231st Street to Godwin Terrace, south on Godwin Terrace to West 230th Street, east on West 230th Street and then south on Exterior Street. The route alternative ther proceeds south across West 225th Street, and continues parallel to the train tracks through the access ramp of Kingsbridge Associates property to the back area adjacent to the Metro North railroad tracks. This route crosses the Harlem River within an existing ten-foot wide retired feeder easement to New York-Presbyterian Hospital property in Manhattan. From the boring exit location, the route continue|s south on Ninth Avenue to West 215th Street, west on West 215th Street to Tenth Avenue, then south on Tenth Avenue to the new Academy Substation. \
From the Sprain Brook Substation, this alternative route proceeds west on Tuckahoe Road and south on Saw Mill River Road to Old j Nepperhan Avenue, proceeds west on Old Nepperhan Avenue to Nepperhan Avenue, south on Nepperhan Avenue to Broadway (U.S. Route 9). The route continues south on Broadway (U.S. Route 9), crosses from Yonkers to the Bronx, and continues through the Bronze on Broadway to West 230th Street, east on West 230th Street and then south on Exterior Street. The route then proceeds south across We^t 225th Street, and continues parallel to the train tracks through the access ramp of Kingsbridge Associates property to the back area j adjacent to the Metro North railroad tracks. This route crosses the Harlem River within an existing ten-foot wide retired feeder easement to New York-Presbyterian Hospital property in Manhattan. From the boring exit location, the route continues south on Ninth Avenue t Appendix B N Local Ordinances Waiver Requests Code/Section Requirement Justification Laws of Westchester County • • .^ • ••.•/ ••.•• .•,; . • .•••• •••• • . :•'•.. • •• .• • - . .••... ;•' • . • ..'••:••• • ••. Chapter 813 Road Construction Specifications • •... § 813.71.1 First sentence restricts storage The Project is designed to meet and support of material on County roads to expected electric load growth in portions of 20 percent of area or 100 feet the Bronx and upper Manhattan, and in length enhance electric system reliability in the City of New York and Westchester County, as reflected in Con Edison's most recent ten-year load forecast. In an effort to complete the Project expeditiously to ensure that the required improvements are in place by summer 2009, Con Edison will seek to install over 100 feet of transmission line per day, potentially requiring storage of materials in an area exceeding 100 feet in length. Allowing storage in excess of 100 feet will promote the rapid completion of construction and minimize impacts on traffic. To ensure safe and adequate traffic operations along County roads during construction. Con Edison will implement a Maintenance and Protection of Traffic Plan. Accordingly, Con Edison believes that the first sentence of this Westchester Code subsection is unduly restrictive and requests that its application be waived. • ••o'*S • i- ' • City of Yonkers Code mma^ . . . - Chapter 103 Article IV Street Openings and The Project would allow Con Edison to Excavations increase power imports into New York § 103-42 Laying of gas mains or City by approximately 300 megawatts, conduits enhancing electric system reliability and meeting anticipated near-term load demand in portions of the Bronx and upper Manhattan. Con Edison will seek to install over 100 feet of transmission line, which would require Yonkers City Council approval. Such approval(s) would be burdensome, time-consuming and an unnecessary procedural requirement, which would be in addition to the existing technical and engineering permitting bv the Yonkers Department of Engineering, and subsumed by the Commission's ongoing jurisdiction under Article VII and the associated environmental management and construction plan approvals following from certificate issuance. As previously noted. Con Edison intends to comply fully with the technical and substantive requirements of the Yonkers Code applicable to street openings and excavations as required by the Department of Engineering. In light of the Commission's ongoing jurisdiction under Article VH, Con Edison believes that this Yonkers Code section is unduly restrictive, and requests that its application be waived. Chapter 43 Article VH Special Use Permits § 43-50 Special use permits required The Project would allow Con Edison to increase power imports into New York §43-51 Approval agencies City by approximately 300 megawatts, enhancing electric system reliability and § 43-54 Decision on a special use meeting anticipated near-term load demand permit application in portions of the Bronx and upper Manhattan. Con Edison will need to make §43-55 Referral and approval by the equipment changes and additions at its Yonkers City Council Sprain Brook Substation, which would require Yonkers Planning Board and City -2- • , ' § 43-60 ^General standards for special Council approvals. Such approval(s) use permit application would be burdensome, time-consuming and an unnecessary procedural requirement, and would duplicate the environmental compatibility, aesthetic, and public need reviews required for certificate issuance under PSL Article VB and the associated environmental management and construction plan approvals following from certificate issuance. As previously noted. Con Edison intends to comply fully with the technical and substantive requirements of the YonVers Code applicable to utility substations. In light of the Commission's ongoing jurisdiction under Article VII, Con Edison believes that these Yonkers Code :•• sections are unduly restrictive, and requests that their application be waived. Chapter 43 Article IX Site Plan Review § 43-94 Site plan approval required The Project would allow Con Edison to § 43-95 Approval agency increase power imports into New York City by approximately 300 megawatts, -3- > 1 § 43-105 Standards of review for site enhancing electric system reliability and plan approval meeting anticipated near-term load demand in portions of the Bronx and upper Manhattan. Con Edison will need to make equipment changes and additions at its Sprain Brook Substation that would require Yonkers Planning Board site plan approvals. Such approval(s) would be burdensome, time-consuming and an unnecessary procedural requirement, and would duplicate the environmental compatibility, aesthetic, and public need reviews required for certificate issuance under PSL Article VII and the associated environmental management and construction plan approvals following from certi fi cate issuance. As previously noted. Con Edison intends to comply fully with the technical and substantive requirements of the Yonkers Code applicable to utility substations. In light of the Commission's ongoing jurisdiction under Article VII, Con Edison believes that these Yonkers Code sections are unduly restrictive, and requests that their application be waived -4- Appendix C '\ Motion For Waivers Of Application Requirements Section Requirement Justification 16 NYCRR -..•'.• . ;-- • •rj ' § 86.3(a)(l)(i) Submit detailed maps, Con Edison requests a modification of the drawings and requirement to submit detailed maps, drawings. explanations for the and explanations, including New York State proposed right-of-way Department of Transportation ("NYSDOT") •' covering an area of at 1:24,000 scale maps showing the proposed least five miles on either right-of-way covering an area of at least five side of the proposed miles on either side of the proposed facility facility location. location. As set forth in the Application, the Project consists of a relatively short length (approximately SLfUniles) of transmission line— • .•••••...•..... extending from the existing Sprain Brook Substation in the City of Yonkers, Westchester :.:' . ••'' County, to the new Academy Substation in upper Manhattan. Given that the new transmission line will be located primarily underground and that the substation improvements required in support of the new - transmission line will be completed within the existing fence and property lines of the Sprain Brook and Academy Substations, Con Edison requests that the Commission modify the requirements of § 86.3(a)(1) and allow Con Edison to provide NYSDOT maps, drawings and explanations for the proposed rights-of- i way and substation facilities covering an area of one mile on either side of the Project components. §86.3(a)(l)(iii) Submit detailed maps. Con Edison requests a modification of the drawings and requirement to submit detailed maps, drawings. explanations for known and explanations relating to any "known archaeologic, geologic, archaeologic, geologic, historical, or scenic historical or scenic area, area, park, or untouched wildemess on or park or untouched within three miles of the right-of-way." As set wildemess on or within forth in the Application, the proposed three miles of the right- transmission line will be located primarily of-way. underground along existing roadway rights-of- way. The proposed substation improvements required in support of the new transmission line will be completed within the existing fence and property lines of the Sprain Brook and Academy Substations. Considering the urban -i- Section Requirement Justification setting of the Project area, it is impractical to map all of the historic resources and parks that have been identified within one-mile of the Project right-of-way at the required scale. All of these resources are identified in Table 4.3-1 in Exhibit 4 of the Application, and the planned construction and underground installation of the proposed transmission line will not result in any significant impacts to historic or recreational resources, particularly those resources that are farther removed from the Project right-of-way. Consequently, the Applicant requests that the Commission waive the § 86.3(a)(l)(iii) three-mile radius and accept identification of these resources within one-mile of the Project right-of-way and mapping of only those resources that are located directly adjacent to the preferred Project route § 86.3(a)(2) Submit detailed maps, Con Edison requests a waiver of the drawings and requirement to submit detailed maps, drawings, explanations for the and explanations, including NYSDOT right-of-way of the 1:250,000 scale maps showing the relationship proposed facilities, of the proposed facihty to Con Edison's overall including NYSDOT system. The Application includes Figure 2-2, maps showing the which shows a portion of the 1993 New York relationship of the Power Pool Map showing the Project area and proposed facility to the the Applicant's electric transmission system in Applicant's overall the New York metropolitan area. Given that system. the interface of the proposed facihty with the existing Con Edison transmission system is limited to two discrete points, the interconnections at the existing Sprain Brook and Academy Substations, which are clearly shown in Figure 2-1 of the Application, Con Edison requests that the Commission waive the requirement of § 86.3(a)(2). § 86.3(b)(2) Submit detailed maps, Con Edison requests a waiver of the i drawings and requirement to submit detailed maps, drawings, explanations for the and explanations for the rights-of-way of the right-of-way of the proposed facilities, including aerial proposed facilities, photographs of urban areas and urbanizing including aerial fringe areas taken within six months of the date photographs of urban of filing. The timing ofthe engineering design areas and urbanizing of the Project has resulted in the unavailability fringe areas taken within at the date of Application filing of confirmed -2- • • Section \ Requirement Justification six months of the date of current (i.e., within six months of date of filing. filing) aerial photography for the Project's preferred route. Con Edison has substituted for this requirement, aerial photographs of the Project area that were acquired in December 2004 by Geomaps International Inc. Con Edison believes that the substituted aerial photography is sufficiently recent to meet the Commission's needs for its review of the Application because the vast majority of the route of the proposed transmission corridor is located within existing public roadway rights- of-way, which are located within a developed, urban/suburban setting that pre-dates the six month period prior to the submittal of this Application. Accordingly, Con Edison requests that the Commission waive the six-month requirement of § 86.3(b)(2) with respect to this portion of the Apphcation's aerial photography. -3- STATE OF NEW YORK PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION IN THE MATTER of the Application of Consolidated Edison Company of New York, Inc. for a Certificate of Environmental Compatibility and CASENO.06-T-0710 Public Need Pursuant to Article VII of the Public Ser/ice Law for the M29 Transmission Line Project, New York, Bronx, and Westchester Counties, New York AFFIDAVIT OF SPONSORING WITNESS Stephen Beccalori, being duly swom, deposes and says: 1. I am a Construction Manager in the Substation and Construction Management section of Con Edison's Construction and Maintenance Services department. For the discovery phase of the above-captioned matter, I have personally developed or overseen the development of responses to interrogatories DPS-16-18,45, and 47-48 in this proceeding, which are being submitted herewith as an exhibit with the Joint Proposal. 2. My responses to the identified interrogatories were, and remain, true and coiTect. ,N BECCALORI Sworn to before me this /f?/aay of December 2006 •as^ Notary AUDREY LILLOO FRASER Notary Public, State of New York No. 41-4993984 Qualified in Queens County Commission Expires March 30,2010 STATE OF NEW YORK PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION IN THE MATTER of the Application of : Consolidated Edison Company of New York, Inc. for a Certificate of Environmental Compatibility and : CASE NO. 06-T-0710 Public Need Pursuant to Article VTI of the Public Service Law for the M29 Transmission Line Project,: New York, Bronx, and Westchester Counties, New York : AFFIDAVIT OF SPONSORING WITNESS Peter K. Chan, being duly swom, deposes and says: 1. I submitted pre-filed direct testimony in the above-captioned matter, and have personally developed or overseen the development of Exhibit 9 to the Application and the responses to interrogatories DPS-24 and 51 in this proceeding, which are being submitted herewith as an exhibit with the Joint Proposal. 2. As modified by the revisions to the Application and my pre-filed direct testimony filed October 6, 2006 related to the Project's Harlem River crossing, all made part of the evidentiary record in this proceeding, the answers to the questions and the information contained in my pre-filed direct testimony, as modified, and the identified responses to interrogatories and other questions, are true and correct, except that with respect to Project capital costs, the estimated amount has been revised upward as reflected in the attached, revised Table 9.1.1 to Exhibit 9 of the Application. 3. I adopt this testimony as my swom statement in this proceeding. / PETER K. CHAN Sv/om to before me this /£*3iay of December 2006 AUDREY LILLOOFRASER Notary Public, State of New York No. 41-4993984 Qualified in Queens County commission Expires March 30,2010 1 TABLE 9.1.1 ESTIMATED CAPITAL COSTS ESTIMATED COST ITEM DESCRIPTION 1 EASEMENT AND RIGHTS -OF - WAY AGREEMENTS AND SURVEYS • 24.451,000 2 MATERIALS AND SUPPLIES CABLE, PIPE, MANHOLES, SPLICES, AND ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT 13.592,435 3 LABOR (CON EDISON) 80,944,651 4 CONSTRUCTION - CONTRACTS 31,567,010 5 PURCHASED EQUIPMENT TRANSFORMERS, PARS, GIS. DISCONNECT SWITCHES, CIRCUIT BREAKERS, RELAY PROTECTION, CONTROLS ROOM EQUIPMENT, FIRE DETECTION SYSTEM, DIESEL GENERATORS, SURGE ARRESTORS AND PUMP HOUSE 13,572,049 6 OTHER DIRECT COSTS - INCLUDING PERMIT FEES, SURVEYING, SECURITY SERVICES. VENDOR SERVICES, INSPECTION COSTS, ETC. 7 CONTINGENCY RANGING FROM 5 TO 20 PERCENT 33,771,958 7,946,700 8 ESCALATION RANGING FROM 3 TO 7 PERCENT 60.667.200 g ADMINISTRATIVE OVERHEADS. INCLUDING ENGINEERING COSTS. FEES FOR LEGAL & OTHER SERVICES AND ALLOWANCE FOR FUNDS DURING CONSTRUCTION TOTAL ESTIMATED COST $266,513,003 M29 PROJEC T EXHIBIT 9: COST OF PROPOSED FACILITIES ARTICLE VII APPLICATION M2( )_ARTICLE_VII._rev4.xls 1 OF 1 12/18/2006 STATE OF NEW YORK PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION IN THE MATTER of the Application of : Consolidated Edison Company of New York, Inc. for a Certificate of Environmental Compatibility and : CASENO. 06-T-0710 Public Need Pursuant to Article VII of the Public Service Law for the M29 Transmission Line Project, : New York, Bronx, and Westchester Counties, New York : AFFIDAVIT OF SPONSORING WITNESS Kenneth Chu, being duly sworn, deposes and says: 1. I submitted pre-filed direct testimony in the above-captioned matter, and have personally developed or overseen the development of responses to interrogatories DPS-14-15, 19,44,49-50, 52, 58 and 61 in this proceeding, which are being submitted herewith as an exhibit with the Joint Proposal. In addition, I have overseen development of Appendix A to the Joint Proposal, which provides a comparative matrix of the preferred Project route with other alternatives considered in the Application. 2. As modified by the revisions to the Application and my pre-filed direct testimony filed October 6,2006 related to the Project's Harlem River crossing, all made part of the evidentiary record in this proceeding, the answers to the questions and the information contained in my pre-filed direct testimony, as modified, the identified responses to interrogatories, and the analysis reflected in Appendix A to the Joint Proposal, are true and correct. I adopt the testimony as my sworn statement in this KENNETH CHU Swom to before me this /^Uay of December 2006 Notary Publ AUDREY LILLOO FRASER Notary Public, State of New York No. 41-4993984 Qualified in Queens County Commission Expires March 30,2010 STATE OF NEW YORK PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION IN THE MATTER of the Application of : Consolidated Edison Company of New York, Inc. for a Certificate of Environmental Compatibility and : CASE NO. 06-T-0710 Public Need Pursuant to Article VH of the Public Service Law for the M29 Transmission Line Project,: New York, Bronx, and Westchester Counties, New York : AFFIDAVIT OF SPONSORING WITNESS James Mooney, Jr., being duly sworn, deposes and says: 1. I submitted pre-filed direct testimony in the above-captioned matter. 2. As modified by the revisions to the Application and my pre-filed direct testimony filed October 6, 2006 related to the Project's Harlem River crossing, all made part of the evidentiary record in this proceeding, the answers to the questions and the information contained in my pre-filed direct testimony, as modified, are true and correct. 3. I adopt the testimony as my swom statement in Swpm to before me this /^^day of December 2006 ^ta^7^>l^Z-Y AUDREY ULLOOFRASER Notary Public, State of New York No. 41-4993984 Qualified in Queens County Commission Expires March 30,2010 STATE OF NEW YORK PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION IN THE MATTER of the Application of Consolidated Edison Company of New York, Inc. for a Certificate of Environmental Compatibility and : CASE NO. 06-T-0710 Public Need Pursuant to Article YE of the Public Service Law for the M29 Transmission Line Project, : New York, Bronx, and Westchester Counties, New York : - x AFFIDAVIT OF SPONSORING WITNESS Amit Mukhopadhyay, being duly sworn, deposes and says; 1. I submitted pre-filed direct testimony in the above-captioned matter, and have personally developed or overseen the development of responses to interrogatories DPS-30 and 40-41 in this proceeding, which are being submitted herewith as an exhibit with the Joint Proposal. 2. As modified by the revisions to the Application and my pre-filed direct testimony filed October 6, 2006 related to the Project's Harlem River crossing, all made part of the evidentiary record in this proceeding, the answers to the questions and the information "contained in my pre-filed direct testimony, as modified, and the identified responses to interrogatories, are true and correct. 3. I adopt the testimony as my sworn statement in this proceeding. K M () t t-? S^J AMIT MUKHOPADYHAYfe^F"^ Sworn to before me this l^day of December 2006 (JmJL Notary Publio CHARLES J. GALLAGHER" Notary PubJIo, Ststs of WswYofk NO.01GA4SS444B Quaflfiad in Quserss County CommisslQH Expires Sspt 30,3009 STATE OF NEW YORK PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION m THE MATTER of the Application of : Consolidated Edison Company of New York, Inc. for a Certificate of Environmental Compatibility and : CASE NO. 06-T-0710 Public Need Pursuant to Article VII of the Public Service Law for the M29 Transmission Line Project,: New York, Bronx, and Westchester Counties, New York : AFFIDAVIT OF SPONSORING WITNESS Anthony Agresti, being duly sworn, deposes and says: 1. I submitted pre-filed direct testimony as part of a panel of witnesses in the above-captioned matter. 2. As modified by the revisions to the Application and my pre-filed direct testimony filed October 6, 2006 related to the Project's Harlem River crossing, all made part of the evidentiary record in this proceeding, the answers to the questions and the information contained in my pre-filed direct testimony, as modified, are true and correct. 3. I adopt the testimony as my sworn statementJn this pro^eding. ^NTSOT Sworn to before me this A5 day of December 2006 Public JACQUELINE M.MCKEEVER NOTARY PUBLIC, STATE OF NEW JERSEY MY COMMISSION EXPIRES APRIL 5, 2007 STATE OF NEW YORK PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION IN THE MATTER of the Application of : Consolidated Edison Company of New York, Inc. for a Certificate of Environmental Compatibility and : •CASE NO. 06-T-0710 Public Need Pursuant to Article VII of the Public Service Law for the M29 Transmission Line Project,: New York, Bronx, and Westchester Counties, New York : AFFIDAVIT OF SPONSORING WITNESS Brian Dempsey, being duly sworn, deposes and says: 1. I submitted pre-filed direct testimony as part of a panel of witaesses in the above-captioned matter. 2. As modified by the revisions to the Application and my pre-filed direct testimony filed October 6,2006 related to the Project's Harlem River crossing, all made part of the evidentiary record in this proceeding, the answers to the questions and the information contained in my pre-filed direct testimony, as modified, are true and correct. 3. I adopt the testimony as my swom statement in this proceeding. BRIAN DEMPSEY Swom to before me this teTday of December 2006 ANGELA PARODI NOTARY PUBLIC-STATE OF NEW YORK No. 01PA6n2459 Qualified In Westchester County Commission Expires July 06, 2O0g> STATE OF NEW YORK PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION IN THE MATTER of the Application of Consolidated Edison Company of New York, Inc. for a Certificate of Environmental Compatibility and CASENO. 06-T-0710 Public Need Pursuant to Article VII of the Public Service Law for the M29 Transmission Line Project, New York, Bronx, and Westchester Counties, New York AFFIDAVIT OF SPONSORING WITNESS Kevin Maher, being duly sworn, deposes and says: 1. I submitted pre-filed direct testimony as part of a panel of witaesses in the above-captioned matter. 2. As modified by the revisions to the Application and my pre-filed direct testimony filed October 6, 2006 related to the Project's Harlem River crossing, all made part of the evidentiary record in this proceeding, the answers to the questions and the information contained in my pre-filed direct testimony, as modified, are true and correct. 3. I adopt the testimony as my sworn stsfte: -is/proceeding. m ER Sworn to before me this ^5 day of December 2006 Jot^ry Public JACQUELINE M.MCKEEVER NOTARY PUBLIC, STATE OF NEW JERSEY MY COMMISSION EXPIRES APRIL 5.2007 STATE OF NEW YORK PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION IN THE MATTER of the Application of Consolidated Edison Company of New York, Inc. : for a Certificate of Environmental Compatibility and CASE NO. 06-T-0710 Public Need Pursuant to Article VII of the Public : Service Law for the M29 Transmission Line Project, New York, Bronx, and Westchester Counties, New : York AFFIDAVIT OF SPONSORING WITNESS Craig H. Wolfgang, being duly sworn, deposes and says: 1. I submitted pre-filed direct testimony as part of a panel of witnesses in the above- cap tioned matter, and have personally developed or overseen the development of responses to interrogatories DPS-56-57 and 59-60, as supplemented. 2. As modified by the revisions to the Application and my pre-filed direct testimony filed October 6, 2006 related to the Project's Harlem River crossing, all made part of the evidentiary record in this proceeding, the answers to the questions and the information contained in my pre-filed direct testimony, as modified, and the identified responses to interrogatories, are true and correct. 3. Raymond Pasquariello, a member of the panel of witnesses in which my pre-filed direct testimony is included, is no longer employed by TRC Environmental Corporation. As TRC's Project Manager in support of Con Edison's application in this matter, I oversaw development of Mr. . Pasquariello's earlier testimony and subject documentation and, to the best of my knowledge and belief, his statements therein are true and correct. Furthermore, I received a letter, dated November 8, 2006, from the New York State Office of Parks, Recreation, and Historic Preservation ("OPRPH") requesting that Con Edison provide further documentation of disturbance along the proposed route. Con Edison, with assistance from TRC Environmental Corporation, is presently reviewing, and will undertake action to address, the OPRHP request. 4. I adopt the testimony as my sworn statement in this proceeding. CRAIG H. WOLFGANG Sworn to before me this /£^day of December 2006 A • ' ' ' JACQUELINE M.MCKEEVER NOTARY PUBLIC, STATE OF NEW JERSET MY COMMISSION EXPIRES APRIL 5.2007 Case06-T-0710 Consolidated Edison Company of New York, Inc. M29 Transmission Line Project Exhibits to Joint Proposal Exhibit 1 Il Exhibit 1 It V I STATE OF NEW YORK DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION I ALBANY, NY 1 2232 www.dot.state.ny.us THOMAS J. MADISON, JR. " GEORGE E. PATAK1 I COMMISSIONER GOVERNOR December 14,2006 I Jeffrey L. Riback, Esq. Consolidated Edison Company of New York Inc. • 4 Irving Place Room 1820 I New York, NY 10003 Re: Case 06-T-0710 Application of Consolidated Edison I Company of New York, Inc. for a Certificate of Environmental Compatibility and Public Need Under Article VII of the New York State Public I Service Law for the M29 Transmission Line Project I Dear Mr. Riback: | The New York State Department of Transportation (NYSDOT) submits this letter in I response to the above referenced case to clarify its position on the project. NYSDOT supports I | the original proposed route that utilizes routes in the Cities of New York and Yonkers. I NYSDOT has recently learned that alternative routes have been proposed and are being I | investigated. These alternative routes involve the State-owned Sprain Brook Parkway, Saw Mill | River Parkway, and Interstate 87 (Thruway), which are controlled access highways. NYSDOT | has an agreement with, and an obligation to, the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) on § how utility facilities are accommodated on these and other controlled access highways I I throughout New York State regardless of ownership. This agreement is the "Accommodation Plan For Longitudinal Use of Freeway Right-of-Way By Utilities." NYSDOT's I Accommodation Plan is based upon Title 23 Part 645 of the Code of Federal Regulations. This I I policy applies to any designated freeway. Currently, the only utilities which are permitted to longitudinally occupy New York State freeway rights-of-way (within the control of access) are I communication utility facilities. Any requests for a non-highway use of controlled access highways, such as the installation of an electric transmission line in the Sprain Brook and Saw Mill River Parkways or i Interstate 87, are considered exceptions to the NYSDOT's Accommodation Plan and, therefore, require FHWA approval. NYSDOT has an established procedure for exception requests under which NYSDOT reviews any requests prior to submission to FHWA for consideration and i approval or rejection. FHWA and NYSDOT require a SEQRA and FHWA regulations based NEPA review for each and every feasible alternative. All alternatives must be exhausted before i FHWA approval of an exception can be granted. To date, only one project has been granted an i I exception by FHWA. Enclosed please find the requirements and the procedure for requesting an I exception that Con Ed would have to comply with in order to utilize the Sprain Brook and Saw Mill River Parkways and Interstate 87 for the installation of the transmission line. I As stewards of Federal Highway funds, NYSDOT and the NYSTA must ensure compliance with federal laws, regulations and requirements. Failure to comply will result in a sanction issued by FHWA, and could result in entire length of Sprain Brook Parkway, the Saw I Mill River Parkway and the Thruway becoming ineligible for any federal-aid funding. I Please contact me at 518-457-2411 if you have any questions on the material provided. Sincerely, 11 Donna K. Hintz Associate Attorney cc: l| . Hon. Jaclyn A. Brilling Secretary New York State Public Service Commission •I Three Empire State Plaza Albany, NY 12223-1350 l| Michael Fleischer Executive Director NYS Thruway Authority l| 200 Southern Blvd. PO Box 189 ll Albany, NY 12201-0189 •i Thomas Herritt Federal Highway Administration Leo W. O'Brien Building I Albany, NY 12207 ll Active party list via email i D. Keanneally, Operating Division M. Mariotti, MO DQAB •I J. Wetzel, Region 8 •I L. Malsam, Region 11 •! it Exhibit 2 Exhibit 2 Case06-T-0710 Con Edison Application For M29 Transmission Line STAFF OF THE DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC SERVICE INTERROGATORY/DOCUMENT REOUEST Request No.: DPS-14 Requested By: Edward Schrom Date of Request: 9/12/06 Reply Date: 9/22/06 Subject: Design Specific Information Requested: Provide the engineering specification and catalogue cut sheets for the cables, steel pipe, coating, and cathodic protection to be installed. The purchase of the high-pressure fluid filled cable is currently out for competitive bid. Since an award has not yet been made to a cable manufacturer, Con Edison is attaching typical catalogue cut sheets for cable cross sections anticipated to be supplied by the cable manufacturer ultimately selected. As requested, the following specifications are attached: (i) Cable Specification - Reference EO-9; (ii) Steel Pipe - Reference EO-9000; (iii) Pipe Coating - References CE-TS-3352 (Section II. 1.6), EO- 8193, G-8196, and G-8209; and (iv) Cathodic Protection - Reference Drawing 303122, G-6202. EO-9.pdf (140 KB) rnEO-9000.pdf_Qnnn ^f CE-TS-3352.pdf^c-io-oj-^.pui E^.8193[l].pdfQ. G-8196-3-Electric.do c D G-8209-l.doc G-6202-6.doc Drawing303122.tif Name of Person Preparing Response: Kenneth Chu Date: 09/18/06 PURCHASE AND TEST ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING MANUAL NO. 6 TRANSMISSION FEEDERS ENGINEERING SECTION 3 SPECIFICATION EO-09 REV. 12 MAY, 2003 IMPREGNATED PAPER INSULATED HIGH PRESSURE PIPE-TYPE CABLES SCOPE 1. This specification covers the construction and testing of 69kV, 138kV and 345kV high pressure pipe-type cables for use in the Con Edison system. DKSTRICTS APPLICABLE 2. All Districts GENERAL 3. The latest edition of "High Pressure Pipe-Type Impregnated Paper Insulated Cable Specifications" of the Association of Edison Illuminating Companies shall apply to all purchases of high pressure pipe-type cables unless conflicting requirements are prescribed in supplementary specifications. In the event of such conflict, the provisions of the more stringent specification shall govern. CABLES APPROVED FOR PURCHASE 4. Cables approved for purchase are described in Table I of this Specification and in various supplementary EG- specifications as they are issued. 5. Unless otherwise indicated, all cables are to be of the standard "pipe-type" construction and are to operate in a dielectric fluid-filled or gas filled pipe. "Pipe-type, riser cables" and "cable to operate in gas filled pipes" will be identified accordingly. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS 6. The general design of the cable shall conform to the following descriptions. Any deviation from this construction shall be permitted only with the approval by the Manager of Transmission Feeders Engineering. PURCHASE AND TEST 2 EO-09, REV. 12 MANUAL NO. 6 MAY, 2003 SECTION 3 CONSTRUCTION REOUIREMENTS (Cont'd) 7. Conductors - Conductors shall be compact round for sizes less than 1,000 kcmil and compact round segmental, with at least two opposite segments insulated, for sizes, 1,000 kcmil and larger. Segments are to be bound together with 0.005 inch stainless steel, non-magnetic binder tape intercalated with a 0.008 inch carbon black paper tape. Stainless steel is to be dead soft. 8. Internal Shielding - The internal shielding shall consist of not less than two 0.008 inch carbon black and one 0.005 inch duplex carbon black tapes applied directly over the conductor. 9. The applied conductor shield shall be free of any irregularities and shall completely cover the conductors. 10. The cabled segmental conductors shall be manufactured in such a way that the largest calipered diameter at any cross section shall not be greater than 2 percent of the average conductor diameter as measured by a circumference tape at the same cross section. 11. 69kV, 138kV and 345kV insulation - The insulation shall consist of multi-width paper tapes (3/4 inch to 1-1/2 inches wide) having an average density as shown in paragraph 12. The paper tapes shall be helically wound on the conductor with a nominal butt space of six percent (plus or minus two percent) of the tape width. The average butt space permitted shall be not less than four percent nor more than eight percent of the tape width as measured throughout the insulation wall. The tapes shall be wound on the conductors with a taping angle as shown below and shall not vary any more than plus or minus one degree. Note: The average butt space is measured over 10 consecutive butt space. Compact Round Min. Width Max. Width Min. Angle Max. Angle (in.) (in.) (Degrees) (Degrees) j 250- 500 kcmil 1/2 1 70 * 600-1000 kcmil 3/4 1-1/2 70 • * Not determined at this time. Maximum angle will be less than 82.5. Compact Segmental 1000-1250 kcmil 3/4 1-1/2 77.5 82.5 1500-2500 kcmil 3/4 1-1/2 79.5 82.5 3000-3500 kcmil 3/4 1-1/2 79.5 83.0 12. The insulating paper for cables rated-345 kV shall have the following characteristics. All other voltage level cables shall be insulated with a good grade of high or medium density paper to fully meet all the requirements of paragraphs 49, 50, & 51. PURCHASE AND TEST 3 EO-09, REV. 12 MANUAL NO. 6 MAY, 2003 SECTION 3 CONSTRUCTION REOUIREMENTS (Cont'd) Apparent Density Air Resistance, Sec/lOOCC Nominal Lot Individual Min. Lot Thickness Average Reel Average Average Min. Reel 0.0055" 0.90-0.92 0.88-0.94 1500 1200 0.0067" 0.90-0.92 0.88-0.94 1200 1000 0.0082" 0.90-0.92 0.88-0.94 950 750 NOTE: 0. 0040 inch tape may be used for higher impulse strength. The minimum Air Resistance for this tape is 1500 GS. 13. Under no circumstances shall any more than sixteen (16) consecutive tapes be applied in the same direction except for a maximum of 18 in the one adjustment layer. Also, a minimum of 7 outer tapes applied right hand lay on all pipe cable orders is required. 14. Under no circumstances will polygonization of the cable be permitted. Non-uniformity in bending or firmness may be sufficient cause for immediate rejection. In addition, pressure ridges in the cable insulation will not be permitted. 15. For 69 kV, 138 and 345 kV rated cables, the specified insulation thickness may include a total effective thickness of conducting or semi-conducting tapes up to 15 mils as permitted in the AE1C specification. 16. Repairs to the cable shielding will be permitted after impregnation with notification but without prior approval of the Transmission Feeders Engineering Manager. Other repairs will not be permitted after impregnation without prior notification and approval of the Transmission Feeders Engineering Manager. The Transmission Feeders Engineering Manager or his approved representative will be the sole judge of the acceptance or rejection of the cable or repair. 17. External Shielding - Two 0.008 inch carbon black tapes, shall be applied directly over the; insulation, followed by 2 perforated metalized paper tapes or 2 metalized intercalated carbon black paper tapes and at least two layers of 0.002 inch metalized polyester tapes. 18. Covering - A dead soft. Type 304, stainless steel tape 5 mils intercalated with a moisture impervious tape shall be applied over the external shielding. Copper tape may be used as covering for 69kV cables. 19. Skid Wire - 2 "D" shaped wires of monel metal or stainless steel shall be used on 345 kV, and 138 kV cables. The 2 "D" shape wires on 69 kV may be bronze. All "D" wire shall be applied double entry on 3 inch lay (11/2 inch axial spacing). Wires must be .100 inch by .200 inch for 345 kV and may be 1/16 inch by 3/16 inch for 69 kV and 138 kV cables. The axial spacing tolerance is to be within 1/8 inch. PURCHASE AND TEST 4 EO-09, REV. 12 MANUAL NO. 6 MAY, 2003 SECTION 3 CONSTRUCTION REOUIREMENTS (Cont'd) 20. A lead alloy coating of the individual strands of copper conductor is not required. RISER CABLES 21. Riser cables shall have long lay stainless steel strips giving 100 percent coverage to the cable. The strips shall be fabricated from non-magnetic stainless steel in the 300 series. A typical strip would be 300-315 mils wide by 35 mils thick. Stainless steel skid wires, as described in paragraph 19 above, shall be applied over the stainless steel strips. PULLING BOLTS AND EYES 22. Size - A pulling bolt or eye as specified in the Purchase Order shall be attached to the leading end of each length of pipe type cable. The size of the pulling bolt or eye shall be in accordance with the following tabulation: SIZE OF CONDUCTOR SIZE OF (ALL VOLTAGE AND TYPES) PULLING BOLT OR EYE Less than 1,000 kcmil 5/8 Inch Diameter 1,000 kcmil and larger 3/4 Inch Diameter 23. Material - All bolts and eyes shall be fabricated from extra high strength steel or equivalent. 24. Pulling Tension - Pulling assemblies shall be suitable to stand the pulling tensions specified below: SIZE OF MINIMUM TENSION PULLING BOLT AND EYE REOUIREMENTS IN POUNDS 5/8 Inch Diameter 35,000 3/4 Inch Diameter 40,000 TRAILING END 25. Eye - An eye shall be attached to the trailing end of each length of pipe-type cable. PURCHASE AND TEST 5 EO-09, REV. 12 MANUAL NO. 6 MAY, 2003 SECTION 3 TRAILING END (Cont'd) 26. Tie Wire - A tie wire shall be attached to the trailing end of pipe-type cables as indicated below: Street Section - 100 feet of 1/8 inch, 7 by 19 flexible aircraft cable or its equivalent. Horizontal Tunnel Section - A minimum length of 1,500 feet of 1/2 inch steel core wire rope or its equivalent. Armored Riser Section - 200 feet of 1/2 inch steel core steel wire rope or its equivalent. 27. Tension Requirements - The tie wire and eye comprising the trailing end assembly shall be capable of withstanding the following tensions: MINIMUM TENSION TYPE OF SECTION REOUIREMENT IN POUNDS Street Section 1,500 Horizontal Tunnel Section 25,000 Armored Riser Section 25,000 STOCK CABLE 28. Temporary Lead Sheath - Lengths of pipe-type cable which are to be retained in stock for emergency replacement shall be furnished with a temporary lead sheath over the normal cable construction and sealed at both ends. 29. Thickness of Lead Sheath - The average thickness of the temporary lead sheath shall be 100 mils unless otherwise specified. 30. Rip Wire - Two steel rip wires shall be provided under the temporary lead sheath to permit the stripping of the lead sheath during the cable pulling operation. 31. Fittings - Suitable fittings shall be provided on the stock length, which will be readily accessible on the cable reel and will permit the reading of the nitrogen pressure or the replenishment of nitrogen gas if necessary at both cable ends. 32. Gas Pressure - The manufacturer shall establish a pressure of three pounds on the nitrogen in the stock length immediately before shipping. PURCHASE AND TEST 6 EO-09, REV. 12 MANUAL NO. 6 MAY, 2003 SECTION 3 REELS 33. The reels to be used for shipment of the cable shall be of steel construction with welded seams. 34. Reel dimensions and the diameter of the arbor holes shall be in accordance with the requirements specified in the Purchase Order. 35. Shipment of the cable shall be made in a manner that will insure delivery of the cable without dry spots in the insulation. 36. For foreign suppliers, the reels shall be sealed with a metallic band circumferentially welded to the reel flanges. The supplier shall provide the necessary tools to permit removal of the metallic seal without requiring flame cutting. The reels shall be provided with a test fitting (Schraeder Valve) for measuring gas pressure. The reels shall have an outer protection of a double layer of two-inch thick wood lagging. PROPOSAL AND DRAWINGS 37. Cables - Proposals must be accompanied by drawings showing detailed design features dimensions of conductor, insulation, and the completed cable, which will indicate compliance with the specifications. The cable drawing shall include a detailed description of the cable makeup, including the number of tapes used, the width and thickness of each tape, the taping angle, the number of tape reversals, and percent overlay for each taping head. Taping tensions, which are of proprietary nature, will be discussed and information released to appropriate Con Edison personnel such as the Transmission Feeders Engineering Manager. 38. Ames hardness values shall be submitted for the construction proposed. The values shall reflect the cable hardness prior to impregnation. Values of Ames hardness measured on samples from prior cable orders of the same construction may be submitted. Calculated values shall be submitted for cables of new design. Hardness tests shall be made with the shielding removed. Tester is to be model 4-S modified. Deflection shall be recorded on loads starting at 15 kg., increasing in 15 kg. increments to 105 kg. 39. Where approval has previously been given for a cable of the same type as covered by the inquiry, reference may be made to the previously approved drawings and two prints must still be submitted for approval with the bid. Prior approvals must be less than 2.5 years old. The approval of drawings does not relieve the manufacturer from his responsibilities to meet all qualification requirements of the specification. Qualification test data shall be submitted with the proposal. 40. The manufacturer shall furnish the purchaser with a statement the type of dielectric fluid he proposes to use for impregnating the cable, together with maximum values of physical, chemical and electrical properties he will accept in the dielectric fluid supplied to him. The categories to be listed in his statement shall include all those given in ASTM Dl819, If polybutene fluid is used, the amount of organically bound chloride also shall be listed, but in no PURCHASE AND TEST 7 EO-09, REV. 12 MANUAL NO. 6 MAY, 2003 SECTION 3 PROPOSAL AND DRAWINGS (Cont'd) event shall the value exceed 0.0050 percent by weight. 41. The manufacturer shall furnish, in his proposal, a statement of the expected power factor of the cable at rated voltage and under an operating pressure of 200 psig, with uniform temperatures throughout the cable, at the following temperatures. Room temperature and approximately 60, 80 and 100 degrees centigrade. 42. A power factor often percent greater than allowed as specified in the AEIC Specification will be permitted only on 345 kV cables using high density paper. ALTERNATIVE PROPOSALS 43. Cables insulated with PPP (paper-polypropylene-paper) laminate shall be submitted for evaluation as an alternate to the standard impregnated paper insulation. The cables must comply with this specification. TEST REOUIREMENTS 44. The frequency of sample testing (paragraphs 48-51) shall be one for each 100,000 feet or fraction in excess of 25,000 feet, for each size of cable on each Purchase Order unless otherwise specified by the customer. For orders in excess of 100,000 feet, sample testing shall be in accordance with the referenced AEIC Specification. 45. Radial power factor tests shall be made at 80 degrees centigrade on a cable sample taken from each impregnation tank lot. Power factor is to be determined from the first, second, third, fourth, seventh and tenth inner and outer tapes and on every fifth tape throughout the remainder of the insulation wall. The measured values shall be reported and identified with the specific cable shipping lengths from which the test sample was taken. All other shipping lengths from that particular impregnation tank lot shall also be identified. 46. The average moisture content shall be determined on a cable sample, taken adjacent to the sample used for radial power factor determination, for each impregnation tank lot. Applicable values shall be reported for each cable length shipped. 47. The AC/DC resistance ratio of the cable assembly, in steel pipe of a size approved by the Transmission Feeders Engineering Manager, shall be measured at room temperature and reported for each size of cable furnished. Values available from tests previously performed on essentially similar design for the same size cable may be offered for acceptance in lieu of new tests. PUFLCHASE AND TEST 8 EO-09,REV. 12 MANUAL NO. 6 MAY, 2003 SECTION 3 TEST REQUIREMENTS (Conrti) 48. The cable sample selected for the electrical tests specified herein shall be subjected to a mechanical bend test as described herein prior to installation in a suitable pipe and termination. The bending test shall be made on a sample of cable of sufficient length to provide at least one complete turn around the test cylinder. The test shall be made at ambient temperature. The diameter of the test cylinder shall be 25 (D+d) + 5%. Where D = Diameter over the core without the skid wires, d = Conductor diameter. The cable shall be laid out straight and level, and one end secured to the test cylinder. A reference line shall be drawn along the top of the cable parallel to its longitudinal axis. The cylinder shall then be rotated steadily so that all the cable is taken up in a closely wound coil. The cylinder shall then be rotated in the opposite direction so that the cable is unwound. The cable shall then be rotated 180 degrees about its longitudinal axis and the winding and unwinding process reported with the same directions of test cylinder rotation as before. The cable shall then be rotated about its longitudinal axis by 180 degrees to regain its initial position, i.e. reference line uppermost. Alternatively, reversal of the direction of rotation of the test cylinder is permitted in order that the cable may be retained in the same position so that it will alternate between the bottom and the top of the test cylinder. The complete cycle of wind/unwind/cable rotation/wind/unwind/cable rotation shall be carried out three times on the cable sample. 49. The cable sample after being subjected to the Mechanical Bend Test shall be subjected to the Dielectric Power Loss and Power Factor Tests as specified under Section 12.5.3 of AEIC Specifications, the lonization Factor Test as specified under 12.5.2 of the AEIC Specification and a High Voltage Time Test. The High Voltage Time Test shall be performed at room temperature under a pressure not exceeding 200 PSIG with the sample subjected to a power frequency voltage of 2 1/2 times the rated phase-to-ground voltage for 24 consecutive hours. HOT IMPULSE TEST 50. Following the High Voltage Time Test, a Hot Impulse Test shall be performed at the following levels. 345 KV CABLES 138 KV CABLES 69 KV CABLES 1125kV+10,-10 500kV+10,-10 250kV+10,-10 1200kV+10,-10 575kV+10,-10 300kV+10,-10 1250kV + 10,-10 650kV+10,-10 350kV+10,-10 1300 kV + 10, - 10 Continue to Failure Continue to Failure PURCHASE AND TEST 9 EO-09, REV. 12 MANUAL NO. 6 MAY, 2003 SECTION 3 HOT IMPULSE TEST (Cont'd) The generated impulse wave shall have a nominal dimension of 1.2 microseconds by 50 microseconds. Acceptable levels for 345 kV, 138 kV and 69 kV cables are 1300 kV, 650 kV, and 350 kV respectively. 51. All tests covered under Test Requirements including the High Voltage Time Test and the Hot Impulse Test are to be completed prior to shipment of the cable as governed by the requirements stipulated in paragraph 44. ACCEPTANCE AND REJECTION 52. In accordance with Appendix A of the latest edition of the AEIC Specification for impregnated paper insulated cable high pressure pipe-type with the following exception: If the original sample is taken from a cable reel length of more than 1,000 feet and fails, the length from which the sample was removed shall not be rejected but a second and third sample shall be taken from the same or adjacent lengths of the same factory length. If these samples pass the prescribed tests, the length and respective lot shall be accepted. If either the second or third sample fails the prescribed tests, the factory length shall be rejected, and another sample shall be taken and tested according to A4.2 of the AEIC Specification. CERTIFIED TEST REPORTS 53. The manufacturer shall furnish the purchaser with two certified copies of the results of all tests. 54. The certified test reports submitted by the manufacturer, in addition to stating the results of all required testing, shall contain a detailed description of the insulation makeup of the test sample including the number of tapes used, the width and thickness of each tape, and the number of tape reversals. ADDITIONAL REOUIREMENTS 55. Temperature charts and log sheets of each impregnation tank lot shall be submitted to the purchaser upon request. On each impregnation tank lot, the manufacturer shall certify to the purchaser the following information: Total drying time - hours Maximum cable temperature - degrees centigrade Final vacuum before impregnation - microns Total cooling time - hours Cable temperature at dielectric fluid removal - degrees centigrade Maximum fluid pressure during impregnation - hours. PURCHASE AND TEST 10 EO-09, REV. 12 MANUAL NO. 6 MAY, 2003 SECTION 3 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS (Cont'd) 56. If the log sheets for any impregnation tank lot show temperature in excess of 150 degrees centigrade, the purchaser shall be notified immediately. A check of the physical properties of the paper tape shall be made and values submitted to the purchaser for approval before the cable lengths involved are to be shipped. The information of a proprietary nature will be discussed and released only to appropriate Con Edison personnel such as the Transmission Feeders Engineering Manager. 57. The manufacturer shall provide the "Propagation Velocity" for each reel length of cable by measurement using a modem Time Domain Reflectometer instrument. These results shall be provided along with the factory test reports for each reel. FACTORY INSPECTION 58. Con Edison reserves the right to inspect the cable and equipment at the factory at any reasonable time. Con Edison's representative shall be allowed free access during working hours to the manufacturer's factory. Failure of the Con Edison representative or inspector to call attention to any defect in material or workmanship shall not be construed as acceptance of the same. FULL REEL AC TEST VOLTAGE 59. All full reel 15 minute AC Test Voltage shall be as follows: HIGH VOLTAGE TEST- VOLTAGE INSULATION WALL CONDUCTOR TO SHIELD-KV 69 kV .315 45 .285 40 138 kV .600 90 .505 75 .455 65 345 kV .920 90 PURCHASE AND TEST 11 EO-09, REV. 12 MANUAL NO. 6 MAY, 2003 SECTION 3 GUARANTEE 60. The manufacturer shall guarantee the cable as per Paragraph 16 of AEIC No. CS2-82. Kenneth Chi^f Reza Ghafurian Attachment: Table 1 Section Manager Electrical Engineering Department REVISON 12 FILE General Revision. Add Paragraph 57 Purchase and Test, Manual No. 6 (Propagation Velocity test requirements). Section 3, Cable and Wire Revised Transmission Feeders Engineering Section name. Removed reference to AEIC revision 5 to "latest revision". Review Date: May, 2004 ______l PURCHASE AND TEST 12 EO-09,REV. 12 MANUAL NO. 6 MAY, 2003 SECTION 3 TABLE I • PAPER INSULATED PIPE-TYPE CABLES APPROVED FOR PURCHASE 1 (AEIC SPECIFICATION FOR IMPREGNATED PAPER INSULATED CABLE, 1 HIGH PRESSURE PIPE-TYPE, LATEST EDITION Size and Type of Insulation Maximum O.D. Approximate Spec. Conductor Thickness Over Skid Weight per Foot Number fKcmin (Mils) Wires (Mils) (Pounds) Remarks Rating - 69,000 Volts between Conductors EO-972 350 Cu 315 1555 1.9 Gas EO-982 500 Cu 315 1680 2.5 Gas EO-947 600 Cu 285 1780 2.8 EO-7907 750 Cu 285 1800 3.3 EO-946 1000 Cu 285 2055 4.2 EO-971 1000 Cu 315 2100 4.3 Gas EO-956 1250 Cu 285 2200 5.1 EO-970 1250 Cu 315 2260 5.2 Gas EO-957 1500 Cu 285 2325 6.0 EO-979 1500 Cu 315 2390 6.1 Gas •______^H mmm mmm H^M H^H ^^mm ^^^ ^mmm ^^^______l ^^^ ^H PURCHASE AND TEST 13 EO-09, REV. 12 MANUAL NO. 6 MAY, 2003 SECTION 3 • TABLE I (Cont'd) PAPER INSULATED PIPE-TYPE CABLES APPROVED FOR PURCHASE 1 • (AEIC SPECIFICATION FOR IMPREGNATED PAPER INSULATED CABLE, 1 HIGH PRESSURE PIPE-TYPE, LATEST EDITION Size and Type of Insulation Maximum O.D. Approximate Spec. Conductor Thickness Over Skid Weight per Foot Number (Kcmil) (Mils) Wires (Mils) (Pounds) Remarks Rating - 69,000 Volts between Conductors EO-995 2000 Cu 315 2620 7.8 Gas EO-7900 2000 Cu 315 2680 8.5 Gas-Riser EO-7915 2000 Cu 285 2560 7.7 EO-996 2500 Cu 315 2820 9.5 Gas EO-7913 2500 Cu 285 2760 9.4 EO-79I4 2500 Cu 285 2820 10.2 Riser Ratine - 138,000 Volts between Conductors EO-7929 250 Cu 600 2112 ' 2.4 Gas EO-7930 250 Cu 505 2972 2.2 EO-7918 350 Cu 505 2017 2.5 EO-7931 350 Al 505 2017 1.8 EO-7912 500 Cu 505 2142 3.1 EO-7932 500 Al 505 2142 2.1 EO-7916 500 Cu 600 2237 • 4.0 Gas mmmmi ^^mm ^^^ wm^mm HBMH ••••••• HH^^ mm^^m ^HH^ ^^^mm ^mmmm__l ^^HM PURCHASE AND TEST 14 EO-09, REV. 12 MANUAL NO. 6 MAY, 2003 SECTION 3 TABLE I (Cont'd) PAPER INSULATED PIPE-TYPE CABLES APPROVED FOR PURCHASE 1 f AEIC SPECIFICATION FOR IMPREGNATED PAPER INSULATED CABLE, 1 HIGH PRESSURE PIPE-TYPE. LATEST EDITION 1 Size and Type of Insulation Maximum O.D. Approximate Spec. Conductor Thickness Over Skid Weight per Foot Number OCcmin (Mils) Wires (Mils) (Pounds) Remarks Ratine -138.000 Volts between Conductors (Cont'd) 1 EO-966 600 Cu 505 2222 3.5 EO-7911 750 Cu 505 2322 4.1 EO-7933 750 Al 505 2322 2.5 EO-7921 750 Cu 600 2517 4.4 Gas EO-990 900 Cu 505 2417 4.6 EO-7908 1000 Cu 505 2577 5.1 EO-7934 1000 Al 505 2577 2.4 EO-7922 1000 Cu 600 2772 5.5 Gas EO-955 1250 Cu 505 2722 6.0 EO-7935 1250 Al 505 2722 3.5 EO-936 1500 Cu 505 2842 6.9 EO-7936 1500 Al 505 2842 3.7 EO-937 1500 Cu 505 2912 7.7 Riser EO-978 2000 Cu 505 3082 8.7 EO-7937 2000 Al 505 3082 4.4 EO-7903 2000 Cu 505 3142 9.5 Riser EO-7904 2000 Cu 600 3282 9.2 Gas wmm______m^m w^m m^m ______! PURCHASE AND TEST 15 MANUAL NO. 6 MAY, 2003 SECTION 3 TABLE I rCont'd) PAPER INSULATED PIPE-TYPE CABLES APPROVED FOR PURCHASE 1 TAEIC SPECIFICATION FOR IMPREGNATED PAPER INSULATED CABLE, 1 HIGH PRESSURE PIPE-TYPE, LATEST EDITION Size and Type of Insulation Maximum O.D. Approximate Spec. Conductor Thickness Over Skid Weight per Foot Number (Kcmil) (Mils) Wires (Mils) (Pounds) Remarks EO-7901 2500 Cu 600 3482 11.0 Gas EO-7905 2500 Cu 600 3542 12.0 Gas Riser EO-7906 2500 Cu 505 3282 10.5 EO-7919 2500 Cu 505 3342 11.4 Riser EO-7938 2500 Al 505 3282 5.1 EO-7942 3000 Cu 505 3462 12.1 Ratine -345,000 Volts between Conductors EO-7910 2000 Cu 920 4082 12.0 EO-7917 2000 Cu 920 4137 13.1 Riser EO-7909 2500 Cu 920 4282 14.0 EO-7927 2500 Cu 920 4317 15.0 Riser EO-7941 3000 Cu 920 4220 15.8 Gas = For pipe-type cables to be used in pipes filled with gas and for the compression sheath riser cables, the paper impregnating compound shall be given special approval for this application by the Manager, 1 Transmission Feeders Engineering. Riser = Non-magnetic stainless steel strip in the 300 series shall provide 100 percent longitudinal coverage 1 to the cable. "D' shaped non-magnetic stainless steel skid wires shall be used over the steel strip. Q3 Consolidated Edison Company of New York, Inc. 4 Irving Place, New York, N.Y. 10003 PURCHASE AND TEST TRANSMISSION FEEDERS ENGINEERING MANUAL NO. 6 SUBSTATION & TRANSMISSION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT SECTION 16 EO- 9000, REV. 7 MARCH. 1996 SPECIFICATION FOR PURCHASE OF STEEL PIPE FOR ELECTRICAL FACILITIES. AND CASINGS 1.00 SCOPE 1.10 This specification applies to the purchase of steel pipes for use in high pressure pipe type cable feeders, heat exchanger pipes and electric conduit pipes. 1.20 All pipes purchased for high pressure electric cable pipes and heat exchanger pipes shall be electric resistance welded Grade A steel conforming to ASTM A523. Grade B may only be purchased upon obtaining approval of the Transmission Feeders Engineering Manager. 1.30 All high pressure electric cable pipes and heat exchanger pipes shall be ordered in double random lengths unless otherwise specified. A double random length shall have a minimum length of 40 feet and a maximum length of 50 feet. Jointing, two or more shorter lengths together by welding to meet the length requirements is not permitted. 1.40 Unless otherwise specified, all pipe ends for high pressure electric cable pipes and heat exchanger pipes shall be purchased with ends beveled to an angle of 30 degrees and with a tolerance of+5 degrees and -0 degrees. 1.50 The Transmission Feeders Engineering Manager may require additional nondestructive testing not called for in the approved standards of fabrication given in paragraph 1.20. The Manager shall so direct the vendor of these requirements. EO-9000, Rev. 7 March, 1996 Page 2 1.60 All high pressure electric cable pipes and heat exchanger pipes shall be free of dents, gouges and interior burrs which in the judgement of the Transmission Feeders Engineering Manager, shall be detrimental to the operation of the pipe. 2.00 BLACK AND GALVANIZED STEEL PIPES FOR USE AS ELECTRIC CONDUITS 2.10 All black and galvanized pipes used for electric conduits shall be fabricated in accordance with specification ASTM A53, ASTM A135, type E or type S. 2.20 Lengths shall be purchased in 1/2 and single random lengths. The User shall specify the length required. 2.30 All black and galvanized pipes shall have square or threaded ends in accordance with the American National Standard for pipe threads. All black and galvanized pipes shall be purchased in scheduled 40 weights unless otherwise specified. 2.40 The pipes shall be smooth and free of sharp interior imperfections which could damage the cable. 2.50 ASTM A53, Type F pipe may be used provided the manufacturer in a separate operation which must be approved by the Transmission Feeders Engineering Manager removes all interior imperfections that could cause damage to cable during a pulling operation. 3.00 PIPE SIZES APPROVED FOR ELECTRIC PIPE FACILITIES 3.10 The following pipe sizes are approved for high pressure cable pipes, heat exchanger pipes and electric conduits. Additional sizes may be purchased in accordance with the specification with the approval of the Transmission Feeders Engineering Manager. TABLE 1 O.D. Wall Wt. in. Stock Size Sch. Thickness Lbs. Per Ft. Number 2 3/8 - 80 0.218 5.02 320-0367 3 1/2 - 40 0.21 6 7.58 320-1 902 4 1/2- 40 0.237 10.79 320-1 308 59 - 40 0.258 14.62 320-0414 EO-9000, Rev. 7 March, 1996 Page 3 O.D. Wall Wt. in. Stock Size Sch. Thickness Lbs. per Ft. Number 6 5/8 - 0.250 17.02 320-1993 & 0334 6 5/8 - 40 0.280 18.97 8 5/8 - 20 0.250 22.36 8 5/8 - 30 0.277 24.70 8 5/8 - 40 0.322 28.55 323-0240 O.D. Wall Wt. in. Stock Size Sch. Thickness Lbs. Per Ft. Number 8 5/8 - 80 0.500 43.39 10 3/4 - 20 0.250 28.04 10 3/4 - 40 0.365 40.48 323-0224 12 3/4 - 20 0.250 33.4 12 3/4 - 30 0.330 43.8 12 3/4 - 0.375 49.6 320-2025 12 3/4 - 60 0.562 73.2 12 3/4 - 0.500 65.42 •Double random length (320-0334) 4.00 CASING PIPES 4.10 All casing pipes for horizontal borings shall be fabricated as per ASTM A134 Grade B. All pipe diameters and wall thickness must be approved by the Transmission Feeders Engineering Manager. 4.20 All lengths shall be ordered to suit the particular job. 4.30 All ends shall be beveled in accordance with Paragraph 1.40 unless otherwise specified. EO-9000, Rev. 7 March, 1996 Page 4 5.00 TRANSPORTATION OF PIPE 5.10 Shipments of pipes by railroad shall be in accordance with API Specification RPS entitled "Recommended Practice for Railroad Transportation of Line Pipe". 5.20 When transporting coated pipes by truck or trailer, the pipes shall rest on pads approved by the Substation & Transmission Engineering Department for properly protecting the coating. Rock shield cover may be specified to provide protection to the coating during transportation. 5.30 Protection shall be provided by the manufacturer to maintain roundness of the pipes.. 6.00 INSPECTION 6.10 The requirements for inspection and acceptance of steel pipe shall be in accordance with this specification and the ASTM or API5L Specification under which the pipe is purchased. 7.00 MARKINGS 7.10 All electric and fuel oil piping shall be clearly marked to indicate the pipe diameter, wall thickness and grade specification under which the pipe has been purchased. The markings shall consist of paint stenciling or dye stamping as specified in API Standard 5L, at intervals no less than 5 feet along the pipe length. EO-9000, Rev. 7 March, 1996 Page 5 8.00 OTHER STANDARDS 8.10 G-8107 Gas Piping S-9035 Steam Piping SEE NEXT PAGE FOR SIGNATURE Juan M. Dominguez, Manager Transmission Feeders Engineering Substation & Transmission Engineering Department EO-9000, Rev. 7 March, 1996 PageS 8.00 OTHER STANDARDS 8.10 G-8107 Gas Piping 8-9035 Steam Piping / Juan M. Dominquez,I Manager Transmission Feeders Engineering Peter lannone/bf Substation & Transmission Engineering Department REVISION: 7 FILE: On this revison, changed steel Purchase and Test designation and interior pipe finish Manual No. 6 Next Revision: 3/2001 Section #16, Pipe Type Cable CONSOLIDATED EDISON COMPANY OF NEW YORK, INC. 4 IRVING PLACE NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10003 ENGINEERING SPECIFICATION CE-TS-3352 SPECIFICATION FOR THE INSTALLATION OF HIGH PRESSURE PIPE FOR 69, 138 AND 345 kV CABLE SYSTEMS SECTION I - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS REVISION 15 JANUARY, 2006 Prepared By: Alan M. Desimone. 1/10/2006 Name / Date Concurrence By: Timothy Cawley, 2/3/06 Name / Date Approved By: Reza Ghafurian, 2/17/06 Section Manager / Date Page 1 of 31 Paper copies of the Engineering Operations Manuai are uncontroiled and therefore may be outdated. Piease verify that you have the current version prior to use by viewing the Centrai Engineering website (http://Ceng/). 1 CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION • CE-TS-3352 REV. 15, INSTALLATION OF HIGH PRESSURE PIPE • FOR 69,138, AND 345 kV CABLE SYSTEMS JANUARY, 2006 TABLE OF CONTENTS • SECTION SUBJECT PAGE SECTION I - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1 SCOPE 4 2.0 PROJECT DESCRIPTION 4 3 0 1 - APPLICABLE STANDARDS AND REFERENCES 4 4.0 CONTRACT DRAWINGS, SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS AND MATERIALS LISTS 5 • 5.0 SUBMITTALS 6 U 6.0 SITE REPRESENTATION 6 • 7.0 QUALITY ASSURANCE 7 8.0 PROPOSALS 7 90 1 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING 8 10.0 TRAINING DEMONSTRATION 8 | 11.0 OWNER ACCEPTANCE 8 SECTION II - PRODUCTS AND SERVICES • 1.0 WORK TO BE PERFORM ED BY CONTACTOR 10 • 2.0 WORK TO BE PERFORMED BY OTHERS 21 3.0 REQUIRED SUBMITTALS 26 40 1 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING 26 5.0 FABRICATION 27 60 1 MATERIALS AND MIXES 27 7.0 PREPARATION AND MAINTENANCE 27 1 8.0 CONSTRUCTION 28 - 9.0 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 28 ' 10.0 REPAIR AND RESTORATION 29 • Page 2 of 31 | Paper copies of the Engineering Operations Manual are uncontrolled and therefore may be outdated. Please verify that you have the current version prior to use by viewing the Central Enqineerinq website (http://Cenq/). 1 CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION CE-TS-3352 REV. 15, INSTALLATION OF HIGH PRESSURE PIPE FOR 69,138, AND 345 kV CABLE SYSTEMS JANUARY, 2006 SECTION III - CONSTRUCTION PACKAGE DOCUMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS 30 Page 3 of 31 Paper copies of the Engineering Operations Manual are uncontrolled and therefore may be outdated. Please verify that you have the current version prior to use by viewing the Central Engineering website (http://Cenq/). CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION CE-TS-3352 REV. 15, INSTALLATION OF HIGH PRESSURE PIPE FOR 69,138, AND 345 kV CABLE SYSTEMS JANUARY, 2006 SECTION I - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1.0 SCOPE 1.1 This specification covers the installation and testing of high pressure pipes for the 69 kV, 138 kV ad 345 kV cable systems inside and outside of station areas. It includes pipes to be occupied by the pipe type cable system and the pipes to be used for dielectric fluid associated with pressurizing or cooling of the feeders. 1.2 This specification also: 1.2.1 Identifies all equipment and materials to be supplied and installed by the Contractor. 1.2.2 Identifies all equipment to be supplied by others and installed by the Contractor. 1.2.3 Identifies the location where the equipment and materials are to be installed by the Contractor. 1.2.4 Describes the conditions to be met for the installation of the equipment and materials. 1.2.5 Supply the Contractor with Company and/or Manufacturer's drawings showing details for the proper installation of equipment. 2.0 PROJECT DESCRIPTION 2.1 Installation of high pressure pipe for 69, 138 and 345 kV cable systems. 3.0 APPLICABLE STANDARDS AND REFERENCES 3.1 The latest editions of the following laws, regulations, codes and standards issued by the following organizations and agencies are applicable to the scope of work covered in this specification: 3.1.1 Institute of Electronic and Electrical Engineers (IEEE) 3.1.2 National Electric Code (NEC) 3.1.3 National Electric Safety Code (NESC) 3.1.4 American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 3.1.5 National Electric Manufactures Association (NEMA) 3.1.6 New York State Department of Environmental Conservation (NYSDEC) 3.1.7 New York City Department of Environmental Protection (NYCDEP) 3.1.8 United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) , ^ Page 4 of 31 ' ~~ "" Paper copies of the Engineering Operations Manual are uncontrolled and therefore may be outdated. Please verify that you have the current version prior to use by viewing the Central Engineering website (http://Cenq/l. CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION CE-TS-3352 REV. 15, INSTALLATION OF HIGH PRESSURE PIPE FOR 69,138, AND 345 kV CABLE SYSTEMS JANUARY, 2006 3.1.9 Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 3.1.10 "Articles of the General Condition" of the Consolidated Edison Company of New York, Inc. 3.1.11 Contractor HASP Manual. 3.2 All violations arising from non-compliance of applicable standards and references are the responsibility of the Contractor and shall be promptly rectified. 4.0 CONTRACT DRAWINGS, SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS, AND MATERIALS LISTS 4.1 Drawings, specifications and material lists (electrical, transmission, mechanical, civil, etc.) are provided in Section III of this specification. 4.2 All specifications and drawings attached or referenced herein are the latest revisions. Any new revisions dealing with the subject removals will be furnished as an addendum to the specification and attached tables. All work shall be performed in accordance with the latest detail specification and drawings. 4.3 The Contractor shall submit the "As Built" Drawings within three months after the changes have been incorporated in order that the original drawings may be revised. 4.4 The bid drawings are construction drawings. The Contractor shall do all work strictly in accordance with such construction drawings. 4.5 Specifications and the drawings are complementary and are intended to completely describe the work and what is called for by one, shall be as if, called for by both. If there are any discrepancies or obvious errors in them, the Contractor shall refer the same to the Company for its decision and shall abide by that decision. 4.6 Materials or work described in words or phrases, which so applied, have a well-known technical or trade meaning shall be held to refer to such recognized standards. 4.7 Certain notes on equipment manufacturers' drawings included in the specification, such as "by others" do not apply to this specification. These notes apply to the equipment manufacturer only and the Contractor shall request a clarification by the Company, when • in doubt of their interpretation 4.8 Final installation drawings covering this work will be issued for construction purposes. The Contractor shall do all the work strictly in accordance with such installation drawings. 4.9 In cases where it may be found impracticable to adhere strictly to a drawing during construction, the Contractor shall inform the Company's representative on the job, who may authorize the Contractor to modify the work and who will initiate the revision of the drawings involved. 4.10 The Company will submit to the Contractor a schedule for the performance of the work covered by this specification to which the Contractor shall be required to adhere. Changes in this schedule may be made by mutual agreement of both parties. Page 5 of 31 Paper copies of the Engineering Operations Manual are uncontrolled and therefore may be outdated. Please verify that you have the current version prior to use by viewing the Central Engineering website (http://Cenq/). CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION CE-TS-3352 REV. 15, INSTALLATION OF HIGH PRESSURE PIPE FOR 69, 138, AND 345 kV CABLE SYSTEMS JANUARY, 2006 4.11 The Contractor shall submit shop or setting drawings and schedules required for the work of the various trades; and the Company will review and approve the drawings with reasonable promptness. The Contractor shall make any corrections required by the Company. 5.0 SUBMITTALS 5.1 All work by the Contractor shall be performed in accordance with the submitted and approved, site specific Environmental, Health and Safety Plan (eHASP). 5.2 The Contractor is responsible for submitting an Environmental and Construction Plan prior to start of all work. The ECP will be approved by the Company. 5.3 The Contractor shall furnish for approval any samples of material or workmanship as required and requested by the Company. The final work shall be done in accordance with approved samples. 5.4 The Contractor shall submit to the Company, copies of all required permits, licenses, etc., prior to the start of work. 6.0 SITE REPRESENTATION 6.1 Definitions 6.1.1 Field Representative - When work is performed by a contractor, a representative of the Company's Construction Department, herein referred to as "Field Representative", shall be designated to confer with the Contractor on details concerning the performance of work covered by this Specification. Any proposed tools, equipment or methods fo'r performing the work shall be subject to the Field Representative's approval. He/she shall be notified of all tests so that he/she may arrange to witness the tests, and all test data taken shall be submitted to him/her for approval before the items of work concerned shall be considered as satisfactorily performed. Except where otherwise indicated, the work covered by this specification is to be performed by the contractor. 6.1.2 Engineer - A Discipline Engineer assigned the responsibility for a project by the Central Engineering Department, Transmission Feeders Engineering section, herein shall be referred to as "the Engineer". He/she shall have final responsibility for any changes and exceptions to this specification. Drawings and specifications listed in Section III shall be considered as part of this Specification. Variations affecting the system design or layout concerning the final quality or condition of the work shall be referred to the Engineer for approval. Construction methods shall have the approval of the Construction Department. 6.2 Upon execution of the Contract, the Company will identify in writing to the Contractor, an Engineering Field Representative for the Project. The Engineering Field Representative shall have full authority to act, or to cause others to act, on behalf of the Company, to assure that the work is carried out in full compliance with the requirements of the Contract, and to otherwise generally protect the interests of the Company. The Company may change the Engineering Field Representative at any time by notifying the Contractor, in writing, of the name of the new Engineering Field Representative and the effective date of the change. Page 6 of 31 Paper copies of the Engineering Operations Manual are uncontrolled and therefore may be outdated. Please verify that you have the current version prior to use by viewing the Central Engineering website (http://Cenq/). CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION CE-TS-3352 REV. 15, INSTALLATION OF HIGH PRESSURE PIPE FOR 69, 138, AND 345 kV CABLE SYSTEMS JANUARY, 2006 6.3 The Company may also designate one or more additional persons to carry out certain responsibilities on its behalf, and, in that event, the Engineering Field Representative will instruct the Contractor as to the relationship between the Engineering Field Representative and such other designated persons. 6.4 Except as specifically set forth elsewhere in these General Requirements or as may be otherwise directed by the Engineering Field Representative, in writing, the Engineering Field Representative shall be the principal first point of contact for the Contractor in all matters relating to the execution of the Work. 6.5 No action or decision of the Engineering Field Representative or any other representative of the Company will in any way supersede or diminish the Contractor's obligation to perform the Work in complete conformance with all requirements of the Contract. 7.0 QUALITY ASSURANCE 7.1 Qualification and personnel certifications 7.1.1 The Contractor shall provide copies of all necessary documentation for personnel qualification and certifications required to perform the work. 7.2 Regulatory and permit requirements 7.2.1 The Contractor shall obtain all necessary regulatory and permits required to complete the work and the project. Copies of all permits, licenses, etc, shall be provided to the Company and maintained at the work site. This includes but is not limited to: a. Asbestos permits (ACP-5. ACP-7) b. SPDES permits c. Waste disposal permits d. Building demolition permits 7.3 Test reports, material certifications, and code stamps 7.3.1 The Contractor shall obtain all necessary code stamps for any materials. He shall also obtain and provide copies of all test reports and material certifications for materials, products, etc. 8.0 PROPOSALS 8.1 Prior to and as necessary during the progress of the work under the contract, the Contractor's representative shall confer with the Company's representative at the job for the purpose of formulating a working program, so that the work performed under one or more contracts may be coordinated to prevent, if possible, any interference with the progress of work of the other Contractors. 9.0 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING Page 7 of 31 Paper copies of the Engineering Operations Manual are uncontrolled and therefore may be outdated. Please verify that you have the current version prior to use by viewing the Central Engineering website (http://Cenq/). CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION CE-TS-3352 REV. 15, INSTALLATION OF HIGH PRESSURE PIPE FOR 69,138, AND 345 kV CABLE SYSTEMS JANUARY, 2006 9.1 All work shall be carried out in such a manner that there will be no interference with station operation. The Company, through a designated representative, will arrange for outages of equipment and for assuring safe working conditions where electrical circuits and equipment are involved. No work on normally alive electrical circuits shall be started without the express permission of the Company's designated representative. 9.2 The Contractor shall do all possible preparatory work in advance of equipment shutdown, and he shall provide adequate manpower to do the outage work in the time allotted. The Company reserves the right to perform any items of work which because of operating conditions, should, in the Company's opinion, be performed by Company forces. 9.3 No work will be permitted on live electrical circuits, nor in central control areas. No cutting will be allowed into floors, walls or ducts without express approval of the Company's inspectors and the Station Supervisor. The station will be maintained in operation during the entire construction period. No compartments, doors or cabinets may be opened or entered into without Company approval. When permission is obtained to work in operating areas, adequate safety precautions shall be exercised to protect personnel and equipment, including barriers, signs and roped-off area. The work schedule shall include allowance for periods when equipment may be taken out of service for alteration, and for work in confined spaces. 10.0 TRAINING DEMONSTRATION 10.1 None Required 11.0 OWNER ACCEPTANCE 11.1 A final joint inspection of the completed installation shall be made by representatives of the Company and the Contractor. Final acceptance of the Contractor's work will be contingent upon this inspection in conjunction with other requirements of the contract. 11.2 The Company and its representatives shall at all times have access to the Work and the Contractor shall provide proper facilities for such access and for the inspection and testing of the Work. 11.3 The Contractor shall keep the Company and the Architect informed of the progress of the Work and shall notify the Company sufficiently in advance of enclosing items of Work, or the work of other contractors, to provide reasonable time for the Company to perform the necessary inspection. No Work, nor the work of other contractors, shall be closed or covered until it has been duly inspected and approved. Should uninspected work or work of other Contractors be covered by the Contractor prior to its inspection, the Contractor shall, if directed by the Company and at its own expense, uncover all such Work, or such work of other contractors, so that it can be properly inspected, and after such inspection the Contractor shall properly repair and replace all affected Work, or work of other contractors, at its own cost and expense. 11.4 The Company shall arrange for such inspection of the Work as may be necessary. If, in the opinion of the Company or Architect, the Work is not being installed as required by the Contract, the Company may order such work stopped pending further investigation and a decision by the Company. Page 8 of 31 Paper copies of the Engineering Operations Manual are uncontrolled and therefore may be outdated. Please verify that you have the current version prior to use by viewing the Central Engineering website (http://Cenq/). CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION CE-TS-3352 REV. 15, INSTALLATION OF HIGH PRESSURE PIPE FOR 69, 138, AND 345 kV CABLE SYSTEMS JANUARY, 2006 11.5 Tests to determine the quality of materials will, unless otherwise specified, be ordered by the Company at the discretion of the Company. If the specifications require the Contractor to provide the inspection service or tests, such inspection or tests shall be made by an engineer or laboratory approved by the Company. Such engineer or laboratory must furnish the Company with as many copies of any inspection or test reports as may be requested. Unless otherwise specified, tests on materials are to be made in accordance with standard methods adopted by the American Society for Testing and Materials. 11.6 The right of the Company to inspect and generally supervise the Work is to make certain that the Work conforms to the drawings and specifications and the other Contract Documents. Such inspection and general supervision are not intended to control the contractor as to the manner of performance of the Work. 11.7 Any Work installed by the Contractor and found, by the Company, to be defective, or not in strict conformance with the requirements of the drawings and specifications, shall be corrected or removed immediately and satisfactory materials or Work substituted therefore without delay, unless the Company approves such Work subject to an appropriate adjustment in the contract price. The Contractor shall also make good the work of all the other Contractors destroyed or damaged by such corrective Work, removal or replacement. The cost of such corrective Work, removal and replacement shall be at the expense of the Contractor. The Contractor shall promptly remove all rejected materials from the Premises. The Company's authority to reject any Work of the Contractor and any decision of either exercising or not exercising such authority shall not give rise to any duty or responsibility of the Company to the Contractor or any Subcontractor or Supplier. 11.8 Should the Company elect, at any time before Final Acceptance, to examine Work already completed by removing, uncovering or testing the same, the Contractor shall, on request, promptly furnish all necessary facilities, labor and materials to remove or uncover such Work to permit such inspection, examination or testing. If such Work is found to be defective or nonconforming in any significant respect, the Contractor shall pay all the expenses of such removal, uncovering, examination, testing and satisfactory reconstruction. If the Work is found to meet the requirements of the Contract documents, the Company shall compensate the Contractor by Change Order, for reasonable additional incurred costs involved in such removal, uncovering, examination, testing and reconstruction and if completion of the Work has been delayed thereby, the Company shall grant the Contractor a reasonable extension in the time allowed for completion. 11.9 No previous inspection or payment shall be held as an acceptance of defective Work or materials or relieve the Contractor from the obligation to furnish sound materials and perform satisfactory Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 11.10 Final payment shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for faulty materials or workmanship. The Contractor shall remedy all such defects, paying the cost of such corrective Work and of repair of any damage to other work resulting there from, which shall appear within any guarantee or warranty period provided by the Contractor Page 9 of 31 Paper copies of the Engineering Operations Manual are uncontrolled and therefore may be outdated. Please verify that you have the current version prior to use by viewing the Central Engineering website (http://Cenq/). CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION CE-TS-3352 REV. 15, INSTALLATION OF HIGH PRESSURE PIPE FOR 69,138, AND 345 kV CABLE SYSTEMS JANUARY, 2006 Section II - PRODUCTS AND SERVICES 1.0 WORK TO BE PERFORMED BY CONTRACTOR 1.1 General 1.1.1 DryAir Prior to the introduction of dry air into any pipe, a Company Representative shall test the air to be used. The dry air and its moisture content shall be in accordance with Con Edison Specification No. EI-4147, latest revision. Compressed air, furnished in trailer loads or bottles from an approved supplier and meeting the specified dew point requirements may be used. Since there is the danger of asphyxiation whenever work is to be done in an enclosed space every precaution shall be taken to insure adequate ventilation whenever and wherever personnel must enter such areas. 1.1.2 Cleanliness Every precaution shall be taken to prevent the entrance of dirt, moisture or any other contaminant into any pipe, and all methods and operations by the Contractor shall be subjected to approval by the Field Representative as to the adequacy of these precautions. 1.1.3 Testing The Company reserves the right to perform testing with its own personnel. Testing is required to insure the quality of the work or may be needed to provide data concerning the installation. 1.1.4 Excavating Trenches and Openings a. All trenches shall be excavated true to the centerline and grade shown on the approved plan and profile drawings except where unforeseen interferences are encountered. In such cases, specific approval shall be obtained from the Field Representative for appropriate modifications. b. In general, the trench shall be excavated to a depth sufficient to provide a minimum of thirty-six inches of cover over the cable pipe or pipes a indicated in Specification No. EO-12640-B, latest revision. When less than twenty-four inches of cover over the cable pipes or pipes associated with pressurization or cooling of the feeders is authorized because of special conditions, suitable guards shall be placed over any pipes having insufficient cover prior to backfill. Such guards shall be flat steel plates having a minimum thickness of 1 inch and wide enough to provide a three-inch overhang on each side of the pipe(s). A concrete pad in lieu of a steel plate shall be used to cover stainless steel or copper risers. Whenever steel plating is used to protect shallow installations, a peering arrangement shall be used, if specified by the Engineer, to prevent the plates from directly contacting the pipe should settlement occur. Page 10 of 31 Paper copies of the Engineering Operations Manual are uncontrolled and therefore may be outdated. Please verify that you have the current version prior to use by viewing the Central Engineering website (http://Cenq/). CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION CE-TS-3352 REV. 15, INSTALLATION OF HIGH PRESSURE PIPE FOR 69, 138, AND 345 kV CABLE SYSTEMS JANUARY, 2006 c. Guards placed over cable pipes shall have a cushion of six inches of compacted approved backfill between the pipe and guards, and guards placed over other associated feeder pipes shall have.a cushion of six inches of compacted approved backfill between the pipes and guard. If conditions require the protective steel plates to be installed closer than six inches from the top of these pipes, high density polyethylene skids as per Specification No. EO-8069, latest revision, shall be installed on the pipe before the steel plates are set in place. In no case shall there be less than two inches of compacted backfill between the pipes and the protective plates. d. The bottom of all trenches shall be smooth, uniform, and free of all loose rock, stones or other foreign matter. Nothing shall be left in the bottom of the trench that might damage the pipe coating. The trench shall be such that a minimum of six inches of compacted approved backfill shall be beneath and beside the pipe as per Specification No. EO-12640-B, latest revision. e. Trench widths and spacing of pipes shall conform to EO-12640-B or as specified on the layout. When the trench is in solid rock, changes to the pipe configuration and trench dimensions may be permitted with the written approval of the Engineer. No decrease in dimensions shall be made without specific approval of the Engineer. 1.2 Clearance from Subsurface Structures 1.2.1 External heat sources such as steam mains, duct banks containing power cables, and the like, limit the current carrying capability of pipe type feeders. To minimize this influence, a face-to-face separation of not less than twelve feet for horizontal runs nor less than two feet for right angle crossings shall be maintained from all steam mains, steam services six inches and over in size, duct bank systems of six ducts or more and all other pipe type feeders. For steam mains under six inches in size and for power duct bank systems of five ducts or less, the separation shall not be less than six feet in a horizontal direction and VA feet in a vertical direction. Where these spacings cannot be obtained, specific approval shall be obtained from the Engineer for corrective measures to be applied. Insulating slabs as per Drawing EO-8935-D, latest revision or specifically designed ventilation chambers shall be used if specified in the layout. 1.2.2 All new subsurface electric pipes shall be constructed with a standard minimum clearance of 12 inches from liquid petroleum pipelines, gas lines, transmission facilities or concrete structures. When the 12 inches clearance is not practical it may be reduced to a minimum of six inches, provided approval from the Engineer is obtained and piers and skids as described in Specification No. EO- 15362-B, latest revision, are installed on the electric pipes to prevent contact from occurring due to settlement. Page 11 of 31 Paper copies of the Engineering Operations Manual are uncontrolled and therefore may be outdated. Please verify that you have the current version prior to use by viewing the Central Engineering website (http://Cenq/). CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION CE-TS-3352 REV. 15, INSTALLATION OF HIGH PRESSURE PIPE FOR 69, 138, AND 345 kV CABLE SYSTEMS JANUARY, 2006 1.2.3 The minimum clearance from the gas distribution facilities shall be six inches provided that piers as described in Specification No. EO-15362-B, latest revision, are installed to prevent contact between the electric facilities and the gas distribution facilities. The minimum clearance from underground gas service laterals shall be six inches provided that an approved protective separator or skids are installed on the electric facilities and the gas service pipeline. The six inch clearance shall not be reduced without the written permission of the Engineer. 1.2.4 When pipes pass within 2 feet of water mains or services, a half inch thick natural rubber sheet having a durometer measurement of not less than 60 shall be installed, centered between the pipe(s) and the water mains or services. There shall be an overlap of at least 6 inches between rubber sheets if more than 1 sheet is necessary to protect the pipe. The rubber sheet(s) shall overhang the water main or service by a minimum of 18 inches or as directed by Engineer. Under no circumstances shall the rubber sheet be wrapped around the feeder pipe. 1.3 Pipe through wall sleeves 1.3.1 When feeder pipes pass through walls whose thickness does not exceed 12 inches, they shall be encased in plastic wall sleeves and sealed with one set of link seals. The size of the wall sleeve as well as the position of the link seals are specified in the Specification No. EO-9230, latest revision. 1.3.2 When feeder pipes pass through walls that are wider than 12 inches, link seals v should be installed at both ends of the penetration. In such cases, sleeves made of plastic or other dielectric materials, cannot be used. This condition should be avoided whenever possible by designing the thickness of the wall in the area of the pipe penetration to be no more than 12 inches. If this is not possible, sleeve made of electrically conductive materials should be used. Sonotubes or equivalent materials can be used in such applications since they will allow cathodic protection current flow into the annular space when moisture is present. 1.3.3 Under no circumstances should the pipe within sleeves of any length be left uncoated. 1.4 Backfill 1.4.1 Approved backfill is to be used for backfilling under, beside and over the pipe as indicated in Specification No. EO-12640-B, latest revision. To obtain the optimum compaction essential for pipe type feeders, the backfill, including thermal backfill as specified in Specification No. EO-1173, latest revision, shall be compacted in maximum of 12 inch lifts in accordance with Specification No. EO-1181, latest revision, unless otherwise approved by the Company. 1.4.2 The Field Representative or Engineer may order as many in-place density tests as he deems necessary to insure proper compaction. The sand-cone test as per ASTM-D1556 or Nuclear Density tester may be used for all in place density tests. 1.5 Manholes. Page 12 of 31 Paper copies of the Engineering Operations Manual are uncontrolled and therefore may be outdated. Please verify that you have the current version prior to use by viewing the Central Engineering website (http://Cenq/). CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION CE-TS-3352 REV. 15, INSTALLATION OF HIGH PRESSURE PIPE FOR 69,138, AND 345 kV CABLE SYSTEMS JANUARY, 2006 1.5.1 Manholes shall have exact overall dimensions as specified on the accompanying drawings. Where water or unstable soil conditions exist, filter fabric and 12 inches of crushed stone or recycled concrete (3A inch to 2 inch) on top of the filter fabric shall be installed, if directed by the Field Representative. 1.6 Pipe 1.6.1 Steel Pipe a. Steel pipe in accordance with Specification No. EO-9000, latest revision, shall be specified for installation of high pressure cables, pressurization and dielectric fluid circulation systems. b. The cable pipes and associated pressurization or dielectric fluid circulation pipes having a 5 inch or larger diameter, shall be furnished with ends flared in accordance with Specification No. EO-5199-B, latest revision, unless otherwise specified by Central Engineering. c. Each length of steel pipe installed shall have been cleaned and coated externally in accordance with Specification No. G-8196, latest revision. The interior surface of all steel pipes shall have been cleaned and coated as called for in Specification No. EO-8193, latest revision. The pipe shall be provided with end seals tightly plugged to prevent the entrance of dirt and moisture. 1.6.2 Stainless Steel Pipe a. Stainless steel pipe in accordance with Specification No. EO-8097, latest revision, shall be specified for installation of single phase cable. b. Stainless steel pipe shall be delivered externally uncoated and protected from damage internally and externally as specified in Specification No. EO-8097, latest revision. The external field coating shall be in accordance with the method specified in Specification No. G-8209, latest revision. 1.6.3 Copper Pipe Copper pipe, when specified to be used for single phase cable installation, shall be of soft drawn de-oxidized copper, fabricated in accordance with ASTM Specification B-42. Copper pipe shall be supplied uncoated. 1.7 Installation and Tests 1.7.1 A visual inspection of each shipment of coated steel pipe shall be made promptly upon receipt, and arrangements shall be made for the replacement of any defective material. 1.7.2 The interior of the pipe and the interior coating shall be inspected and all moisture, oil, grease, or other foreign matter shall be removed. No pipe having any rust on its inner surface shall be welded into the line. The external coating on the pipe shall be tested for pinholes or defects as per Paragraph 1.9 of this specification. Each defect detected shall be satisfactorily repaired and retested. Page 13 of 31 ~~ Paper copies of the Engineering Operations Manual are uncontrolled and therefore may be outdated. Please verify that you have the current version prior to use by viewing the Central Engineering website (http://Cenq/>. CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION CE-TS-3352 REV. 15, INSTALLATION OF HIGH PRESSURE PIPE FOR 69, 138, AND 345 kV CABLE SYSTEMS JANUARY, 2006 1.7.3 Pipe plugs or caps installed at the coating plant shall be kept in place, except during inspection and cleaning, until the pipe is welded. The ends of each section of pipe shall be kept capped at all times except when caps must be removed for construction work. 1.8 Unloading, Handling and Hauling 1.8.1 Every precaution shall be exercised in the handling of all pipes. The pipes are to be kept clean, dry and free of any foreign material. Cut ends shall be chamfered to remove burrs or sharp edges and a proper surface shall be provided for welding in accordance with Specification No. G-1064, latest revision. No flame or arc cutting of the pipes shall be permitted. The pipes shall be sealed and purged as specified in Paragraph 1.10.2 and 1.11.4. 1.8.2 The coated pipe shall be unloaded, handled, stockpiled, hauled and installed in such a manner as to insure against any damage to the exterior coating. The coated pipe at all times shall be supported on resilient protective padding until it is finally installed in the trench. When supported for their full length, the pipes may be nested and tiered as directed by the Field Representative. 1.8.3 No chains or ropes shall be allowed to come in contact with the pipe coating. Canvas slings having a minimum width of ten inches shall be used for lifting the pipe. When lifting or lowering one or more pipe lengths, a sufficient number of canvas slings shall be used to properly distribute the weight and prevent permanent deformation of the pipes or damage to the pipe coating due to flexing. In general, the overhanging pipe length beyond the last support shall not exceed 30% of the pipe length. 1.8.4 The coating at all times shall be protected from oil, kerosene, gasoline or other solvents. 1.9 Testing External Coatings 1.9.1 A spark test shall be made at 18,000 to 20,000 Volts, peak value, on all coatings as indicated in Specification No. G-8196, latest revision, using an instrument that has been checked by Con Edison. The tests shall be made on the entire length of the pipes including areas coated in the field over welds or at repairs. These tests shall be made as near the time of backfilling as is practicable to insure that the coating is free of defects and to avoid re-excavating to repair defects after the trench has been backfilled. The coater shall furnish Con Edison's Central Stores Department with a written certification as per Specification No. G-8196, latest revision, of a pre-coating inspection. 1.9.2 Spark tests shall be made only when the pipe is dry. 1.9.3 All defects found shall be repaired as outlined in Specification No. G-8209, latest revision. 1.9.4 After the section of pipe has been installed and backfilled, a Coating Resistance Test shall be made by Con Edison's Corrosion Control personnel on the installed section. The minimum acceptable coating resistance value shall be 2,000,000 ohms-square foot. This can be converted into a minimum coating resistance for any length of pipe by the formula: Resistance of section (ohms) = 2,000,000 ______^ Paper copies of the Engineering Operations Manual are uncontrolled and therefore may be outdated. Please verify that you have the current version prior to use by viewing the Central Engineering website (http://Cenq/). CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION CE-TS-3352 REV. 15, INSTALLATION OF HIGH PRESSURE PIPE FOR 69,138, AND 345 kV CABLE SYSTEMS JANUARY, 2006 (ohms-square foot) divided by the surface area of pipe section (sq-ft). This resistance test shall be performed on all pipe sections installed between adjacent manholes; however, tests may be taken at shorter intervals when requested by the Company Field Representative. 1.9.5 Whenever the pipe section coating resistance is less than acceptable, an over- the-ground survey shall be conducted to locate coating faults. These faults shall be repaired as outlined in Specification No.G-8209, latest revision, and backfilled. If failing coating resistance values are due to accidental contacts with underground metallic structures, these contacts shall be cleared and all specified clearances shall be maintained. The coating resistance test shall then be repeated to verify that minimum acceptable values are obtained. 1.10 Pipe Installation - General 1.10.1 Pipe installation shall be carefully planned to insure a minimum elapsed time between the start of trench excavation and the completion of resurfacing over the excavation. Pipe installation shall follow trench excavation as rapidly as possible. 1.10.2 Night caps as per Drawing No. EO-7370-B, latest revision, shall be installed to maintain an airtight seal at the ends of the pipes and a positive pressure of dry air maintained within sections so pipes that might become submerged in case of heavy rains. 1.10.3 All pipes shall be labeled at each end of every run and at every tie-in point with other piping to positively identify the pipes and their destination. 1.10.4 Prior to backfilling, measurements shall be taken so as to provide an "As Constructed" plan and profile of completed lines, including the cover and offset from the baseline of each weld. Copies of the "As Constructed" drawings shall be sent to the Engineer and Property Records after completion of work. 1.10.5 Before any two pieces or sections of pipe are welded together, the interior of each piece or section shall be inspected. If this inspection reveals any condition other than a perfectly clean, dry interior surface, the pipe shall be swabbed with suitable dry swabs until the cleanliness of the interior surface is acceptable to the Field Representative. 1.10.6 Where bends are required, the pipe shall be bent with Company approved bending equipment. In general, the minimum radius of curvature to be permitted shall be 40 feet for 345 kV pipe systems and 30 feet for 69 kV and 138 kV systems, except where specific approval is given for a shorter radius. Radii shall be measured with an instrument approved for use by the Field Representative. Adequate measures shall be taken to prevent the pipe from kinking, flattening or going out of round and to prevent damage to the pipe coating during the bending operation. 1.10.7 Each bent section of pipe, including the terminal riser cable pipes, shall be checked for ovality before being welded into the line. This test shall be made by pulling through the pipe a mandrel of the size specified in Drawing No. EO- 10569-D, latest revision. No pipe through which the mandrel will not pass freely shall be welded into the line. """ Page 15 of 31 Paper copies of the Engineering Operations Manual are uncontrolled and therefore may be outdated. Please verify that you have the current version prior to use by viewing the Central Engineering website (http://Cenq/). CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION CE-TS-3352 REV. 15, INSTALLATION OF HIGH PRESSURE PIPE FOR 69,138, AND 345 kV CABLE SYSTEMS JANUARY, 2006 1.10.8 Where it is necessary to pull pipe into or along the bottom of the trench, suitable rollers, straw bags, or other approved means shall be used to prevent damage to the coating. 1.10.9 Before stopping work for the night or for any other reason, it shall be mandatory to close all open ends of the pipe as per Paragraph 1.10.2. The pipe shall be purged with enough dry air to displace twice the cubic content of the pipe lengths added during the day, after which the pipe ends shall be closed and the pressure increased to a positive pressure of between 4 and 6 psig. 1.11 Pipe Installation - Steel Pipes In addition to Paragraphs 1.6.1 and 1.10, the following also applies to steel pipe installations. 1.11.1 Each bent section of steel pipe shall be given a radius acceptance test. A mandrel of the proper size as per Drawing No. EO-16325-B, latest revision, shall be pulled through the pipe to check for sharp bends. No pipe through which the mandrel will not pass freely shall be welded into the line. 1.11.2 When fitting of steel pipes in the field, which requires the joining of pipe lengths which are not provided with flared ends in accordance with Drawing No. EO- 5199-B, latest revision, prefabricated flared ends in accordance with Drawing No. EO-5199-B, latest revision, shall be welded to the square cut and beveled pipe ends and the inner surface of the welds carefully ground smooth. Any internal coating burned due to welding shall be brushed and removed and the pipe surface left clean. 1.11.3 Where specified on the layout, connector pads, as shown in Drawing No. EO- 4796-D, latest revision, shall be field welded to the pipe to permit the attachment of thermocouples, shunt leads or bonding tests leads. 1.11.4 The closing of pipe ends in the trench shall be done by means of an approved fitting which will not damage the pipe ends and be capable of withstanding a minimum of 10 psig. In manholes, or other pick up points, the open ends shall be welded closed with a pressure test terminating pipe assembly as specified in Drawing No. EO-14661-D, latest revision. 1.12 Pipe Installation - Stainless Steel Pipes In addition to Paragraphs 1.6.2 and 1.10, the following also applies to stainless steel pipe installations. 1.12.1 Stainless steel pipe shall be delivered externally uncoated and shall be field coated as per Specification No. G-8209, latest revision. Stainless steel pipes shall be installed as specified on the layout. 1.12.2 The minimum-bending radius for nominal 6 inch CD. stainless steel pipe shall be 8 feet. When more than one bend is required, the minimum bending radius of 8 feet shall occur only once in the line and all other bends shall have a minimum bending radius of 16 feet. The minimum bending radius for nominal 5" CD. and ___ Page 16 of 31 Paper copies of the Engineering Operations Manual are uncontrolled and therefore may be outdated. Please verify that you have the current version prior to use by viewing the Central Engineering website (http://Cenq/l. CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION CE-TS-3352 REV. 15, INSTALLATION OF HIGH PRESSURE PIPE FOR 69, 138, AND 345 kV CABLE SYSTEMS JANUARY, 2006 nominal 4 inch CD. stainless steel pipes shall be 6 feet. When it is required to make several bends, the minimum bending radius of 6 feet shall occur only once in the line and all other bends shall have a minimum bending radius of 12 feet. Adequate measures shall be taken to prevent the pipe from kinking, flattening or going out of round. 1.12.3 The stainless steel pipes shall be joined by means of stainless steel sleeves in accordance with Specification No. EO-8048, latest revision. After the welds have passed the test requirements, the weld areas shall be coated in accordance with Specification No. G-8209, latest revision. 1.13 Pipe Installation - Copper Pipes In addition to Paragraphs 1.6.3 and 1.10, the following also applies to copper pipe installation. 1.13.1 Copper pipes shall be bent with bending machines or by such other means as to prevent the pipe from kinking, flattening or going out of round. The minimum bending radius for copper pipes shall be 6 feet. When it is required to make several bends, the minimum bending radius of 6 feet shall occur only once in the line and all other bends shall have a minimum bending radius of 12 feet, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. 1.13.2 Sleeves for joining copper pipes shall be those supplied by the Company. The sleeves are the same material as that of the pipe. The clearance between O.D. of the pipe and I.D. of the sleeve shall be in accordance with Drawing No. EO-6947- D, latest revision. The brazing material shall have minimum silver content of 15 percent. 1.14 Installation of Pipe in Casings or Abandoned Gas Mains 1.14.1 Whenever the pipe is installed within a steel casing, it shall be kept electrically isolated from the casing by means of approved casing insulating skids as per Specification No. G-100, 280, latest revision. The skids shall be installed on the pipe at intervals not greater than ten feet and at one foot from each end of the casing. Both ends of the casing shall be sealed as per Specification No. G-8096, latest revision. 1.15 Installation of Pipe within Tunnels 1.15.1 Whenever a pipe is to be installed in a tunnel, on a bridge or on any other such structure, the pipe shall be kept electrically isolated from the structures. If the Engineer determines that ground connections are required at those locations, these connections shall be made through isolator/surge protectors. 1.16 Cathodic Protection 1.16.1 Unless otherwise specified, the cathodic protection for new pipe type feeders shall include D.C. electrical isolation by grounding through isolator/surge protectors with protective current supplied by impressed current rectifiers. Page 17 of 31 Paper copies of the Engineering Operations Manual are uncontrolled and therefore may be outdated. Please verify that you have the current version prior to use by viewing the Central Engineering website (http://Cenq/). CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION CE-TS-3352 REV. 15, INSTALLATION OF HIGH PRESSURE PIPE FOR 69, 138, AND 345 kV CABLE SYSTEMS JANUARY, 2006 Corrosion Engineering shall specify the location and design of impressed current rectifiers for each feeder installation. 1.17 Test Stations 1.17.1 Test stations, as specified by Corrosion Engineering shall generally be installed in the proximity of each manhole and at both ends of all casings as per Drawing No. 301709, latest revision. 1.18 Installation of Dielectric Fluid Circulation Pipes 1.17.2 Pipes for cable cooling systems using dielectric fluid circulation shall be installed where so specified on the layout and shall be positioned with respect to the high pressure cable pipe as shown in Drawing No. EO-12640-B, latest revision. 1.17.3 The 5 inch diameter dielectric fluid circulation pipes shall be furnished with flared ends and joined by welding with backing rings in accordance with Drawing No. EO-5199-B, latest revision. Where cut ends are to be joined, the internal coating shall be properly removed 2" from the pipe end, following all Company environmental requirements, and the interior surface dry-swabbed clean before welding on prefabricated flared ends in accordance with Drawing No. EO-5199-B, latest revision. Couplings can only be used with Engineering approval. 1.19 Sleeves 1.19.1 Sleeves for joining pipes of all materials are designed for a specified clearance to provide a minimum offset and give a maximum strength joint. To properly install sleeves, care should be taken to maintain the pipe and pipe sleeves as round as possible. In the event the sleeve and/or pipe is out of round it shall be re- rounded. Shaving or machining to increase the clearance shall not be permitted. Installation of the stainless steel or copper sleeves for pothead riser shall be as per Drawing No. EO-14276-C, latest revision. After the sleeves have been welded, the sleeves shall be radio-graphically inspected to determine the separation between the pipe ends and the roundness of the pipe ends. In no case shall the pipe end separation exceed Vi inch. 1.20 Welding 1.20.1 Steel pipe welding shall be performed as prescribed in Specification No. G-1064, latest revision. 1.20.2 Stainless steel pipe welding shall be performed as prescribed in Specification No. EO-8048, latest revision. 1.20.3 Steel and stainless steel pipe welding shall be performed by welders who have been qualified by the Company for welding the type of steel as per Specification Nos. G-1065 and EO-8048, latest revisions, respectively. 1.20.4 Prior to welding of pipe lengths, the protective masking over the uncoated portion of the pipe ends shall be removed and any rust or foreign material left on the pipe which may leave undesirable ash from welding heat shall be carefully cleaned off. Page 18 of 31 Paper copies of the Engineering Operations Manual are uncontrolled and therefore may be outdated. Please verify that you have the current version prior to use by viewing the Central Engineering website (http://Cenq/). CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION CE-TS-3352 REV. 15, INSTALLATION OF HIGH PRESSURE PIPE FOR 69,138, AND 345 kV CABLE SYSTEMS JANUARY, 2006 1.20.5 Pipes 2 inches or smaller shall be joined using socket weld fittings. Pipes 3 inches and larger shall be joined using butt welds. Couplings can only be used with Engineering approval. 1.20.6 Under no circumstances shall a mitered joint of any angle be made in changing direction of any pipe. 1.20.7 All bend fittings used shall be of a large radius type. 1.20.8 Separate qualifications shall be made for welding of steel, welding of stainless steel and brazing of copper; that is, an individual performing all three functions shall have been qualified for each function separately as per Specification Nos. G-1065 and/or EO-8048, latest revisions, as applicable. 1.20.9 When welding gate or globe valves into any line, care must be taken not to s damage any part of the valve. Valves shall be slightly closed or just making contact when welded into the line. When installing ball valves, the pipe flanges shall be tack welded in place, the valve body removed and then the weld completed. 1.20.10 All dead end valves provided for vacuum and/or filling ports shall be 2 inch gate valves or 2 inch ball valves as specified on the layout. 1.20.11 Whenever possible, the use of "tee" fittings, which would be buried, shall be avoided. 1.21 Acceptance of Welds 1.21.1 Acceptance of each weld shall be based upon an acceptance radiograph test. The radiograph test shall be performed as per Specification No. G-1070, latest revision, by an independent vendor, hired by the Company, who shall inform the Company's Field Representative about the acceptability of the weld. 1.21.2 Each welded pipeline section is to be pressure tested at 500 psig internal pressure. Test to be conducted at a later date. (See Paragraph 1.23 of this Specification). 1.22 Final Radius and Ovality Tests 1.22.1 A final radius and ovality acceptance test shall be performed by pulling through the entire welded section a mandrel of the proper size as per Drawing Nos. EO- 16325-B and EO-10569-D, latest revisions. If either mandrel does not pass through for any reason, the problem shall be rectified by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Field Representative before proceeding. 1.23 Acceptance Proof Test 1.23.1 While the proof tests are in progress using dry air no personnel shall be inside a manhole. 1.23.2 All pipes above grade (i.e., risers and pipes associated with bridges and tunnels) shall be tested hydrostatically using water. If this test is being performed during the winter and there is the possibility of the water freezing, the Contractor shall Page 19 of 31 ' Paper copies of the Engineering Operations Manual are uncontrolled and therefore may be outdated. Please verify that you have the current version prior to use by viewing the Central Engineering website (http://CenqA. CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION CE-TS-3352 REV. 15, INSTALLATION OF HIGH PRESSURE PIPE FOR 69,138, AND 345 kV CABLE SYSTEMS JANUARY, 2006 use a mixture of water and isopropyl alcohol (at least 50% alcohol) or other mixture with prior Engineering approval. However, the use of any ethylene glycol mix or anti-freeze is prohibited. The Contractor is responsible for following all applicable regulations and safety precautions in the storage and handling of alcohol. Dry air shall not be used on above ground piping unless approved by Engineering and special safety precautions are put into effect while the proof test is in progress. 1.23.3 Acceptance of any completed pipeline by the Company shall be based on a (a) free passage of the ovality and radius mandrels through the pipeline, (b) acceptable coating resistance measurement, (c) cleanliness and dryness inside the pipes, (d) 500 psig proof (burst) test, (e) 250 psig pressure drop test, (f) successful completion of vacuum drying requirements and (g) the final acceptance proof test as per Paragraph 2.4 1.23.4 Before each pipe section is approved for use, it shall be given a 500 psig (burst) pressure test. This test shall be made using dry air as per Section 5.0 or a liquid as per Paragraph 1.23.2. After the pressure has reached 500 psig, this test pressure shall be maintained for not less than one-half hour. The test shall be performed by the Contractor and witnessed by the Field Representative or by Transmission Operations as follows: a. New Pipe on a new feeder: (1) If tested with air as per Paragraph 1.1.1, the test shall be performed by either Company forces or the Contractor, as specified in the bid documents. (2) If tested with a liquid as per Paragraph 1.23.2, the test shall be performed by the Contractor. b. New Pipe on an existing feeder (cut-over. Tee taps, replacement, etc.): (1) The Contractor shall perform the test on this piping whether the test is performed with air as per Paragraph 1.1.1 or with a liquid as per Paragraph 1.23.2. 1.23.5 Whenever a liquid as per Paragraph 1.23.2 is used to test a piping section, the Contractor shall remove all the liquid remaining in the pipe section to the satisfaction of the Field Representative. The Contractor has the responsibility of properly disposing of the used liquid in accordance with all regulations. 1.23.6 Where welds cannot be checked for acceptance individually by radiograph tests (i.e., joint casings, by-pass piping, etc.) those welds shall be tested at the time of making the overall acceptance pressure tests on the completed section between manholes as described in Paragraph 2.4 of this Specification. 1.23.7 Upon completion of the 500 psig gas pressure test, the pressure within the pipe shall be reduced to 250 psig and held for a minimum of seventy-two (72) hours to check for the presence of leaks in the pipe system. During the seventy-two hour period, the pipe under test shall be connected through a manometer to a buried reference tank that is known to be tight so that the manometer will indicate whether a loss of pressure in the pipe under test is being experienced during the ______ Paper copies of the Engineering Operations Manual are uncontrolled and therefore may be outdated. Please verify that you have the current version prior to use by viewing the Central Engineering website (http://Cenq/). CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION CE-TS-3352 REV. 15, INSTALLATION OF HIGH PRESSURE PIPE FOR 69,138, AND 345 kV CABLE SYSTEMS JANUARY, 2006 test period. Pressure readings shall be recorded every hour. This work shall be performed by either Company forces or the Contractor, as specified in the bid documents. 1.23.8 The reference tank shall be made as per Drawing No. EO-12215-C, latest revision, and shall have a cylindrical steel pressure vessel capable of withstanding the test pressures and having a volume of not less than 1.5 cubic feet. It shall be buried at the manhole locations indicated on construction drawings so as to have at lease two feet of cover to minimize the effects of ambient temperature changes. 1.23.9 After one of the pipes entering any particular manhole has successfully withstood this comparison test and is found to be tight, this pipe may then be used as a reference tank for the testing of other pipes. This work shall be performed by either Company forces or the Contractor, as specified in the bid documents. 1.23.10 Any loss of pressure indicating the presence of leaks shall be fully investigated and the leaks located and repaired. All leaks shall be reported to and inspected by the Field Representative. 1.23.11 The method of repairing leaks shall be subject to the approval of the Field Representative. After the repairs have been made the 500 psig pressure (burst) test and the 250 psig dry air leakage drop test shall be repeated. NOTE The following work shall be performed by company forces or as indicated otherwise. 2.0 WORK TO BE PERFORMED BY OTHERS 2.1 Installation of Reducers 2.1.1 After these pressure tests have been completed and the pipe is known to be free of leaks, the boiler end caps over the pipe ends in the manhole shall be cut off and the joint reducers welded to the pipe. The point at which the pipe is to be cut shall be determined by the reference to manufacturer's drawings for the joints to be made in the manholes. Any ash from the burning of the internal pipe coating due to welding shall be removed and the pipe left clean. 2.1.2 The reducer welds shall be tested at 50 psig, dry air, to insure that no leaks exist on the welds. Refer to section 2.2.4 2.2 Cleaning and Mandrelling 2.2.1 Each section of pipeline, dielectric fluid circulating line and dielectric fluid supply line shall be individually pigged and swabbed. A projectile shall be blown through the pipe, using dry air as the pressure source, for the purpose of removing burrs (pigging) and also for cleaning (swabbing) of each pipe. If the fittings installed on a pipe section will not allow a pig to pass through, the Engineer shall be contacted for the procedure to be used to properly clean the pipe section. Page 21 of 31 Papeir copies of the Engineering Operations Manual are uncontrolled and therefore may be outdated. Please verify that you have the current version prior to use by viewing the Central Engineering website (http://CenqA. CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION CE-TS-3352 REV. 15, INSTALLATION OF HIGH PRESSURE PIPE FOR 69, 138, AND 345 kV CABLE SYSTEMS JANUARY, 2006 2.2.2 In the terminal sections of pipe, stainless steel or copper, a continuous 3/16 inch polyethylene rope shall be left in each pipe attached to the sealing plates at both ends, after the pipe has been swabbed clean and dry. 2.2.3 A mandrel of the proper size for the pipe size involved, per Drawing No. EO- 10569-D, latest revision, shall be pulled or blown through the pipe to check for excessive ovality or other obstructions within the pipe. A steel line capable of pulling in the winch rope shall be left in the cable pipe after the mandrelling operation is completed. Steel line having a hemp center shall not be used. A rope shall be used to pull cable in the termination pipes for safety. 2.2.4 After the steel line for pulling the winch line in has been installed within the cable pipe, the pipe ends shall be sealed by gasketed blank-off plates bolted to the joint reducers. The pipe section shall be pressurized to 50 psig and the reducer welds soap tested to insure that no leaks exist (refer to section 2.1.2). The pipes shall be left with a positive pressure of dry air sufficient to insure against the entrance of moisture in the event that the pipe is submerged. Such pressure shall in no case be less than 5 psig. 2.3 Vacuum Dryness Test 2.3.1 Vacuum drying shall be done after the installation of joint reducers and pilot lines in the pipes. 2.3.2 All pipes, including pressure, dielectric fluid circulation and gas pipelines shall be vacuum dried before filling with dielectric fluid or gas. In the event that the new section of pipe shall be attached to an existing section of pipe, the new section shall also be vacuum dried before it is connected to the existing section. 2.3.3 After the pipe ends have been closed and prior to cable pulling, a vacuum test shall be made on the pipe section to insure its dryness. Vacuum shall be maintained continuously until the pressure within the pipe is down to 150 microns of mercury. Evacuation shall then continue for a period of four hours. At the end of this period, the vacuum pump shall be valved off and the pressure rise in the pipe over a one-half hour period observed. The pipe shall be considered acceptable if the pressure rise during this one-half hour period is less than 100 microns. Pressure readings taken during evacuation and the pressure rise test, shall be taken at points remote from the vacuum pump. If the pressure rise during the one half hour pressure rise test is in excess of 100 microns, vacuum shall be reapplied continuously again until the pressure is down to 150 microns, a subsequent one half hour pressure rise test made and this procedure continued until the requirements are met. 2.3.4 After the pipe has successfully passed the vacuum dryness test, the vacuum shall be broken with tested dry air as per Paragraph 1.1.1. A positive pressure of not less than 10 psig shall then be built up and maintained in the pipe to prevent the entrance of moisture in the case of submersion. 2.4 Final Acceptance Proof Test 2.4.1 Upon completion of the splicing, evacuation and filling of a feeder with dielectric fluid as per Specification No. EO-1109, latest revision, the completed pipe '. Page 22 of 31 Papor copies of the Engineering Operations Manual are uncontroiled and therefore may be outdated. Please verify that you have the current version prior to use by viewing the Central Engineering website (http://Cenq/>. CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION CE-TS-3352 REV. 15, INSTALLATION OF HIGH PRESSURE PIPE FOR 69, 138, AND 345 kV CABLE SYSTEMS JANUARY, 2006 system, including the dielectric fluid circulation pipes, shall be proof tested with dielectric fluid for not less than one half hour as follows: a. 345 kV System 950 psig (Max) b. 138 kV and 69 kV Systems 550 psig (Max) NOTE Maximum proof test pressure will change if system pressure is increased. .2.4.2 The dielectric fluid circulation pipes shall be subjected to proof tests at a higher pressure as required by the Engineer. 2.4.3 All safety pressure valves and/or discs, gauges, pressure switches and other components that may be damaged due to the high pressure are to be valved off before the test is commenced. 2.4.4 After the pressure has been maintained at the 950 psig or 500 psig level as per Paragraph 2.4.1 for one-half hour it shall be reduced to 250 psig and held for a minimum of twenty four (24) hours. During the twenty-four hour test, the pumps and dielectric fluid pressure must constantly be monitored. 2.5 Spare Pipes 2.5.1 In the event that a pipe is installed which will not be used for a period of time such as in the case of spares submarine pipes, all the requirements of this specification shall be followed. A % inch pipe connection shall be made to the pipe, terminating in a plugged valve in a suitable place where the pressure may be checked periodically. Consecutive sections of pipes route through the same manhole systems shall be connected in series with 5/8 inch copper tubing. All such pipes are to be left with a positive pressure of 25 psig of dry air and shall have proper identification as indicated in Paragraph 1.10.3. To insure that a positive pressure of 25 psig is maintained, such spare pipes shall be checked periodically as per EO-6045. 2.6 Pipe Verification 2.6.1 The following pipe verification shall be performed on new pipes installed prior to the 500 psig burst test. Existing installed pipes, which have not been identified by this verification process, shall be identified prior to installation of new cable and splicing in advance of outage related work. The objective of this test procedure is to confirm and ensure the following: a. New Pipes installed are connected to the correct feeder pipe at the cutover location and terminate at the location as specified on construction drawings. b. New pipes installed do not cross underground, resulting in pipes terminating in wrong location. Page 23 of 31 Paper copies of the Engineering Operations Manual are uncontroiied and therefore may be outdated. Please verify that you have the current version prior to use by viewing the Central Engineering website (http://Cenq/). CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION CE-TS-3352 REV. 15, INSTALLATION OF HIGH PRESSURE PIPE FOR 69,138, AND 345 kV CABLE SYSTEMS JANUARY, 2006 c. Provide positive confirmation through testing that feeder terminating at the substation pothead is the same feeder identified at the cutover location. d. Existing installed pipes are identified and tagged prior to installation of cable and splicing activities. 2.6.2 All data, test information and results shall immediately be submitted to the Field Representative or Transmission Operations and the Engineer for evaluation. A prompt identification of pipes shall ensure that corrective actions can immediately be implemented to correct any problem during installation of new pipes. 2.6.3 Identification of Feeder at Pickup Location a. The following methods to identify the transmission pipe designation at the cut over location are acceptable for establishing positive feeder identification. Identification of transmission feeder described in this section shall be performed by Company personnel only. The pipe verification process is not to be used for working on the feeder. To perform work on the feeder, it must be identified using standard ungrounded tracing current. (1) Permanent Feeder Identification Point - Permanent identification tags exist on the pipes. Permanent tagging of pipe type feeders shall be in accordance with Specification No. EO-6064, latest revision. (2) Feeder Pressure Variation Method - Pressure gauges shall be placed on both pipes on the upper splice casing valves in the designated cutover manhole. Transmission and Substation Operations personnel shall coordinate the pressure change activity on the proposed feeder. The pumping plant operator shall vary the feeder pressure at the pressurizing plant while the mechanic at the cutover location monitors gauge pressure. The pumping plant operator shall raise the feeder pressure by a maximum of 20 psig, and once positive indication is observed at the cutover location, the mechanic shall request from the pumping plant operator the corresponding feeder designation. Transmission Operations personnel shall tag the feeder pipe accordingly. The Substation Operator shall ensure that he/she is properly identifying the feeder in the pressurizing plant. (3) Electrical Test Procedure Method • Major Pipe Section Relocation - When extended lengths of pipe are required to be installed due to a major facility relocation, then test pits are to be excavated at both ends at the proposed tie-in locations. Both pipes are to be exposed and one of the two feeder pipes shall be identified by the use of ungrounded tracing current and tagged accordingly by Company personnel. Once positive identification is achieved, the feeder shall be returned to service. ______^ Paper copies of the Engineering Operations Manual are uncontrolled and therefore may be outdated. Please verify that you have the current version prior to use by viewing the Central Engineering website fhttp://Cenq/). CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION CE-TS-3352 REV. 15, INSTALLATION OF HIGH PRESSURE PIPE FOR 69, 138, AND 345 kV CABLE SYSTEMS JANUARY, 2006 Installation of New Manhole - When the new manhole structure will be installed over existing feeders to allow installation of "Wye" joint(s), then a test pit will be excavated at the proposed location exposing the pipes. One of the two feeder pipes shall be identified by use of ungrounded tracing current and tagged accordingly by Company personnel. Once positive identification is achieved, the feeder shall be returned to service. 2.6.4 Installation of New Pipes or Verification of Existing Pipes to Substation NOTE Either Company forces or the Contractor, as specified in the bid documents, shall perform this work. Verification of pipes shall be performed on all completed pipe sections and connecting manholes using dry air and pressure gauges. Testing shall begin at the cutover location and proceed towards the station potheads. The existing transmission feeder pipe identified in accordance with Paragraph 2.6.3 and the new and/or existing pipe to be connected, will both be designated as the reference pipe. (New pipes are typically installed just outside the manhole wall or placed on top of the existing pipes until the final cutover of the feeder is performed.) The reference pipe shall be filled with dry air. Steps detailing the verification process are as follows: (1) Establish reference pipe in accordance with Paragraph 2.6.3. (2) Install pressure gauges on both pipes in the next connecting manhole. (3) Raise pressure of reference pipe to 10 psig and observe gage pressure at connecting manhole. The pipe that registers a pressure change shall now be designated the reference pipe and tagged accordingly. Remove gauges and connect 5/8" copper tubing in series to the opposite pipe across the manhole. NOTE If 5/8" copper tubing is not used, then tag the in-line series pipe across manhole and fill with dry air once gauges are installed on pipes in next connecting manhole. (4) Install pressure gauges on both pipes in the next connecting manhole. (5) Repeat pipe verification as required until station potheads are reached or other positive identification point is reached. Page 25 of 31 Paper copies of the Engineering Operations Manual are uncontrolied and therefore may be outdated. Please verify that you have the current version prior to use by viewing the Central Engineering website (http://Cenq/). CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION CE-TS-3352 REV. 15, INSTALLATION OF HIGH PRESSURE PIPE FOR 69, 138, AND 345 kV CABLE SYSTEMS JANUARY, 2006 (6) Verify that installed piping terminates at the designated location in accordance with the construction drawings issued. 2.6.5 Pipe Replacement between Manhole Sections NOTE Either Company forces or the Contractor, as specified in the bid documents, shall perform this work. a. Establish reference pipe designation in accordance with Paragraph 35.1 and tag accordingly. b. Install pressure gauges on both ends of new pipes at the furthest point away form the established reference pipe. c. Raise pressure of the reference pipe to 10 psig and observe gauge pressure at opposite end. d. Tag the associated pipe that registers positive gauge pressure. e. Verify that installed piping terminates at the designated location in accordance with the construction drawings issued. 3.0 REQUIRED SUBMITTALS 3.1 Environmental, Health, and Safety Plans (eHASP). 3.2 Environmental Construction Plan (ECP) 3.3 Shop drawings, product data, & samples. 3.4 Quality Assurance/Control submittals. 3.5 "As Constructed" drawings, O&M manuals, training documentation. 3.6 Copies of all necessary permits, licenses, etc. 3.7 Detailed construction and removal schedule. 4.0 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 4.1 The Contractor shall furnish all necessary labor, equipment and material required to unload the equipment and materials at the construction site. Each shipping crate or drum must be inspected for damage before being removed from the transporting vehicles. If there is visible evidence of damage to the crate or equipment, this must be reported immediately to the Company representative on site to facilitate any damage claims against the carrier or manufacturer. 4.2 The Contractor shall uncrate the equipment or waste materials carefully, taking all necessary precautions to prevent damage to the existing equipment. Page 26 of 31 ~~~~~~ Paper copies of the Engineering Operations Manual are uncontrolled and therefore may be outdated. Please verify that you have the current version prior to use by viewing the Central Engineering website (http://Cenq/>. CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION CE-TS-3352 REV. 15, INSTALLATION OF HIGH PRESSURE PIPE FOR 69,138, AND 345 kV CABLE SYSTEMS JANUARY, 2006 4.3 The Contractor shall inspect the shipping manifest and verify that all equipment and/or materials specified herein are on the shipping manifest. The Contractor shall immediately notify the Company representative on site if there is shortage or excess of equipment and/or materials. 4.4 The Contractor shall remove and dispose of all shipping crates and packing materials from the construction site immediately after the equipment is unloaded. 4.5 The Contractor shall remove, store and transport off site, all associated materials and waste items referred to in the attached drawings and specifications. 4.6 The Contractor, on a daily basis, shall dispose of all packing materials, crating, general debris and other waste items from the site, in order to maintain proper safety, environmental and sanitary conditions on the site. 4.7 The Contractor shall be responsible for the security and loss of his material and equipment. 4.8 The Contractor shall maintain the work area in a neat and orderly condition at all times. Site clean-up shall be performed on a daily basis and as directed by the field representative, and shall include removal of all material no longer needed for construction purposes as well as papers, cups, cans, and other non-construction debris. The Contractor shall be responsible to furnish and maintain trash receptacles suitable for the type and quantity of material to be removed. Type and quantity shall be subject to the approval of the field representative. At the completion of the job the site should be left in a clean and finished condition. 4.9 The Contractor shall dispose of all construction debris, equipment, etc. in accordance with all federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations. 5.0 FABRICATION 5.1 Items must be manufactured, fabricated, or assembled prior to delivery to the site. If necessary, the Contractor shall pre-assemble all working parts prior to disassembly to shipment to the job site. 6.0 MATERIALS AND MIXES 6.1 Specifications for materials to be provided. 6.2 The Contractor shall furnish any equipment and materials necessary for Installing the High pressure pipe. 6.3 The Company shall approve all chemicals in advance, be part of the eHASP and the MSDS sheets must be on site. 7.0 PREPARATION AND MAINTENANCE 7.1 The Contractor shall do all possible preparatory work in advance of equipment shutdown, and he shall provide adequate manpower to do the outage work in the time allotted. The Company reserves the right to perform any items of work which because of operating conditions, should, in the Company's opinion, be performed by Company forces. Page 27 of 31 Paper copies of the Engineering Operations Manual are uncontrolled and therefore may be outdated. Please verify that you have the current version prior to use by viewing the Central Engineering website (http://Cenq/). CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION CE-TS-3352 REV. 15, INSTALLATION OF HIGH PRESSURE PIPE FOR 69, 138, AND 345 kV CABLE SYSTEMS JANUARY, 2006 7.2 The Contractor shall confine his equipment, storage of materials and the operations of his employees to the limits indicated by law, ordinances, permits or reasonable direction of the Company or its duly authorized representatives, and shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with his materials or equipment. 7.3 All arrangements for the use of the highways, public property and private property for the storage of materials or equipment shall be made by the Contractor, and he shall obtain and pay for any permits that may be required for the storage of materials and equipment. 7.4 The detailed part of this specification will inform the Contractor of the environmental conditions and hazards to be found on the job site. The Contractor is responsible for implementing an effective Environment, Health and Safety (EH&S) program for performance of the Work. 7.5 Changes to project activities/materials or unanticipated site conditions may require a re- assessment and/or modification of project EH&S requirements. Additional EH&S measures may be required (sampling, testing, monitoring, personal protective equipment, permits/licenses/approvals). If issues or concerns arise which were not anticipated, the Contractor shall stop work activity, take appropriate precautions and contact the Site Representative immediately. 7.6 The Site Representative is responsible for overseeing the environment, health and safety of Company employees and Contractor personnel. The Contractor is required to comply with all federal, state and local requirements, as well as any Company policy or procedure directed by the Site Representative, applicable to the performance of the Work. 7.7 The Site Representative will monitor the Contractor's EH&S compliance and to ensure immediate correction of any EH&S hazard or procedural non-compliance. The Site Representative has the authority and responsibility to stop an activity or job, if in his professional assessment, the Contractor shows a disregard, lack of knowledge or expertise for any EH&S requirement. There shall be no increase in cost to the Company or schedule relaxation allowed as a result of work stoppage due to the Contractor's disregard, lack of knowledge or expertise for EH&S requirements. 7.8 Prior to bringing any materials on the job site or Company property, the Contractor shall submit Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) to the Site Representative for approval. The MSDS's will be submitted as part of the required Health and Safety Plan (HASP). The Contractor must keep copies of all MSDS's on the job site during the Work 7.9 The Contractor shall obtain any permit, license or approval necessary to perform the Work in accordance with all federal. New York State and local regulations, codes and laws. 8.0 CONSTRUCTION 8.1 None. 9.0 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 9.1 All parts of the Work shall throughout the time of the performance of the Contract, be subject to inspection by the Company. The Company shall be final judge of the quality and acceptability of the Work, the materials and equipment used herein, and the process Page 28 of 31 Paper copies of the Engineering Operations Manual are uncontrolled and therefore may be outdated. Please verity that you have the current version prior to use by viewing the Central Engineering website (http://Cenq/). CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION CE-TS-3352 REV. 15, INSTALLATION OF HIGH PRESSURE PIPE FOR 69, 138, AND 345 kV CABLE SYSTEMS JANUARY, 2006 of the manufacture and methods of constructions employed in connection with the Work. The Company shall have the right to witness any tests the Contractor or third party conducts. 9.2 If at any time prior to the completion of all of the Work, the Company finds as a result of any inspections any part of the Work, is not suitable or of good quality, or fails to conform to the specifications or drawings, the Company has the options to require the Contractor, at his expense and within reasonable time, to reconstruct, replace or correct the applicable Work. 9.3 Upon completion of the work, the Contractor shall clean the entire work area of all unused material and equipment. The Contractor shall remove all of his equipment and construction materials and vacate storage areas which may have been temporarily assigned for his use by the Company. The Contractor will not leave any hazardous wastes, solid wastes, chemicals, lead, asbestos or other environmental hazards on the site. 9.4 This work will take place in an active, operational, high voltage substation. The Contractor shall not interfere wit the normal and/or emergency substation operation. Workers shall limit their access to active work areas only. 9.5 The Contractor shall use the Trades having jurisdiction to perform the work covered by this specification and he shall comply with all rules and regulations of Trades covering the type of work as accepted by a recognized group of trade employers. The employees shall be skilled in their particular lines and shall not conflict in any way with those of other Trades employed under other Company contracts at any location. 10.0 REPAIR AND RESTORATION 10.1 The Contractor shall install equipment and materials as shown on the drawings, except where obvious, unforeseen interferences occur. 10.2 When field changes are required, every effort shall be made to coordinate the change with other conduit work, structural work, lighting installations, etc., being done at the same site. The Contractor shall keep a complete record of all such changes being made by his forces on the Contractor's copies of the affected drawings. 10.3 In event of any damage, the Contractor shall promptly make replacements and repairs to the approval of the Company's Project Engineer and at no additional cost. Additional time required to secure replacements and to make repairs will not be considered by the Company to justify any extension in the Contract Time of Completion. Page 29 of 31 Paper copies of the Engineering Operations Manual are uncontrolled and therefore may be outdated. Please verify that you have the current version prior to use by viewing the Central Engineering website (http://Cenq/>. CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION CE-TS-3352 REV. 15, INSTALLATION OF HIGH PRESSURE PIPE FOR 69,138, AND 345 kV CABLE SYSTEMS JANUARY, 2006 SECTION III - CONSTRUCTION PACKAGE DOCUMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS PART 0 - (Contract Drawings, Tables, & Lists) 1.0 The list of contract drawings included with the construction package 2.0 The list of supplemental specifications and applicable revision. If the specification is not provided as a Part in this section, provide instructions where the specifications are to be found (e.g. Con Edison, Manual of Construction) and how to obtain copies. 3.0 Reference Drawings 3.1 301709 Cathodic Corrosion Protection for Electrical Feeder Pipe Test Station Installation. 3.2 EO-4796-D Connector Plate Assembly for Attaching Bonds, Thermocouple and Shunt Wires to Steel Electric Cable Pipes. 3.3 EO-5199-B Pipe with Flared Ends for Chill Ring Welds on Electric Cable Pipes. 3.4 EO-6947-D Welding Sleeve for Pipe Connection in Pipe Type Cable System. 3.5 EO-7370-B Night Cap for 5-9/16", 6-5/8" and 1 O-VA" CD Pipe and 7" Tubing. 3.6 EO-8935-D Heat Deflecting Slab for Installation between Steam Mains and Electric Cables. 3.7 EO-9230-C Sleeve Details and Method of Sealing H.P. Cable Pipe through Manhole wall. 3.8 EO-10569-D Mandrels for H.P. Cable Pipes. 3.9 EG- 12215-C Reference Tank for Leakage Testing of H.P. Pipelines. 3.10 EO-12640-B B.H.P. Cable and Dielectric Fluid Circulating Pipe Trenching and Backfill. 3.11 EO-14267-C Typical Sleeve Installation of High Pressure Cable Pipe Type. 3.12 EO-14661-D Typical Pressure Test Assemblies and Installation for 5" to 12" Pipes. 3.13 EO-15362-B Pier Installation and Details for 138/345 kV High Pressure Pipes Crossing Facilities. 3.14 EO-16325-B Radius Acceptance Mandrel for 5-9/16", 8-5/8" and lO-3/*" O.D.H.P. Pipe. PART 1 thru XX - (Supplemental Specifications) 4.0 Reference Specifications 4.1 G-1064 Shielded Metal Arc Welding Procedure for Welding Steel Pipe and Fittings. ______ Paper copies of the Engineering Operations Manual are uncontrolled and therefore may be outdated. Please verify that you have the current version prior to use by viewing the Central Engineering website (http://Cenq/). CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION CE-TS-3352 REV. 15, INSTALLATION OF HIGH PRESSURE PIPE FOR 69,138, AND 345 kV CABLE SYSTEMS JANUARY, 2006 4.2 G-1065 Qualification of Welders and Welding Procedures. 4.3 G-1070 Radiographic Inspection of Pipeline Welds. 4.4 EO-1109 High Pressure Pipe Type Cable Systems Cable Installation and Pressurization of Lines. 4.5 EO-1173 Specification for Controlled Backfill Material for H.P. Cable Pipe Installation. 4.6 EO-1181 General Specification for Backfilling or Trench and Small Openings. 4.7 £0-8069 Pipe Skids and Liners. 4.8 EO-8048 Specification for Welding Austenitic Stainless Steel Pipe. 4.9 EO-8085 General Backfill and Bedding Material for Excavations. 4.10 G-8096 Sealing of the Annular Space between Gas Pipe and Casing or Sleeves. 4.11 EO-8097 Stainless Steel Pipe for Single Phase Terminal Circuits for Pipe Type Cables. 4.12 G-8209 Field Coating of Steel Pipe and Fittings Installed Underground and in Subsurface Structures. 4.13 EO-8193 Purchase Specification for Internal Coating of Steel Electric Feeder Pipe. 4.14 G-8196 Purchase Specification for Extruded Polyolefin Coating on Steel Electric Feeder Pipe. 4.15 EO-9000 Specification for Purchase of Steel Pipes for Electric Facilities. Fuel Oil Facilities and Casings. 4.16 G-100, 280 Pipeline Casing Insulating Skids. 4.17 EI-4147 General Specification for Dry Compressed Breathable Air. 4.18 EO-6064 Tagging of Pipe Type Feeders Operating at 345 kV, 138 kV, and 69 kV to Establish Permanent Feeder Identification Points. Page 31 of 31 Paper copies of the Engineering Operations Manual are uncontrolled and therefore may be outdated. Please verily that you have the current version prior to use by viewing the Central Engineering website (http://Cenq/). Q3XA CONSOLIDATED EDISON CO. OF NEW YORK, INC. 4 IRVING PLACE NEW YORK, N.Y. 10003 PURCHASE & TEST ELECRTRICAL ENGINEERING DEPT. MANUAL NO. 6 TRANSMISSION FEEDERS ENGINEERING SECTION NO. 6 SPECIFICATION EO-8193 REV. 3 FEBRUARY, 2003 PURCHASE SPECIFICATION FOR INTERNAL COATING OF STEEL ELECTRIC FEEDER PIPE 1.0 SCOPE This specification covers the requirements for internally coating steel electric feeder pipe. 2.0 MATERIALS The following coating suppliers, with their associated materials, are the only approved coatings: 2.1 Carboline West Caldwell. NJ ' Carboguard-891 2.2 Keeler & Long Coating - Watertown. CT. 3200 Kolor-Poxy Primer (2 component system), 2 coats required 2.3 M.A. Bruder & Dons. Incorporated Series 54 , HB Ponamid 3.0 PRE-COATING INSPECTION Prior to coating the pipe, the interior surface shall be visually inspected for defects such as dents, gouge;}, grooves, arc bums, and corrosion pitting prior to surface preparation. Any defects shall be reported to Con Edison's Central Stores Dept. Any pipe length(s) having such defects shall not be coated. PURCHASE & TEST -2- EO-8193 REVISION 3 MANUAL NO. 6 - SECTION NO. 6 FEBRUARY, 2003 4 0 SURFACE PREPARATION 4.1 The interior of all pipe shall be grit or sand blasted to a commercial gray metal finish in accordance with Steel Structures Painting Council - Surface Preparation Specification No. 6 (SSPC-SP6). 4.2 Measures such as air blasting and/or vacuuming shall be taken to insure the complete removal of all grit or sand used in the cleaning process. 5.0 APPLICATION OF COATING After cleaning, the coating shall be mixed and applied in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Vendor will apply one coat at a minimum of 4 mils D.F.T. 6.0 INSPECTION . 6.1 Any area that shows blistering, peeling, running, drips, or lack of adhesion of the coating shall be cleaned and recoated according to this Specification at the Coater's expense. 6.2 The final inspection of the applied coating shall be based on dry film thickness measurements. This inspection shall be performed using a non-destructive dry film thickness gauge. Enough measurements shall be made by the Coater to insure a minimum dry film thickness of 4 mils. 6.3 The Coater shall furnish Con Edison's Central Stores Department written certification that the coating has been applied and inspected in accordance with this Specification, and is free of defects. 6.4 If the coated pipe is stored in the coating yard for a period exceeding one year. The inspection required by Section 6.1 shall be repeated just prior to shipment at the discretion of Con Edison's Central Stores Department. Repairs to the defects found shall be made only after approval by Con Edison's Material Management Department. PURCHASE & TEST -3- EO-8193 REVISION 3 MANUAL NO.6 - SECTION NO. 6 FEBRUARY, 2003 7.0 HANDLING. STORAGE AND TRANSPORTATION 7.1 Damage either to the internal or external coating caused by improper handling, storage or transportation of the coated pipe by the coater or his agent, shall be repaired at the coaler's expense, no matter how long the pipe has been in storage. 7.2 After complete curing of the internal coating, each length of pipe shall be sealed at both ends with plastic vented end caps. These caps shall be installed such that they will not fall off during transportation, handling, and storage of the pipe. 8.0 APPLICATION OF EXTERNAL COATING Unless otherwise specified, all pipes shall be externally coated in accordance with Specification G-8196. Reza Ghafurian, Manager Transmission Feeders Engineering Peter lannone/bf Electrical Engineering Department REVISION: 3 FIT,P.; The approved coating suppliers has been Purchase and Test changed. Manual No. 6 Section 6 1 m 1 conEdison LAST REVIEW DATE: REVIEW CYCLE: 9/23/05 5 Years 1 • SPECIFICATION: G-8196-3 • TITLE: PURCHASE SPECIFICATION FOR EXTRUDED POLYOLEFIN COATING ON STEEL ELECTRIC FEEDER PIPE • VOLUME: Engineering Manual, 6 REVISIONS: (See *) 1) Table of Contents Added Environmental and Footer Safety Review. 2) Section 2.0 Updated Company information. 3) Section 3.0 Added reference to Specification G-8107 and other updated information. 4) Section 5.2 Rewritten for clarity. 5) Section 7.0 Rewrote all subparts, to include updated information and incorporate acceptable coating repair techniques. 6) Section 9.0 Added "Pipe Marking" section. Renumbered subsequent sections. 7) Section 11.0 Added "References" Section. G-8196-3 Gas Operations Standards conEdlson TITLE: PURCHASE SPECIFICATION FOR EXTRUDED POLYOLEFIN COATING ON STEEL ELECTRIC FEEDER PIPE TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION TITLE PAGE 1.0 SCOPE 2 2.0 MATERIALS 2 3.0 PRE-COATING INSPECTION 2 4.0 SURFACE PREPARATION 2 5.0 APPLICATION OF ADHESIVE 2 6.0 APPLICATION OF POLYOLEFIN 3 7.0 INSPECTIONS AND COATING REPAIRS 3 8.0 HANDLING. STORAGE AND TRANSPORTATION 4 9.0 PIPE MARKING 5 10.0 APPLICATION OF INTERNAL COATING 5 11.0 REFERENCES 5 * ENVIRONMEN TAL REVIEW BY: James Fox | * SAFETY REVIEW BY: James Fox | PFIEPARED APPROVED BY: DATE: VOLUME: 6 PAGE1 BY: Lois Westfall OF 5 General Manager PAGES D. Shepherd Technical Operations. 9/23/05 Engineering Manual TITLE: PURCHASE SPECIFICATION FOR EXTRUDED POLYOLEFIN COATING ON STEEL ELECTRIC FEEDER PIPE 1.0 SCOPE This specification covers the requirements for the mill coating of steel electric feeder pipe with extruded polyolefin and will be applicable to all sizes of pipe. * 2.0 MATERIALS The following coating system, with its associated materials, is the only one approved: Pritec: Bredero Price Company or Liberty Coating Company 1. Adhesive: Butyl rubber 2. Polyolefin: High density polyethylene, black color * 3.0 PRE-COATING INSPECTION All pipe shall be visually inspected for defects such as, dents, gouges, grooves, arc burns, corrosion pits, etc, as per Specification G-8107 prior to applying any coating. Any defects found shall be reported to Con Edison's Purchasing Department. Any pipe length(s) having such defects shall not be coated. 4.0 SURFACE PREPARATION The exterior of all pipe, prior to the application of the adhesive, shall be grit or sandblasted to a commercial gray metal finish in accordance with Steel Structures Painting Council - Surface Preparation Specification No. 6 (SSPC-SP6). 5.0 APPLICATION OF ADHESIVE 5.1 After cleaning, the adhesive, which is butyl rubber, shall be extruded onto the exterior of the pipe so as to leave a uniform layer of butyl rubber, with a minimum thickness of 10 mils, which completely covers the pipe surface to both ends. NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 6 PAGE 2 OF 5 conEdison G-8196-3 9/23/05 Engineering Manual PAGES TITLE: PURCHASE SPECIFICATION FOR EXTRUDED POLYOLEFIN COATING ON STEEL ELECTRIC FEEDER PIPE 5.0 APPLICATION OF ADHESIVE (Cont'd) * 5.2 As the butyl rubber covered pipe surface is being fed into the extruder for the polyolefin, the butyl rubber shall be inspected for defects. If the inspection shows voids, thin spots, flooded areas, drips, or that the adhesive has been applied over an improperly prepared surface, the length of pipe shall be recleaned and the extrusion process repeated. 6.0 APPLICATION OF POLYOLEFIN 6.1 The polyolefin shall be applied over the adhesive by extrusion. 6.2 The thickness of the polyolefin shall be 60 mils nominal, 54 mils minimum. 6.3 Unless otherwise specified the coating shall be cut back 6 inches from each end of the pipe length. * 7.0 INSPECTIONS AND COATING REPAIRS 7.1 An electrical spark inspection, using an approved Holiday Detector, shall be made at the coating plant on all pipe coated, in accordance with this Specification and Specification G-8201. The peak voltage of the detector shall be between 18,000 and 20,000 volts measured with the electrode in contact with the coated pipe. 7.2 The inspection in Section 7.1 shall be performed on all the coated pipe prior to the pipe being placed in storage or being shipped out whichever is first. All defects found at this time shall be repaired by the Coater at his expense. The Coater shall furnish Con Edison's Purchasing Department written certification that the pipe has been inspected as per Section 3.0, that the coating has been applied and inspected in accordance with this specification, and that the pipe and coating are free of defects. NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 6 PAGES OF 5 oohEdison G-8196-3 9/23/05 Engineering Manual PAGES TITLE: PURCHASE SPECIFICATION FOR EXTRUDED POLYOLEFIN COATING ON STEEL ELECTRIC FEEDER PIPE 7.0 INSPECTIONS AND COATING REPAIRS (Cont'd) 7.3 If the coated pipe is stored in the coating yard for a period exceeding one year, the inspection required by Section 7.1 shall be repeated just prior to shipment at the discretion of Con Edison's Purchasing Department. Repairs to defects found shall be made only after approval by Con Edison's Purchasing Department. 7.4 All coating repairs shall be done by one of the following methods: A. Completely remove all of the adhesive and polyolefin. Clean the pipe and apply new adhesive and polyolefin as per Sections 4.0, 5.0, and 6.0 above. B. Remove the damaged coating and install cold applied primerless , tape in accordance with the recommendations of the cold tape manufacturer AND Specification G-8209. Only the materials specified in Specification G-100, 269 shall be used. 8.0 HANDLING. STORAGE. AND TRANSPORTATION 8.1 Handling, storage and transportation of the coated pipe shall be done in accordance with Specification G-8003. 8.2 Coating damage caused by improper handling, storage, or transportation of the coated pipe by the Coater or his agent shall be repaired at the Coater's expense, no matter how long the pipe has been in storage. 8.3 Each length of coated pipe shall be sealed at each end with a plastic vented end cap. These caps shall be installed such that they will not fall off during transportation, handling, and storage of the pipe. * 9.0 PIPE MARKING Each length of coated pipe shall be marked as per Specification G-8107. . 10.0 APPLICATION OF INTERNAL COATING Unless otherwise specified, all pipe shall be internally coated in accordance with Specification EO-8193. NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 6 PAGE 4 OF 5 conEdison G-8196-3 9/23/05 Engineering Manual PAGES TITLE: PURCHASE SPECIFICATION FOR EXTRUDED POLYOLEFIN COATING ON STEEL ELECTRIC FEEDER PIPE * 11.0 REFERENCES G-8107 Steel Pipe for Gas Mains and Services G-8201 Electrical Spark Inspection of Coating on Steel Pipe G-100, 269 - Cold Applied Primerless Tape G-8003 Transportation, Handling, and Storage of Steel Pipe for Gas Mains G-8209 Field Coating of Steel Pipe and Fittings Installed Underground and in Subsurface Structures EO-8193 Purchase Specification for Internal Coating of Steel Electric Feeder Pipe NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 6 PAGES OF 5 conEdison G-8196-3 9/23/05 Engineering Manual PAGES conEdison LAST REVIEW DATE: REVIEW CYCLE: 3/6/03 5 Years SPECIFICATION: G-8209-1 TITLE: "FIELD COATING OF STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS INSTALLED UNDERGROUND AND IN SUBSURFACE STRUCTURES" VOLUME: 2 (Section 1.0), 9,10 and Gas Service Book/ 3 (Section 21) Electric Construction Standards REVISIONS: (See *) 1) Added Environmental and Safety Reviews 2) Section 2.0 - Changed title. 3) Section 2.2 - Added reference to CSP's and GSI's. 4) Section 2.4 Added. 5) Section 2,5 - Added. 6) Section 5.3 - Added to clarify surface preparation of steel pipe. 7) Section 5.0 Renumbered paragraphs. 8) Section 5.4 - Clarified PPE requirements. G-8209-1 Gas Operations Standards conEdlson TITLE: FIELD COATING OF STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS INSTALLED UNDERGROUND AND IN SUBSURFACE STRUCTURES EFFECTIVE DATE; April 7, 2003 TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION TITLE PAGE 1.0 SCOPE 2 2.0 ENVIRONMENTAL AND SAFETY IMPACT 2 3.0 MATERIAL 3 4.0 COATING SELECTION 3 5.0 SURFACE PREPARATION-ALL SYSTEMS 4 6.0 APPLICATION OF PRIMER 5 7.0 COATING APPLICATION 5 8.0 REPAIRS OF DAMAGED COATING 9 9.0 INSPECTIONS 11 10.0 PROTECTION, PRECAUTIONS, QUALITY CONTROL 12 * ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW BY: V. Basso * SAFETY REVIEW BY: F. Adamo PREPARED BY: APPROVED BY: DATE: VOLUME: 2 (Section 1.0), 9,10 and PAGE Gas Service Book/Electric Vol 3 lOF (Section 21) Adrian Santini Construction Standards, Field 12 Edition, O&M Manual and Gas Service Manager, Corrosion Book/Electric Construction PAGES P. Carnevale Operations 3/6/03 Standards TITLE: FIELD COATING OF STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS INSTALLED UNDERGROUND AND IN SUBSURFACE STRUCTURES 1.0 SCOPE 1.1 This specification covers the field coating of all steel gas, electric feeder and related equipment, cooling water, gasoline, and diesel pipe and fittings installed underground and in subsurface structures: A) System A: Mastic B) System B: Cold Applied Tape C) System C: Hot Coal Tar Enamel (See Section 1.2) 1.2 Hot Coal Tar Enamel may only be used with approval from Corrosion Operations. * 2.0 ENVIRONMENTAL AND SAFETY IMPACT 2.1 Effective coatings will result in minimizing product leaks due to corrosion on portions of piping systems and related equipment installed underground and/or in subsurface structures. *• 2.2 All operations that are performed (i.e. coal tar removal, disposal, installation, etc.) must be in compliance with all applicable specifications. Corporate Safety Procedures (CSPs), General Safety Instructions (GSIs), Corporate Environmental Procedures (CEPs) and General Environmental Instructions (GEIs). 2.3 All employees should be given updated, product specific Hazardous Communication Training for the products/materials used in this specification. * 2.4 Where employees are required to work around hot liquids, adequate ventilation and PPE must be used, including respiratory protection if necessary. ^2.5 If employees enter a manhole, proper manhole entry procedures, including atmosphere testing, must be followed. NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 2 (Section 1.0), 9,10 and Gas PAGE 2 Service Book/Electric Vol 3 (Section 21) Construction Standards, Field Edition, OF 12 con Edison G-8209-1 3/6/03 O&M Manual and Gas Service Book/Electric Construction Standards PAGES TITLE: FIELD COATING OF STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS INSTALLED UNDERGROUND AND IN SUBSURFACE STRUCTURES 3 0 MATERIAL Svsteni Material Unit Stock No. Product Manufacturer Roskote R-28 CE Royston Labs Inc. Mastic Mastic Gallon 631-1211 or A Thick'n Quick Royston Labs Inc. Felt Roll 000-0067 15# Roofing Paper (Asphalt) Tapecoat H35 Gray Tapecoat Company Cold Applied (Primerless) Tape 2" Width Roll 631-3324 or B or Royston One Step Royston Labs Inc. 4" Width Roll 631-3316 Tape (Primerless) Hot Service Enamel Reilly Enamel c: Primer - - Black Magic Primer Reilly Felt - - • Duramat Power Marketing Group, Inc. Degreaser Quart 634-1853 Envirosolv 655 Fine Organics A,B, c Corp. 4 0 COATING SELECTION Unless otherwise specified, Table 1 shall be used in selecting the proper coating system. TABLE 1: COATING SELECTION ITEMS TO BE COATED PREFERRED METHOD ALTERNATE Welded joints, elbows, offsets, sleeves, System B System C damaged coating on pipe, pipe in manholes, straight pipe, etc. Irregular surface fittings, all bolted System A System C fittings, valves, reinforcements, weldolets, non-bolted compression couplings, posi-hold type couplings, irregular pipe surfaces in manholes, etc. NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 2 (Section 1.0), 9,10 and Gas PAGE 3 Service Book/Electric Vol 3 (Section 21) Construction Standards, Field Edition, OF 12 conEdtson O&M Manual and Gas Service G-8209-1 3/6/03 Book/Electric Con3tructi6n Standards PAGES TITLE: FIELD COATING OF STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS INSTALLED UNDERGROUND AND IN SUBSURFACE STRUCTURES 5.0 SURFACE PREPARATION - ALL SYSTEMS 5.1 Coal Tar Mill/Field Coating A) Coal tar wrap may contain asbestos and/or PCBs. If a painted surface is encountered, lead, cadmium, and chromium may be present. Refer to Industrial Hygiene Instruction Memorandum IH-012, "Lead Management Program". See applicable GEIs or CEPs for Personal Protective Equipment (PPE), handling, training, and disposal requirements. B) All existing loose/disbonded coal tar coating shall be removed from the area to be coated in accordance with procedures specified in applicable GEIs, CEPs or variances. Remaining edges shall be cut on a taper. 5.2 Other Mill/Field Coatings These coatings may contain asbestos and/or PCBs. If a painted surface is encountered, lead, cadmium, and chromium may be present; refer to Industrial Hygiene Instruction Memorandum IH-012, "Lead Management Program." All handling of mill/field coatings shall be removed in accordance with procedures specified in applicable GEIs and CEPs. All mill coating adhesive shall be removed from the pipe surface to be coated. * 5.3 Power tool clean the bare pipe surface to be coated to a bright, shiny metal surface (to remove rust, mill scale, weld splatter or sharp edges). When approved by Con Edison's Field Representative, hand tool cleaning is acceptable in areas not accessible to power tool cleaning. Sandblasting of the pipe surface to a commercial gray metal finish is an acceptable alternate to power tool cleaning. NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 2 (Section 1.0), 9,10 and Gas PAGE 4 Service Book/Electric Vol 3 (Section 21) Construction Standards, Field Edition, OF 12 conEdlson O&M Manual and Gas Service G-8209-1 3/6/03 Book/Electric Construction Standards PAGES TITLE: FIELD COATING OF STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS INSTALLED UNDERGROUND AND IN SUBSURFACE STRUCTURES 5.0 SURFACE PREPARATION - ALL SYSTEMS (Continued) * 5.4 Wash the surface to be coated (to remove oil, grease, dirt, etc.) using only the degreaser listed in Section 3.0. This washing shall be done by wiping the surface to be coated with clean rags soaked with the degreaser. Chemical resistant gloves, such as, neoprene or nitrile and coveralls such as, Tyvek should be worn. The coating shall not be applied until all of the degreaser has evaporated from the surface being coated. 6 . 0 APPLICATION OF PRIMER 6.1 There is no primer required with System A Mastic or System B - Cold Applied Tape. 6.2 System C - Hot Coal Tar Enamel requires primer. The approved primer shall be stirred thoroughly. Apply the primer to a clean dry pipe surface by brushing, leaving a uniform coating completely covering the surface of the pipe or fitting and overlapping the mill coating on each side by at least four inches. Allow the primer to dry. The hot coal tar enamel shall be applied immediately after the primer has dried. 7 . 0 COATING APPLICATION 7 .1 System A - Mastic A) The mastic is furnished properly formulated for application. Normal appearance is thicker than most coatings, but it can be brushed evenly. Stir mastic thoroughly prior to use. Apply mastic by brush, keeping generous amounts of mastic on the brush; however apply by brushing on thin coats. Use only clean brushes that are not caked or hard due to prolonged use. NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 2 (Section 1.0), 9,10 and Gas PAGE 5 Service Book/Electric Vol 3 (Section 21) Construction Standards, Field Edition, OF 12 conEdtson O&H Manual and Gas Service G-8209-1 3/6/03 Book/Electric Construction Standards PAGES TITLE: FIELD COATING OF STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS INSTALLED UNDERGROUND AND IN SUBSURFACE STRUCTURES 7.0 COATING APPLICATION (Continued) B) Apply a first thin coat of mastic and let dry for approximately 15 minutes; then apply a second coat. It takes approximately 45 minutes for the second coat to dry. Each coat of mastic shall overlap any adjacent coating. NOTE; The drying times mentioned here are variable and dependent upon ambient temperature and relative humidity. Drying times longer than those indicated are possible. C). Do not backfill until the mastic is completely dry. If emergency backfilling is required, as authorized by Con Edison's Field Representative, pipeline felt shall be wrapped loosely around the coating to protect it against abrasion. D) For touch-ups of factory (mill) coated fittings with mastic, follow surface preparation steps as in Section 5.0 for exposed metal and 1/2" of adjacent mill coating. Apply mastic as in Section 7.1 overlapping mill coating by 1/2". Only one coat of mastic shall be applied for touch-ups. NOTE; All bolt threads, heads, and nuts shall be given one coat of mastic regardless of the condition of the factory coating. 7.2 System B - Cold Applied Tape A) Field coating of welded joints, elbows, offsets, etc. using cold applied tape shall be done as follows: NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 2 (Section 1.0), 9,10 and Gas PAGES Service Book/Electric Vol 3 (Section 21) Construction Standards, Field Edition, OF 12 conEdison O&M Manual and Gas Service G-8209-1 3/6/03 Book/Electric Construction Standards PAGES TITLE: FIELD COATING OF STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS INSTALLED UNDERGROUND AND IN SUBSURFACE STRUCTURES 7.0 COATING APPLICATION (Continued) 1) Use 2" wide tape for pipe 8" diameter and smaller. Use 4" wide tape for larger diameters. 2) Remove paper separator from side of tape which will be in contact with pipe. 3) The tape shall be applied by the "spiral wrap" method. Overlap each adjacent tape layer 1/2". Wrap first and last turn of tape 1 1/4 times around pipe, overlapping mill coating by 4". 4) For pipe, sleeves, barrels, couplings, etc., 16" in diameter and larger, a second layer of tape shall be applied following steps "1" through "3". This second layer of tape shall be started at the opposite end, and the application angle reversed. 5) For pipe, sleeves, barrels, couplings, etc., 16" diameter and larger, a "cigarette wrap" application is acceptable using wider tape as long as there are no wrinkles, bubbles, or voids in the tape. Wrap shall be 1 1/4 turns with 1/2" overlap between adjacent tape wraps and 4" on the mill coating. Two layers of tape shall be applied. 7.3 System C - Hot Coal Tar Enamel (See Section 1.2) A) An alternate for System A or B is System C - Hot Coal Tar Enamel. Pipe and fittings shall be coated with the coal tar enamel specified herein. The enamel shall be heated in kettles equipped with accurate and easily read thermometers. Upon removal from its container, the enamel shall be broken into small pieces before it is placed in the heating kettle. Overheating the enamel results in green-yellow acrid smoke and will carbonize the enamel rendering it useless. NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 2 (Section 1.0), 9,10 and Gas PAGE 7 Service Book/Electric Vol 3 (Section 21) Construction Standards, Field Edition, OF 12 conEdison O&M Manual and Gas Service G-8209-1 3/6/03 Book/Electric Construction Standards PAGES TITLE: FIELD COATING OF STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS INSTALLED UNDERGROUND AND IN SUBSURFACE STRUCTURES 7.0 COATING APPLICATION (Continued) Continued stirring is essential to obtain uniform heating. The heating and pouring temperatures are: Maximum Kettle Temp., 5250F. Minimum Pouring Temp., 4850F. The enamel shall be kept free flowing and above the minimum pouring temperature both in the kettle and in the pouring buckets. B) Field coating of welded joints, elbows, offsets, etc., using Hot Coal Tar Enamel, shall be done as follows: 1) Strips of felt shall be cut long enough to go around the pipe 1 1/4 times. Using the felt strips as slings, enamel shall be poured onto the surface of the pipe and felt and spread to at least 3/32 inch thickness over the area to be coated. The felt sling shall be discarded and disposed of in an approved manner after the first coat of enamel. 2) The enamel shall be inspected for voids, thin spots, sags, wrinkles, and other defects. Defects shall be corrected before the application of the second coat. 3) A second coat of enamel, at least 1/32 inch thick, shall be applied over the first coat using new strips of felt. The second enamel coat with a felt wrapper shall extend over the area being coated and overlap previously applied mill coatings by at least four inches. 4) Excess enamel shall be evident along all felt edges to get good sealing properties. 5) The inside face of all felt strips shall be sealed with enamel to keep out moisture. NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 2 (Section 1.0), 9,10 and Gas PAGES Service Book/Electric Vol 3 (Section 21) Construction Standards, Field Edition, OF 12 conEdison G-8209-1 3/6/03 O&H Manual and Gas Service Book/Electric Construction Standards PAGES TITLE: FIELD COATING OF STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS INSTALLED UNDERGROUND AND IN SUBSURFACE STRUCTURES 7.0 COATING APPLICATION (Continued) 6) Where hot enamel overlaps mill coatings other than coal tar, a transition area forms between the mill and field coatings. After the enamel is applied, this area shall be wrapped with cold applied tape, System "B", 1 1/4 times around the pipe. C) Field coating of irregular fittings, using Hot Coal Tar Enamel, shall be done using two separate coats of enamel. The first coat of enamel shall be at least 3/32-inch thick. It shall be inspected for voids, thin spots, wrinkles, sags, blisters and other defects which shall be repaired prior to the application of the second coat. The second coat of enamel shall be at least 1/32-inch thick. The working parts of valves shall be coated in accordance with Sections 5.0 and 7.1 of this Specification using System A - Mastic. 8.0 REPAIRS OF DAMAGED COATING 8.1 Repairs of damaged coating on fittings only using System A - Mastic shall be done in accordance with Sections 5.0 and 7.1 of this Specification. 8.2 Repair of damaged coating using: A) Cold Applied Tape - System "B" 1) Follow all applicable steps in accordance with Sections 5.0 and 7.2. 2) Cut a piece of tape (patch) large enough to cover damaged area, overlapping mill coating by at least 2". 3) Cut a second piece of tape long enough to wrap around the pipe 1 1/4 times. NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 2 (Section 1.0), 9,10 and Gas PAGE 9 Service Book/Electric Vol 3 (Section 21) Construction Standards, Field Edition, OF 12 conEdison G-8209-1 3/6/03 O&M Manual and Gas Service Book/Electric Construction Standards PAGES TITLE: HELD COATING OF STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS INSTALLED UNDERGROUND AND IN SUBSURFACE STRUCTURES 8.0 REPAIRS OF DAMAGED COATING (Continued) 4) Remove the paper separator from side of tape which will be in contact with pipe. 5) Apply the patch. 6) Wrap the second piece of tape around the pipe 1 1/4 times, covering the patch. Avoid too much handling and stretching of tape, which will result in wrinkles and bubbles in the tape. B) Hot Coal Tar Enamel - System "C" (See Section 1.2) 1) Follow all applicable steps in Sections 5.0, 6.2, and 7.3 with the following exceptions: a) This coating shall be used only to repair hot coal tar enamel coatings. b) The loose or disbonded coating , shall be removed in accordance with procedures specified in applicable GEIs, CEPs, and variances. The edges of the coating shall be cut on a taper. c) When the primer has become dry, hot enamel shall be poured on the primed metal, and a first piece of felt shall be carefully applied over the opening. d) After a second application of hot enamel, a second piece of felt, larger than the first by not less than 4" in any direction, shall be immediately placed over the patched area. NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 2 (Section 1.0), 9,10 and Gas PAGE 10 Service Book/Electric Vol 3 (Section 21) Construction Standards, Field Edition, OF 12 conEdison O&M Manual and Gas Service (3-8209-1 3/6/03 Book/Electric Construction Standards PAGES TITLE: FIELD COATING OF STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS INSTALLED UNDERGROUND AND IN SUBSURFACE STRUCTURES 9.0 INSPECTIONS 9.1 For System A - Mastic, no electrical inspections shall be performed. A thorough visual inspection of the finished coating shall be performed in order to insure that no holidays or voids are present in the coating. 9.2 For System B - Cold Applied Tape, an Electrical Spark Inspection, using an approved Holiday Detector, shall be made on all coated pipe and fittings just prior to backfilling. Where practical, the coated pipe in manholes shall be electrically spark inspected; where impractical, a visual inspection of the coated pipe will suffice. The peak voltage of the Holiday Detector shall be between 12,000 and 15,000 volts (except electric feeder pipe which shall be 18,000 to 20,000 volts) measured with the electrode in contact with the coated pipe. Additional exceptions to this electrical inspection are natural gas service lines and distribution mains less than 100 feet in length, which only require a thorough visual inspection. 9.3 For System C - Hot Coal Tar Enamel, an Electrical Spark Inspection, shall be made on all coated pipe and fittings as per Section 9.2. The peak voltage of the Holiday Detector shall be as in Section 9.2. There are no exceptions to this electrical inspection. 9.4 All coating defects found from the inspections described in Sections 9.1, 9.2, and 9.3 shall be repaired as per Section 8.0 and inspected again. NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 2 (Section 1.0), 9,10 and Gas PAGE 11 Service Book/Electric Vol 3 (Section 21) Construction Standards, Field Edition, OF 12 conEdlson O&H Manual and Gas Service G-8209-1 3/6/03 Book/Electric Construction Standards PAGES TITLE: FIELD COATING OF STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS INSTALLED UNDERGROUND AND IN SUBSURFACE STRUCTURES 10.0 PROTECTION, PRECAUTIONS, QUALITY CONTROL 10.1 The mastic and primer are flammable materials and must be kept away from open flames, sparks or high temperatures. Avoid breathing vapors and use only with adequate ventilation and/or approved respiratory protection. Keep containers closed when not in use. Contact with the skin shall be avoided. 10.2 The enamel pieces, placed in the heating kettles, shall be kept clean, dry and free of dirt, grass, weeds, or foreign matter. 10.3 All heating kettles, pouring buckets, daubers, etc., shall be cleaned once a day and kept in a workmanlike condition. Enamel left in the kettle overnight or from a previous day will be removed and disposed of in an approved manner. 10.4 Rolls of pipeline felt and cold applied tape shall be stored in sheds or on platforms under suitable cover to keep them dry. All rolls shall be carefully handled to prevent distortion of the rolls and damage to the edges which may interfere with their use. 10.5 When practical do not coat in rain, snow, fog, or windy weather which may cause moisture, dust or dirt to collect on the surface to be coated. Wet or dirty pipe or fittings shall not be coated until properly cleaned as per Section 5.0 and dried. NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 2 (Section 1.0), 9,10 and Gas PAGE 12 Service Book/Electric Vol 3 (Section 21) Construction Standards, Field Edition, OF 12 conEdlson G-8209-1 O&M Manual and Gas Service 3/6/03 Book/Electric Construction Standards PAGES m conEidison LAST REVIEW DATE: REVIEW CYCLE: 9/6/06 5 Years SPECIFICATION: G-6202-6 TITLE: * "PROCEDURE FOR MAINTAINING CATHODIC PROTECTION ON ELECTRIC TRANSMISSION FEEDERS" TARGET GROUPS: Transmission Operations, Substation Operations, Steam Business Units, Construction Management, and Corrosion Control VOLUME: 2 Operation And Maintenance Of Cable REVISIONS: (See *) 1) Changed title. 2) Added Environmental and Safety reviews 3) Revised all sections. G-6202-6 Gas Operations Standards conEdison TITLE: * PROCEDURE FOR MAINTAINING CORROSION PROTECTION ON ELECTRIC TRANSMISSION FEEDERS TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION TITLE PAGE 1.0 SCOPE 2 2.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 2 3.0 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT 2 4.0 NEW CONSTRUCTION 2 5.0 CORROSION TESTS 3 6.0 NOTIFICATIONS, REPORTS AND WORK ORDERS 3 7.0 STRAY VOLTAGE TESTING 4 8.0 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS 4 APPENDIX A | • EENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW BY: James Fox • SAFETY REVIEW BY: James Fox | PREPARED APPROVED BY: DATE: VOLUME: Electric PAGE1 BY: Volume 2 OF Lois M. Westfall Technical Operations Operation & Mtce. of 5 D. Politano General Manager 9/6/06 Cable PAGES TITLE: * PROCEDURE FOR MAINTAINING CORROSION PROTECTION ON ELECTRIC TRANSMISSION FEEDERS 1.0 SCOPE This specification outlines the design, inspection, testing, maintenance and reporting requirements for the cathodic protection of electric transmission pipe type feeders. 2.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 2.1 Corrosion Control is responsible for designing, testing, investigating pipe to soil potentials below criteria, maintenance of field rectifiers and issuing work orders for the cathodic protection of electric transmission pipe type feeders. 2.2 Transmission Operations (TO) is responsible for maintenance of transmission feeders from pothead to pothead. 2.3 Substation Operation (SSO) is responsible for the inspection and maintenance of rectifiers. Isolator Surge Protectors inside station property and maintaining the Cable Monitoring Report. 2.4 Steam Business Unit (SBU) is responsible for the inspection and maintenance of rectifiers installed within SBU station property. 2.5 Maintenance and Construction Services is responsible for the physical condition of electric transmission feeders exposed in excavations due to construction activity by Con Edison, company contractors, and third party contractors. 3.0 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT This procedure is the result of an agreement with the New York State Department of Environment Conservation Consent Order Appendix "D" on 11/4/94. Guidelines outlined in this procedure are designed to mitigate corrosion on buried portions of pipe type cables. 4.0 NEW CONSTRUCTION 4.1 Layouts for new pipe type feeders and substations shall be provided to Corrosion survey. NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: Electric 2 PAGE 2 Operation and Mtce. of OF 5 conEdlson G-6202-6 9/6/06 Cable PAGES TITLE: * PROCEDURE FOR MAINTAINING CORROSION PROTECTION ON ELECTRIC TRANSMISSION FEEDERS 4.0 NEW CONSTRUCTION (Continued) 4.2 Corrosion Control shall design cathodic protection systems for new feeders or modifications to existing systems. Cathodic protection equipment includes pipe coating, rectifiers, isolator surge protectors, current/drain bonds, anode ground beds, insulating fittings and flanges. 4.3 A coating resistance test is required immediately after a feeder is electrically spark tested and backfilled. This test and other tests may be required shall be in accordance with Specification EO- 1176. 4.4 Corrosion Control will inspect and test all newly installed cathodic protection equipment. 4.5 Following the completion of new construction, "as constructed" sketches including the location of rectifiers, insulating fittings, anode groundbeds, etc. shall be prepared by the organization responsible for the installation in accordance with EO-2118. Copies of these sketches will be sent to Transmission Engineering, Substation Engineering, and Corrosion Control. 5.0 CORROSION TESTS (Appendix A) 5.1 Corrosion Control will perform an annual cathodic protection survey on each electric transmission pipe type feeder. These surveys include taking pipe-to-soil potential readings at test stations adjacent to each manhole, and when necessary, remotely in each manhole. The voltage required for adequate cathodic protection is -0.85 volts or more negative. 5.2 Field rectifiers and drain bonds will be monitored by Corrosion Control every two months. Readings from remote monitors will be substituted for tests at field rectifiers and drain bonds where available. 5.3 Whenever a pipe type feeder is exposed in an excavation due to interference or other work. Maintenance and Construction Services will insure the coating is electrically inspected and, where necessary, repaired immediately prior to backfilling as per Specification G-8209. NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: Electric 2 PAGE 3 Operation and Mtce. of OF 5 conEdison G-6202-6 9/6/06 Cable PAGES TITLE: * PROCEDURE FOR MAINTAINING CORROSION PROTECTION ON ELECTRIC TRANSMISSION FEEDERS 6.0 NOTIFICATIONS. REPORTS AND WORK ORDERS 6.1 Substation Operations must notify Corrosion Control and Transmission Operations of ail feeder leaks on buried piping for investigation of possible corrosion activity. 6.2 When an organization responsible for testing or maintaining cathodic protection equipment finds any component inoperable or operating improperly, notify Corrosion Control. 6.3 Corrosion Control will review all test results taken. Corrosion Work Orders (CWO's) will be issued to the appropriate organization via the G.I.S system for each condition requiring corrective action to assure effective cathodic protection as follows: A. A Priority I CWO indicates an inadequate level of cathodic protection and must be addressed to re-establish cathodic protection within three months. B. A Priority II CWO indicates an impediment to testing and must be completed within six months. 6.4 Feeders found to have stray currents from the local D.C. Transit System and other sources of stray current will be addressed on an individual basis with the responsible organization. 7.0 STRAY VOLTAGE TESTING Rectifiers and Current Drain Cabinets will be tested for stray voltage when Corrosion Control performs an inspection as specified in GAS0304 and CSP 17.01. A record will be kept for each test. 8.0 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS EO-1176 General Specification for the Installation of High Pressure Pipe for Cable Systems EO-2118 Feeder Mapping Requirements; 69,000 Volts And Above NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: Electric 2 PAGE 4 Operation and Mtce. of OF 5 conEdison G-6202-6 9/6/06 Cable PAGES TITLE: * PROCEDURE FOR MAINTAINING CORROSION PROTECTION ON ELECTRIC TRANSMISSION FEEDERS 8.0 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS (Continued) G-8209 Field Coating of Steel Pipe And Fittings Installed Underground And In Subsurface Structures G8201 Electrical Spark Inspection of Coating on Steel Pipe CI-200-3 Generation and Transmission Maintenance Responsibility CSP-17.01 Electrical Enclosed Spaces GAS0304 Tailboard Talk for Rectifier Inspection NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: Electric 2 PAGES Operation and Mtce. of OF 5 conEdison G-6202-6 9/6/06 Cable PAGES APPENDIX A DEVICE TEST FREQUENCY GUIDELINES FOR TESTS Pipe-Type Feeder Annually Average pipe to soil (by Corrosion) Potential of -0.85 v. or More negative Field Rectifiers Bi-monthly Verify AC Feed is alive, (by Corrosion) Restore if necessary; record Voltage and current output And pipe to soil potential. Station Rectifiers Monthly Verify AC feed is alive, (by SSO or SBU) Restore if necessary; record Semi-Annually Voltage and current output. (by Corrosion) Drain bonds Bi-Monthly Simultaneous readings of p/s (by Corrosion) potentials and drain current. Readings remain unchanged Or become more negative as current drained increases. Isolator Surge Monthly Indicator light is not lit. Protectors (by SSO) Unit should be silent. Semi-annually (by Corrosion) Bonds Annually Average pipe to soil (by Corrosion) Potential of -0.85 v. or more negative zziror APPROVED WEATHERHEAO TO BE INSTALLED WITHIN 9' TO 18" ABOVE SERVICE ATTACHMENT. IF INSTALLATION i ABOVE ATTACHUANT IS IMPOSSIBLE, A REVISIONS THE WEATHERHEAO MUST BE KEPT pr WITHIN 24' OF ATTACHMENT AND DRIP LOOPS ARE TO BE FORMED^ ON INDIVIDUAL CONDUCTORS.- / CONNECTION WILL BE MADE BY COMPANY II 20)CONOUIT STRAPPED ' TO POLE TEST STATION "B' II 16)12" X 12" BOX CROUNOINC WIRE FROM LUC IN ENTRANCE SWITCH OR ON RECTIFIER CABINET o-c GONDurrs STRAPPED TO POLE iefe SEE ,-N NOTE 2(3 CABLE TO CABLES TO GROUND BED PIPELINE JEE SEE DETAlV "A" DETAIL REAR VIEW SIDE VIEW TYPICAL RECTIFIER INSTALLATION (POLE MOUNTED) RECTIFIER STRUCTURE/O, CABLE (TO RECTIFIERS ^ EXIST. POLE SEE DWO. EO-4796- •0 ©- 4 LAYERS HALF LAPPED 3/4" WIDE PLASTIC TAPE NOTES: I NO. 2 AWO COPPER WIRE] ^. ABRADE CABLE INSULATION. WITH SAND PAPER, WHERE IT IS 1 NO. ID AWG "WHITE"> ON EACH FEEDER TAPED OR EXTENDS INTO THE PLASTIC MOLD. COPPER WIRE] (AT PIPE LEVEL) ^) \_ REFERENCE CELL LEAD 2. SEE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS PACKED WITH EPOXY SPLICE KITS. DETAIL "B* PIPE LEAD INSTALLATION PLAN DETAIL "0" TYPICAL ANODE TO HEADER CABLE SPLICE BECIlHEa INSTALL THE RECTIFIER AS PER TYPICAL RECTIFIER INSTALLATION. 3'-0' K 3-D" » 4' CONCRETE SLAB INSTALL A.C. SAFETY SWITCH AS PER TYPICAL RECTIFIER WITW 2X2-12XW12 INSTALLATION. INSTALL A.C. FEED INTO A.C. SAFETY SWITCH AND THEN INTO THE RECTIFIER. ANODES: CABLE TO ' INSTALL 10 ANODES IN PARALLEL AS PER DETAIL "A" AT THE " GROUND BED SPECIFIC SIGHT LOCATIONS. SEE DETAIL "*' SPUCE EACH ANODE WIRE INTO THE POSITIVE HEADER CABLE TYPICAL RECTIFIER INSTALLATION USING AN EPOXY SPUCE KIT AS PER DETAIL "C". (PEDESTAL MOUNTED) A LOOP OF THE ANODE HEADER CABLES SHALL EXTEND INTO A 12" X 12" TEST BOX (WITH COVER) AT THE END OF THE NOTES: GROUNDBEO AND AT THE BEGINNING OF THE GROUNDBED. 1. CONTACT GAS OPERATIONS DEPARTMENT (CORROSION CONTROL) THE ANODE HEADER CABLE SHALL BE ROUTED INTO THE RECTIFIER CABINET FROM THE 12" X 12" TEST BOX AT THE BEGINNING OF FOR SPECIFIC SIGHT LOCATIONS. THE GROUNDBED. 2. GROUND ROD SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE AND LOCAL CODE REGULATIONS. NEGATIVE CABLE INSTALL THE NEGATIVE CABLE AND A WHITE WIRE TO THE PIPE TYPE FEEDERS USING A CONDUCTOR PLATE AS PER DETAIL "B". 'ITH 1/4" X 1 1/2" GALVANIZED AS REQT ROUTE THE NEGATIVE CABLE WHITE PIPE TEST WIRES AT A DEPTH 12-^m OF AT LEAST 12" TO THE POLE AND THEN UP INTO THE RECTIFIER CABINET AS PER DETAIL "B". ¥1W 'MW^ •S REO't. INSTALL A REFERENCE CELL AT AT PIPE LEVEL AS CLOSE TO THE AWG. CABLZ PIPE AS POSSIBLE WITH OUT TOUCHING THE PIPE. ROUTE THE REFERENCE CELL WIRE UP INTO THE RECTIFIER CABINET AS PER 5H DETAIL "B". llife SIHL GALVANIZED 10-0" LENGTH mm THE NEGATIVE HEADER CABLE. WHITE PIPE TEST WIRE AND >0-4/9B-D REFERENCE CELL TEST WIRE ALL SHOULD BE ROUTED UP INTO THE RECTIFIER CABINET THROUGH THE SAME 1 1/2" CONDUIT PIPE. NO.B AWO., COPPER. 7 STRAND. ALL UNDERGROUND SPUCES SHALL BE UAOE USING EPOXY SPLICE jgjig KITS AS PER DETAIL (T. "STTOSFTOT 500 FT. PURCHASE REO'O. CORROSION PROTECTION | i mm M\\ IMPRESSED CURRENT SYSTEM FIELD RECTIFIER 4%^M a^^ 1 EA. PURCHASE REO'D. PUKCHAiiL RHm CONSOLIDATED EDISON COMPANY or N.Y., INC, PURCHASE REO'D. CONSTRUCTION MwrnwumwA SUBSTATION AND TRANS. ENGINEERING DEPT STANDARDS SPECS' MANUAL NO.3 DESCRIPTION SECTION 2) DWG. NO. DATE 8/18/95 DWG. BILL OF MATERIAL LAST REV. NO 303122 ^00 Jfflffifl^ H/lK&t COMPUTER GENERATED DRAWING NOT TO BE HAND REVISED ' I . JUAN DQMINOLm Exhibit 3 Exhibits Case06-T-0710 Con Edison Application For M29 Transmission Line STAFF OF THE DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC SERVICE INTERROGATORY/DOCUMENT REOUEST Request No.: DPS-15 Requested By: Edward Schrom Date of Request 9/12/06 Reply Date: 9/22/06 Subject: Design Specific Information Requested: Provide a discussion and examples of what methods Con Ed will employ to protect the M29 circuit from dig ins. In accordance with Con Edison Specification CE-TS-3352, Section II. 1.1.4b, provided in Con Edison's response to DPS-14, when there is less than 24-inches of cover over the cable pipes or pipes associated with the pressurization of cooling, suitable guards will be placed over any pipes having insufficient cover. Such guards will be flat steel plates having a minimum thickness of one inch. In addition, as a secondary precaution against dig-ins, red electrical warning tapes will be installed over the length of the installed facilities for the trench installation as detailed in Exhibit E-3, Figures E-3-la and E-3-lb of the Application. Name of Person Preparing Response: Kenneth Chu Date: 09/18/06 Exhibit 4 Exhibit 4 Case 06-T-0710 Con Edison Application For M29 Transmission Line STAFF OF THE DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC SERVICE INTERROGATORY/DOCUMENT REQUEST Request No.: DPS-16 Requested By: Edward Schrom Date of Request: 9/12/06 Reply Date: 9/22/06 Subject: Design Specific Information Requested: Provide a discussion and description on the types of shoring that will be used in the installation of M29. Con Edison's attached sheeting and shoring standards specify vertical sheeting with appropriate support. Horizontal sheeting is permitted only if a contractor submits a design signed by a professional engineer, which must be approved by Con Edison. EO-16954-b.pdf (138 KB) Name of Person Preparing Response: Stephen Beccalori Date: 09/15/06 g-tgegi-03 Z SHEET] fMNOY F-'.GOTKBL'D _ REVISIONS u.rRIESIF. «/l/92 CHG'D.NOTES I TO 12 . t la-.-i- CLEAT TABLE It.!:!. BILL Of ITYP.) MUTL.REOESICN INSTL. I IWAUE (TYP.l 08G§. \ ] CM JP 3/27/92 CHG'O. ILLUSTRATION NOTES ^ TABLES. ADDED MAT'L. SPECS, J.L.. O.K. 8-30-93 M. TURANCH PLAN S/31/91 H;%Si PLAN ADDED DOUBLE WALES CHG'O. NOTES AND TABLE I. PROJ. NO. 69970-GE- W 16'-0- MAX.) ZE03 J.L.. A.M. 5/25/94 7 "MM F /&•*< hi SE m i ^ ^ SN MIN. TWO LEVELS REO'D SECTION "A-A" SECTION "A-A" LARGE PIT OR TRENCH DESIGN SMALL PIT DESIGN (SEE TABLE I) (SEE TABLE 2) NOTES: ,z- > e- SHEETING 1. A "COMPETENT PERSON" SHALLi o. DETERMINE THE TYPE OF SOIL, OSHA TYPE "A", "B" OR "C" AND THE SHORING SYSTEM ^a-A" » 6" WALES FOR EACH EXCAVATION. ^CROSS BRACE b. INSPECT ALL SHORED EXCAVATIONS DAILY PRIOR TO COMMENCING WORK. c. INSPECT ALL EXCAVATIONS AFTER EVERY RAINSTORM OB OTHER OCCURRENCE WHICH COULD INCREASE THE POTENTIAL OF THE EXCAVATION WALL COLLAPSING. ^ 2. WALES SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH ThE GREATER DIMENSION HORIZONTALLY. 3. WHERE DOUBLE WALES ARE REQUIRED AT THE SAME LEVEL. THE CROSS BRACES SHALL BE J PLACED AT THE CENTER LINE OF BOTH WALES AND BLOCKED AS SHOWN IN THE TYPICAL BLOCKING DETAIL AT DOUBLE WALES. JJ t. SHEETING (UPRIGHTS) SHALL BE FIRMLY EMBEDDED IN TIE BOTTOM OF THE TRENCH. ~2" M 8" « 8" LONG BLOCKING 5. SHORING MAY BE REQUIRED IN LESS THAN 5 FEET DEEP EXCAVATIONS IF SOIL IS SOFT OR UNSTABLE. 6. IF THE INTEGRITY AND STABILITY OF ADJOINING BUILDINGS. WALLS OR FACILITIES HAY BE ENDANGERED BY AN EXCAVATION, TfC APPROPRIATE ENGINEERING CONCERN SHALL BE X CONTACTED IMMEDIATELY. „ , TYPICAL BLOCKING 7. GAS LINES 185 PSIG AND ABOVE SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH 12" MINIMUM CLEARANCE FROM ALL SHORING. GAS DISTRIBUTION, ELECTRIC. WATER AND OTHER FACILITIES SHALL BE DETAIL AT DOUBLE WALES PROVIDED WITH 6" MINIMUM CLEARANCE.. „, 8. USE CLEATS OR SUPPORTS FOR CROSS BRACES AND WALES AS SHOWN ON PLAN AND WHERE NOTE. NECESSARY. CLEATS SHALL BE SECURELY NAILED IN PLACE. SECURELY NAIL CROSS BRACE AND BLOCKING IN PLACE. 9. EQUIPMENT AND EXCAVATED SOIL SHALL BE KEPT A MINIMUM S'-O" FROM ThE SIDES OF THE EXCAVATION. 10. FOR SMALL HOLE EXCAVATIONS, FRAMING SHALL BE INSTALLED ON ALL FOUR SIDES. 11 . CROSS BRACE SHALL BE PLACED AT ALL WALER JOINTS. TABLE I LARGE PIT OR TRENCH DESIGN SHEETING /T\ CROSS BRACES (2) (UPRIGHTS) Vi/ "D" MAX. WALESo DEPTH OF SOIL VERTICAL tSTRINGERSI -H2- TRENCH TYPE TRENCH WIDTH SPACING (INCHES) SIZE MAX. HOR IFT.) SPACING (FT.) (FT.) (INCHES) SPACING IFT.) (FT.) UP TO 6'-0" UP TO g'-O" UP.TO l2'-0 (• 6" CROSS BRACES MAY BE REPLACED BY 2-4-« 6" REFERENCESi 29 CFR OSHA 1926 PART P.EXCAVATIONS. MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONSt PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER APPROVALi SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED BY P.E. WITH THE ORIGINAL 1. SHORING TIMBERS SHALL BE MIXED HARDWOODS WITH A SIGNED/SEALED COPY ON FILE WITH CENTRAL GAS ENGINEERING BENDING STRENGTH OF NOT LESS THAN 1250 PSI. 2. ALL TIMBERS SHALL BE FULL SIZE, ROUGH CUT. ALL FUTURE DESIGN REVISIONS REQUIRE P.E. APPROVAL. FIELD MANUAL NO. I I 3. ALL TIMBERS SHALL BE SOUND AND FREE FROM LARGE OR SUB. CONSTRUCTION LOOSE KNOTS. SECT. I GEN. SUPERSEDES DWG. E0-I45I4-C FIELD MANUAL NO. SURREY TABLE 2 SECT, I GEN. SMALL PIT (5' MAX. X 6' MAX.) DESIGN CONSTRUCTION STDS. SHEETING n\ SHEETING FOR MANUAL NO. 3 o [UPRIGHTS) VJ/ TRENCHES AND EXCAVATIONS SECT. 37 SLCWAY WALES DEPTH OF SOIL VERTICAL (STRINGERS) -H2- TRENCH TYPE MAX. HOR GAS CONSTRUCriON (FT.) SPACING (INCHES) SIZE CONSOLIDATED EDISON COMPANY OF N, Y. INC STANOAROS (FT.) (INCHES) SPACING GAS ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT VOL. 2i SECT. 5 (FT.) DATE 4-26-91 FIELD EDITION r-8" G VOLUME NO. 9 LAST REV. 5/25/94 NS E0-I6954-B^V.3 Exhibit 5 Exhibit 5 Case 06-T-0710 Con Edison Application For M29 Transmission Line STAFF OF THE DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC SERVICE INTERROGATORY/DOCUMENT REQUEST Request No.: DPS-17 Requested By: Edward Schrom Date of Request: 9/12/06 Reply Date: 9/22/06 Subject: Design Specific Information Requested: Provide a discussion and description on how the weld will be done to connect the pipes together and how they will be inspected. Provide a copy of all Con Ed's applicable standards. The ten-inch and six-inch pipes will be butt-welded using flared ends and backing rings. The 12-inch pipes will be butt-welded using machined male and female ends. The four-inch pipes will be welded using couplings. Attached are Con Edison's standards for welding and for welder qualification. Name of Person Preparing Response: Stephen Beccalori Date: 09/15/06 con Edison LAST REVIEW DATE: REVIEW CYCLE: 12/19/02 5 Years SPECIFICATION: G-1064-13 TITLE: "SHIELDED METAL ARC WELDING PROCEDURE FOR WELDING STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS" VOLUME: 2 (Section 13.0) and 10 REVISIONS: (See *) 1) Added Er iviroi 2) Section 2.0 - Reference clarification. 3) Section 5.0 - Eliminated inactive specifications. 4) Section 8.2 - Filler metal requirements. 5) ' Section 9.2 - Amperage requirements. 6) Section 17.1 - Requirements for stress-relieving. 7) Section 17.2 - Procedure for stress- relieving. 8) Section 20.0 - Location of branch connections. 9) Section 25.0 - Added EHS considerations. 10) Section 29.0 - Eliminated section referring to cracks in welds. 11) Supplement #1 Removed. G-1064-13 Gas Operations Standards conEdlson t> TITLE: SHIELDED METAL ARC WELDING PROCEDURE FOR WELDING STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS EFFECTIVE DATE; January 21, 2003 TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION TITLE PAGE 1.0 SCOPE 3 2.0 REFERENCE 3 3.0 WELDER QUALIFICATION 3 4.0 WELDING PROCESS 3 5.0 GRADE OF PIPE AND FITTINGS 3 6.0 TIME LAPSE BETWEEN PASSES 3 7.0 JOINT DESIGN 4 8.0 FILLER METAL 9 9.0 ELECTRIC CHARACTERISTICS 10 10.0 POSITION AND DIRECTION OF WELDING 10 11.0 NUMBER OF WELDERS 11 12.0 CLEANING 11 (Continued) | * ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW BY: A. Schmita * SAFETY REVIEW BY: F. Adamo PREPARED APPROVED BY: DATE: VOLUME: 2 (Section 13.0) and PAGE BY: 10 lOF 17 Frank Ciminiello Construction PAGES S. Banish Chief Gas Engineer 12/19/02 Standards, O&M Manual TITLE: SHIELDED METAL ARC WELDING PROCEDURE FOR WELDING STEEL PIPE AND t> FITTINGS TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued) SECTION TITLE PAGE 13. 0 ALIGNMENT 11 14. 0 TYPE OF LINEUP CLAMPS 11 15. 0 REMOVAL OF LINEUP CLAMPS 12 16. 0 PREHEAT 12 17. 0 STRESS RELIEF 13 18. 0 ATMOSPHERIC CONDITIONS 14 19 0 BENDS 14 20 0 BRANCH CONNECTIONS 14 21 0 BACK WELDING 14 . 22 .0 GROUND CLAMPS 14 23 .0 ARC BURNS 15 24 .0 SLEEVE WELDING 15 25 .0 EHS CONSIDERATIONS WHEN WELDING 15 26 .0 IDENTIFICATION OF WELDS 16 27 .0 VISUAL INSPECTION 16 28 .0 RADIOGRAPHIC EXAMINATION 16 29 .0 ACCEPTABILITY OF WELDS 17 NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 2 (Section 13.0) PAGE 2 eonEdlson and 10 Construction OF 17 0-1064-13 12/19/02 Standards, O&M Manual PAGES TITLE: SHIELDED METAL ARC WELDING PROCEDURE FOR WELDING STEEL PIPE AND d FITTINGS 1.0 SCOPE This specification covers the welding of piping used in gas, steam, electric and fuel oil lines and the standards of acceptability for production welds. * 2.0 REFERENCE API 1104 - American Petroleum Institute Standard for Welding Pipeline and Related Facilities, API Standard 1104, Eighteenth Edition. 3.0 WELDER QUALIFICATION 3.1 All welders, shall be qualified in accordance with Specification G-1065. 3.2 Each welder shall have in his possession an identification card issued by the Company which lists the welder's qualification. 4.0 WELDING PROCESS Only the Shielded Metal Arc Welding process shall be used. * 5.0 GRADE OF PIPE AND FITTINGS Only steel pipe and fittings conforming to one of the following Specifications shall be used: G-8107, G-100,281, S9035, S9036. 6.0 TIME LAPSE BETWEEN PASSES A range of 5-15 minutes between "Root Pass" and "Hot Pass". NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 2 (Section 13.0) PAGE 3 conEdbon and 10 Construction OF 17 G-1064-13 12/19/02 Standards, O&M Manual PAGES TITLE: SHIELDED METAL ARC WELDING PROCEDURE FOR WELDING STEEL PIPE AND t> FITTINGS 7 . 0 JOINT DESIGN 7.1 Butt Weld A) Standard joint design and spacing between abutting pipe ends shall conform to Figure No. 1. An optional bevel end preparation of 30° + 5°, -0° may be used. B) Sequence of weld beads shall conform to Figure No. 2. All passes shall be completed before the next pass is started. C) Backing rings are NOT to be used on gas pipelines. D) Adjoining gas pipelines of different wall thickness may be butt welded in accordance with Figure No. 3, or backwelded. FIGURE NO. BUTT.JCHNT 4!^ i '/fct'^ RQUREN0;2 SEQUENCE OF BEADS lAPPROK-'/fe' FIGURE N0.3 DIFFERENT mLL THICKNESS SO'MAXJW'MINOM) NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 2 (Section 13.0) PAGE 4 conlEdlson and 10 Construction OF 17 G-1064-13 12/19/02 Standards, O&M Manual PAGES TITLE: SHIELDED METAL ARC WELDING PROCEDURE FOR WELDING STEEL PIPE AND d FITTINGS 7.0 JOINT DESIGN (Continued) 7.2 Branch and Fillet Welds A) Details of welding a branch connection to a header pipe shall be in accordance with Figure No. 4. B) When required, branch connections shall be reinforced in accordance with Figure No. 5. FIGURE N0.4 WELD ON METHOD BRANCH WELD IN METHOD HEADER NOTE: Na'/fe'TOHT W= 14* MINIMUM NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 2 (Section 13.0) PAGE 5 conEdlson and 10 Construction OF 17 O-1064-13 12/19/02 Standards, O&M Manual PAGES TITLE: SHIELDED METAL ARC WELDING PROCEDURE FOR WELDING STEEL PIPE AND d FITTINGS 7.0 JOINT DESIGN (Continued) 7.2 Branch and Fillet Welds (Continued) FIGURE N0;5 RMD SADDLE 'SJSJJS^ \JJ )>>»>>>? •nzzzmzram FULL ENCIRCLEMENT SADDLE zzzzzzzza ^sssssysssss-J'ssssssssjs.'SSSS.s rKTC •- ^(MIH) - ^B, BUT NOT LESS THAN )4j' V^flK)s ^M, BUT NOT LESS THAN )!{ • W^Mlti « M, Birr NOT CREArER THAN H . 8-. ^e'MW. TO )^'MAX., UNLESS. BACK WELDED.' IF M IS THICKER THAN H, THE REINFORCING MEMBER SHALL " BE WPERED DOWN TO THE HEADER WALL THICkMESS. PROVIDE HOLE IN 8EINFORCEMENT TO REVEAL LEAKAGE . IN BURIED WELDSAND TO PROVIDE VENTING OURNG WEUWG. NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 2 (Section 13.0) PAGE 6 eonEdlson and 10 Construction OF 17 6-1064-13 12/19/02 Standards, O&M Manual PAGES TITLE: SHIELDED METAL ARC WELDING PROCEDURE FOR WELDING STEEL PIPE AND d FITTINGS 7.0 JOINT DESIGN (Continued) 7.3 Electric Cable Type Pipe Welds A) Combinations of the basic joint design may be required for high pressure electric pipe joints as shown in Figures 6 and 7. B) Backing Rings for Cable Pipe shall be used when the ends of the pipe to be welded are flared. C) Immediately prior to installing backing rings the flared pipe ends shall be checked for roundness and, if necessary, rounded out with a suitable die. D) Backing rings shall be carefully fitted into the end of the pipe with the pipe end against the chamfer extrusion of the backing ring. E) The opening in the backing ring shall be located at the three or six o'clock position. F) Care shall be taken to insure that the opening of the backing rings in welded joints at bends or offsets are not in a position to interfere with the pulling of cable. G) For sleeve joints, the pipe ends shall be reamed to remove all sharp edges and burrs and leave a 1/8" radius on the inside edge of the pipe. NUMBER: DATE: PAGE 7 con Edison VOLUME: 2 (Section 13.0) and 10 Construction OF 17 G-1064-13 12/19/02 Standards, O&M Manual PAGES TITLE: SHIELDED METAL ARC WELDING PROCEDURE FOR WELDING STEEL PIPE AND 4) FITTINGS 7.0 JOINT DESIGN (Continued) 7.3 Electric Cable Type Pipe Welds FIGURE NO. 6 SOCKET WELDS &.;'/fcTO '/fe J\ m7////^y)9^zm AW%^& FIGURE N0.7 SLEEVE WELD NOTE'. THICKNESS OF SLEEVE SHALL BE EQUAL TO OR GREATER THAN THICKNESS OF PIPE. . WELDS SHALL BE.CONVEX. NUMBER: DATE: PAGE 8 cooEdlson VOLUME: 2 (Section 13.0) and 10 Construction OF 17 G-1064-13 12/19/02 Standards, O&M Manual PAGES TITLE: SHIELDED METAL ARC WELDING PROCEDURE FOR WELDING STEEL PIPE AND d FITTINGS 8.0 FILLER METAL 8.1 Class E-6010 and Class E-7010 electrodes shall be used. «• 8.2 Table I is a guide for the number of passes, class and size of electrodes to be used. Variations in electrodes and electrode size are acceptable for pipe material with a specified minimum yield strength of less than 65,000 psi). TABLE I Minimum No Class of Pipe Wall Thickness of Passes Pass No Rod Size of Rod Under 3/16" 2 1 Root E-6010 3/32 2 Cap E-6010 3/32 3/16" to under 3 1 Root E-6010 5/32 1/4" 2 Hot E-7010 5/32 3 Cap E-6010 3/16 1/4" to under 3/8" 4 1 Root E-6010 5/32 2 Hot E-7010 5/32 3 Filler E-7010 3/16 4 cap B-6010 3/16 3/8" to under 5 1 Root E-6010 5/32 7/16" 2 Hot E-7010 5/32 3 Filler E-7010 3/16 4 Filler E-7010 3/16 S Cap E-6010 3/16 7/16" to under 6 1 Root E-6010 5/32 1/2" 2 Hot E-7010 5/32 3 Filler E-7010 3/16 4 Filler E-7010 3/16 5 Filler E-7010 3/16 6 Cap E-6010 3/16 1/2" and over 7 1 Root E-6010 5/32 2 Hot E-7010 5/32 3 Filler E-7010 3/16 4 Filler E-7010 3/16 5 Filler E-7010 3/16 6 Filler E-7010 3/16 7 Cap E-6010 3/16 NUMBER: DATE: PAGE 9 coriEdlson VOLUME: 2 (Section 13.0) and 10 Construction OF 17 G-1064-13 12/19/02 Standards, O&M Manual PAGES TITLE: SHIELDED METAL ARC WELDING PROCEDURE FOR WELDING STEEL PIPE AND d FITTINGS 8.0 FILLER METAL (Continued) 8.3 The welder shall take necessary steps to protect the coating of the welding rods to prevent deterioration and especially the absorption of moisture. The rods shall be kept in sealed containers which shall be opened only as required. 9.0 ELECTRIC CHARACTERISTICS 9.1 Only direct current, reverse polarity shall be used. 9.2 The voltage and amperage range shall conform to Table II and Table III. TABLE II WALL THICKNESS 3/16" AND LARGER Arc Voltage "^ Amperage Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum 25 80 120 240 TABLE HI WALL THICKNESS UNDER 3/16" Arc Voltage Amperage Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum 18 25 120 120 10.0 POSITION AND DIRECTION OF WELDING 10.1 The pipe shall be held in a stationary position. 10.2 The vertical downhand direction shall be used. NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 2(ScctionlS.O) PAGE 10 con Edison and 10 Construction OF 17 G-1064-13 12/19/02 Standards, O&M Manual PAGES TITLE: SHIELDED METAL ARC WELDING PROCEDURE FOR WELDING STEEL PIPE AND d FITTINGS 11.0 NUMBER OF WELDERS 11.1 On pipe sizes 14" OD or less, one welder is sufficient. 11.2 On pipe sizes larger than 14" OD, two welders shall be used for the root and hot pass. Filler beads and cap pass may be done by one welder. 12.0 CLEANING 12.1 The surfaces to be welded shall be smooth, uniform, free of burrs, laminations, tears, scale, slag, grease, paint and other deleterious material which might adversely affect the welding. 12.2 Pipe cleaning shall be done by power brush and/or grinding between every pass. 13.0 ALIGNMENT 13.1 The alignment distance between abutting ends of pipe, and/or fitting shall not exceed 1/16" + 1/32". 13.2 Hammering of the pipe to achieve proper lineup shall be held to a minimum. 13.3 Forged fittings shall be properly prepared and anchored in position by means of tack welds at no more than four locations uniformly spaced. 13.4 Seams on longitudinal welded pipe shall be separated by a minimum rotation distance of K the diameter of the pipe. 14.0 TYPE OF LINEUP CLAMPS Either external or internal clamps may be used. m NUMBER: DATE: PAGE 11 conEMson VOLUME: 2 (Section 13.0) and 10 Construction OF 17 G-1064-13 12/19/02 Standards, O&M Manual PAGES TITLE: SHIELDED METAL ARC WELDING PROCEDURE FOR WELDING STEEL PIPE AND t> FITTINGS 15.0 REMOVAL OF LINEUP CLAMPS 15.1 External lineup clamps shall be removed after at least 50% of the root bead is completed, and uniformly spaced around the circumference of the pipe. 15.2 When an internal lineup clamp is used, the root bead shall be completed before releasing clamp tension. 16.0 PREHEAT 16.1 Preheating shall be required for the following: A) All incomplete welds. (Welds may be left incomplete, as long as the root and hot passes have been completed). B) Carbon steel that has a carbon content in excess of 0.32 percent or a carbon equivalent (C + M Mn) of 0.65 percent or higher. Other new materials where the pipe grade or carbon content is unknown shall be referred to the Engineer for advice on preheating and stress- relief. 16.2 Preheating may be accomplished by any suitable method, provided that it is uniform and that the temperature does not fall below the prescribed minimum during the actual welding. The weld area shall be preheated to a minimum of 2250F. NUMBER: DATE: PAGE 12 conEcUson VOLUME: 2 (Section 13.0) and 10 Construction OF 17 G-1064-13 12/19/02 Standards, O&M Manual PAGES TITLE: SHIELDED METAL ARC WELDING PROCEDURE FOR WELDING STEEL PIPE AND d FITTINGS 17.0 STRESS-RELIEF 17.1 Stress relieving shall be required for the following: A) Welds on carbon steel that have a carbon content in excess of 0.32 percent or a carbon equivalent steel that have a (C + M Mn) in excess of 0.65 percent. B) When conditions exist that would cause the weld to cool at a rate detrimental to the quality of the weld. * O When welds are subjected to a caustic environment, resulting in caustic cracking of the welds such as the steam mains at the Hudson Avenue Generating Station. * 17.2 When stress relieving, the temperature shall be monitored to ensure that a uniform temperature is maintained and that the following stress relieving cycle is followed: u ACCEPTABLE POST WELD HEAT TRFATMF1VT 1) Raise temperature from - No set heating rate ambient to 600 F 2) Raise temperature from - Minimum 1 hour heating 600 F to 1,100 F time 3) Maintain temperature at - Minimum of 1 hour a minimum of 1,100 F 4) Lower temperature from Minimum 1 hour cooling 1,100 F to 600 F time 5) Lower temperature from No set cooling rate 600 F to ambient NUMBER: DATE: conEdlson VOLUME: 2 (Section 13.0) PAGE 13 and 10 Construction O-1064-13 12/19/02 OF 17 Standards, O&M Manual PAGES TITLE: SHIELDED METAL ARC WELDING PROCEDURE FOR WELDING STEEL PIPE AND t> FITTINGS 18.0 ATMOSPHERIC CONDITIONS 18.1 The Field Representative shall decide if weather conditions are suitable for welding. 18.2 Windshields, rain tarps, and welding shields shall be installed to completely protect the weld, if the weld could be impaired by the prevailing weather conditions. 19.0 MITER BENDS 19.1 TRANSMISSION MAINS (125 PSIG AND GREATER) Except for offsets up to 3°, bends in the pipeline shall be accomplished by cutting the proper angle from a forged elbow fitting. 19.2 DISTRIBUTION MAINS (100 PSIG AND LESS) Miter welds up to 12 degrees are permitted. 19.3 LOW PRESSURE MAINS (12" WC MAXIMUM) Miter bends up to 45 degrees are permitted. 19.4 Miter welds shall be fabricated by mitering both ends of the adjoining pipes equally. * 20.0 BRANCH CONNECTIONS Shall be contoured, and beveled with full penetration welds. 21.0 BACK WELDING Where back welding is performed, the inside bead shall be run after all outside welding is completed. 22.0 GROUND CLAMPS 22.1 External pressure type clamps, or similar devices, shall be used. 22.2 The ground lead shall not be tacked to a pipe or appurtenance. NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 2 (Section 13.0) PAGE 14 coriEdlson and 10 Construction- OF 17 G-1064-13 12/19/02 Standards, O&M Manual PAGES TITLE: SHIELDED METAL ARC WELDING PROCEDURE FOR WELDING STEEL PIPE AND d FITTINGS 23.0 ARC BURNS 23.1 Arc burns shall be eliminated. 23.2 Notches deeper than 10% of the wall thickness of the pipe shall be cut-out by removing a cylinder of the pipe. 24.0 SLEEVE WELDING The sleeve shall be centered over the pipe ends and welded in position in accordance with Figure No. 7. * 25.0 EHS CONSIDERATIONS WHEN WELDING 25.1 Welders must wear proper PPE and follow safe work practices as outlined in CSP 15.0 "Welding, Cutting, and Other Hot Work". No welding may take place in proximity to flammable items; a fire resistant wall and fire blankets must be used to provide protection. 25.2 Welding screens shall be used at all times when welding in business and residential areas or where necessary to prevent possible eye injury to other unprotected employees or the public. 25.3 Burning of solid debris or sludge has the potential to release harmful vapors into the atmosphere, including dioxins if PCBs are present. Therefore, a visual inspection must be performed prior to flame cutting/burning at the location where the cutting or burning is to take place to insure there is no solid debris or sludge in the pipe. This includes live gas mains as well as previously abandoned mains. In addition, discovery of debris or sludge in a main requires sampling. If solid debris or sludge is found stop work and notify the Field Representative who will contact a Gas EH&S Coordinator for assistance. NUMBER: conEdlaon DATE: VOLUME: 2 (Section 13.0) PAGE 15 and 10 Construction OF 17 G-1064-13 12/19/02 Standards, O&M Manual PAGES TITLE: SHIELDED METAL ARC WELDING PROCEDURE FOR WELDING STEEL PIPE AND d FITTINGS 25.0 EHS CONSIDERATIONS WHEN WELDING (Continued) Windows burned in the top of a gas main or service cannot be used to perform a visual inspection, since this will drop hot slag onto possible debris or sludge. Inspection through tap holes, service tees, or open-ended pipe is permitted. An inspection may also be made by inspecting the bottom coupon from a control fitting or at the tie-in-point after the main has been mechanically cut and separated. 26.0 IDENTIFICATION OF WELDS 26.1 All field welds shall be clearly marked and identified in a manner approved by the Engineer. 26.2 A complete written record of all welds as to location, date, weld number and welder identification number shall be maintained by the Field Representative, for gas mains operating at or above 125 psig. 27.0 VISUAL INSPECTION 27.1 All welds must present a neat and clean appearance free of cracks, inadequate penetration, burn-through or other defects as specified in API 1104. 27.2 Welders may not inspect their own welds on piping which will operate at 125 psig or more. 28.0 RADIOGRAPHICEXAMINATION 28.1 Radiographic examination of the welds shall be made by the Company's duly authorized outside agency as per G-1070^ 28.2 Radiographic Film shall be identified as specified in Specification G-1070. NUMBER: DATE: conEdlson VOLUME: 2 (Section 13.0) PAGE 16 and 10 Construction OF 17 G-1064-13 12/19/02 Standards, O&M Manual PAGES TITLE: SHIELDED METAL ARC WELDING d miNGS^ ^ ^^^ STEEL PIPE AND * 29.0 ACCEPTARTT ITY OF WELDS 29.1 Acceptability of welds ahsii ^ u and API 1104! e based uPon G-1070 29.2 The Engineer may require that- f-ooi- from welds. equire that test coupons be cut shall be r^ r-^ri^ grinding. Repaired areas means prevLSw^sed ; T inSpeCted ^ the — acceptable the w»lS v. ,,f !heh rePair is not cylinder of pjpe ahan be rerao,'ed « a PAGE 17 'and 10 G-1064-13 ^^ili^^^^dSConstruction conEdlson LAST REVIEW DATE: REVIEW CYCLE: 1/21/04 5 Years SPECIFICATION: G-1065-16 TITLE: "QUALIFICATION OF WELDERS AND WELDING PROCEDURES" VOLUME! 2 (Section 13.0) and 10 REVISIONS: (See "A") 1^ Added Environmental and Safety Reviews. 2) Section 3.0 - Reference clarification. G-1065-16 Gas Operations Standards conEdlson 4) TITLE: QUALIFICATION OF WELDERS AND WELDING PROCEDURES EFFECTIVE DATE: February 20, 2004 TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION TITLE PAGE 1.0 SCOPE 2 2.0 LEGAL REQUIREMENTS 2 3.0 REFERENCE 2 4.0 QUALIFICATION OF WELDERS 2 5.0 RETESTS 5 6.0 TENURE. OF QUALIFICATION 5 7.0 RECORD OF QUALIFIED WELDERS 7 8.0 QUALIFICATION OF WELDING PROCEDURES 7 9.0 QUALITY ASSURANCE 8 | * ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW BY: L. Jones * SAFETY REVIEW BY: W. Oeerlings | PREPARED APPROVED BY: DATE: VOLUME: 2 (Section 13.0) PAGEl BY: and 10 OF Construction 8 Frank Ciminiollo Standards and O&M PAGES S. Bsmish Chief Gas Engineer 1/21/04 Manual TITLE: QUALIFICATION OF WELDERS AND WELDING 4) PROCEDURES 1.0 SCOPE 1.1 This specification outlines the requirements for qualifying welders and welding procedures. 1.2 All welders, must qualify in accordance with this specification before welding on Company-owned piping outside the property line, and for gas piping on Company property up to the meter or regulator, whichever one is further downstream. 2.0 LEGAL REQUIREMENTS FEDERAL: DOT 192.225 & 192.227 STATE: 16NYCRR 255.225, 255.227 & 255.229 * 3.0 REFERENCE API 1104 American Petroleum Institute Standard for Welding Pipeline and Related Facilities, API Standard 1104, Eighteenth Edition. 4.0 QUALIFICATION OF WELDERS 4.1 General A) All welders shall be qualified for SINGLE OR MULTIPLE qualification, as per Section 4.2. B) Arrangements for all tests shall be made through Gas Engineering. C) Each welder upon qualification shall be issued an identification card which shall be in the welder's possession. D) The qualification of welders shall be conducted in the presence of an inspector, engineer or radiographer. NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 2 (Section 13.0) PAGE 2 conEdlsnn and 10 Construction Standards OF 8 G-1065-16 1/21/04 and O&M Manual PAGES TITLE: QUALIFICATION OF WELDERS AND WELDING d PROCEDURES 4.0 QUALIFICATION OF WELDERS (Continued) 4.2 Type of Qualifications A) Single Qualification Test Weld Welder Qualified For 12%" butt-weld x Butt-welds on 2-3/8" 3/8" wall thickness to 12 3/4" OD pipe inclusive, 3/16" to 3/4" WT 16" or 20" butt-weld Butt-weld on all pipe x 3/8" wall sizes over 12 3/4" thickness OD, 3/16" to 3/4" WT B) Multiple Qualification Test Weld Welder Qualified For Beveling and butt- Welding on all welding in a fixed diameters, positions, position 12 3/4" OD wall thicknesses, and x 3/8" wall joint designs. thickness pipe sections. A 16" or 20" butt weld x 3/8" wall thickness may be substituted for the above. Two welders required for 16" pipe and larger. Laying-out, cutting, contouring, beveling and welding a 12 3/4" OD or larger header pipe with a full size branch, all of 3/8" WT. NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 2 (Section 13.0) PAGE 3 conEdhion andlO Conatruction Standards OPS G-1065-16 1/21/04 and O&M Manual PAGES TITLE: QUALIFICATION OF WELDERS AND WELDING d PROCEDURES 4.0 QUALIFICATION OF WELDERS (Continued) C) Welders Qualified Other Than Con Edison A welder who is qualified by a company other than Con Edison, shall be CONSIDERED for acceptance for production welding on Company pipelines, only when the following conditions are met: 1) The welder has qualified under a specification that is equivalent to Con Edison's G-1064 and G-1065. 2) A copy of the current test results from the radiographic agency is delivered to Gas Engineering. 3) The welder has been issued an identification card. Gas Engineering shall determine the acceptability of all welding procedures and qualifying methods of other companies. 4.3 Tests To Be Performed A) Welds shall be subjected to the following prescribed tests, each as stipulated in API 1104: 1) Visual Examination 2) Destructive Tests 3) Radiographic Examination B) Test results shall be recorded by the inspection agency on forms similar to those indicated in API 1104. NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 2 (Section 13.0) PAGE 4 eonEdiion and 10 Construction Standards OF 8 G-1065-16 1/21/04 and O&M Manual PAGES TITLE: QUALIFICATION OF WELDERS AND WELDING d PROCEDURES 5.0 RETESTS 5.1 If a welder fails the qualification test, Gas Engineering may require further training prior to any retests. 5.2 If a welder fails the test for one group, he shall not be tested for another group until he has passed the group he failed. 6.0 TENURE OF QUALIFICATION 6.1 A welder qualified under this specification shall continue to be qualified providing: A) Radiographic inspection has indicated consistently satisfactory welds. B) He has complied with the six month periodic requalification test. See paragraph 6.2. C) No change in welding procedure has been made from that originally used on the qualification welds. 6.2 The six month periodic requalification test shall consist of butt welding pipe samples and verification of quality by x-ray examination. The size of the pipe to be used is listed in Table 1. TABLE 1 Present Qualification Periodic Requalification Test £5ingle-butt 2-3/8" to 12-3/4" Butt-weld 4" to 12-3/4" pipe x 3/16" to 3/4" wall £5ingle-butt larger than 12-3/4" Butt-weld larger than 12-3/4" pipe x 3/16" to 3/4" WT Multiple Qualification Butt-weld 4" and larger x 3/16" to 3/4" wall m NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 2 (Section 13.0) PAGES conEdteon and 10 Construction Standards OF 8 G-1065-16 1/21/04 and O&M Manual PAGES TITLE: QUALIFICATION OF WELDERS AND WELDING d PROCEDURES 6.0 TENURE OF QUALIFICATION (Continued) It shall be the responsibility of the welder or welder's employer to update requalification testing. The field representative shall forward to Gas Engineering the report certifying compliance with Paragraph 6.1 (A) to 6.1 (C). 6.3 The x-ray of a production weld performed within the two month period prior to expiration date of the welder's Identification Card may be substituted for the test as outlined in Paragraph 6.2. The size of the pipe used to requalify using a production weld is listed in Table 1. It shall be the responsibility of the welder to notify the radiographic inspector to make the proper notations on the x-ray reports. The daily report shall contain: 1) Weld number 2) X-Ray number 3) Welder's name and social security number 4) Welder's Identification number 5) Location and date 6) Size of pipe 7) Signature of Radiographer One copy of the x-ray report shall be given to the welder's employer and one copy to the field representative. The field representative shall forward a copy of the report to Gas Engineering. NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 2 (Section 13.0) PAGE 6 con Edison and 10 Construction Standards OF 8 0-1065-16 1/21/04 and O&M Manual PAGES TITLE: QUALIFICATION OF WELDERS AND WELDING d PROCEDURES 6.0 TENURE OF QUALIFICATION (Continued) 6.4 Gas Engineering may require that a welder.retake the qualification test where the welders performance is in question. 7.0 RECORD OF QUALIFIED WELDERS A record of the tests on the qualification and requalification weld shall be maintained by Gas • Engineering. 8.0 QUALIFICATION OF WELDING PROCEDURES 8.1 General Each welding procedure shall include data as stipulated in API 1104, and shall be recorded in a form similar to that indicated in Figure 2 of API 1104. 8.2 Qualification A) The qualified procedures shall form a part of the applicable welding specification of the Company. B) A change in a qualified procedure or the qualification of a new procedure must be performed in accordance with this specification and with the written approval of Gas Engineering. C) The qualified procedure shall be filed with the New York State Public Service Commission. NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 2 (Section 13.0) PAGE? con£c0son and 10 Construction Standards OF 8 G-1065-16 1/21/04 and O&M Manual PAGES TITLE: QUALIFICATION OF WELDERS AND WELDING t> PROCEDURES 8.0 QUALIFICATION OF WELDING PROCEDURES (Continued) 8.3 Records A) The details of each acceptable qualified procedure shall be recorded by the radiographer and shall show the complete results of the procedure qualification tests, as stipulated in API 1104. B) All records shall be maintained by Gas Engineering. 8.4 Requalification of Procedure The welding procedure must be requalified when any deviations are made in the essential variables, as stipulated in API 1104. 9.0 QUALITY ASSURANCE 9.1 A spot check of each welder's field welds shall be made at least once each calendar year. To insure compliance with the code, one unannounced non- destructive test must be made on at least one of each welder's welds in the field during distribution main installation. Non-destructive testing can include radiography, mag-particle or dye penetrant examinations performed by an independent testing agency. A copy of each test, report shall be sent to Gas Engineering. 9.2 When the welder's performance is in question, Gas Engineering may require that the welder have further training, or retake the qualification test. NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 2 (Section 13.0) PAGES con Edison and 10 Construction Standards OF 8 G-1065-16 1/21/04 and O&M Manual PAGES Exhibit 6 Exhibit 6 Case06-T-0710 Con Edison Application For M29 Transmission Line STAFF OF THE DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC SERVICE INTERROGATORY/DOCUMENT REQUEST Request No.: DPS-18 Requested By: Edward Schrom Dale of Request: 9/12/06 . Reply Date: 9/22/06 Subject: Design Specific Information Requested: Explain what precautions Con Ed will take during the X-raying of the pipe. The attached specification details Con Edison's radiographic requirements and procedures, which are in accord with state and federal regulations. Con Edison only uses testing companies with certified technicians to perform this operation. The work is almost always done in the trench and appropriate barriers, signs, and monitoring equipment are used to ensure safe operation for both the public and the workforce. Name of Person Preparing Response: Stephen Beccalori Date: 09/15/06 conEdlson LAST REVIEW DATE: REVIEW CYCLE: 9/6/05 5 Years SPECIFICATION: G-1070-10 TITLE: "RADIOGRAPHIC INSPECTION OF PIPELINE WELDS" VOLUME: 2 (Section 13.0) and 10 REVISIONS (See *) 1) Section 3.1 - Clarified definition of Engineer. 2) Section 3.2 - Revised Reference. G-1070-10 Gas Operations Standards conEdison d TITLE: RADIOGRAPHIC INSPECTION OF PIPELINE WELDS EFFECTIVE DATE; October 6,2005 TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION TITLE PAGE 1.0 SCOPE 2 2.0 LEGAL REQUIREMENTS 2 3.0 DEFINITIONS 2 4.0 RADIOGRAPHY REQUIREMENTS 3 ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW BY: James Fox SAFETY REVIEW BY: James Fox PREF'ARED APPROVED BY: DATE: VOLUME: BY: PAGE1 2 (Section 13.0) and10 OF 6 Victor Mullln Construction S. Banish PAGES Chief Gas Engineer 9/6/05 Standards. O&M Manual TITLE: RADIOGRAPHIC INSPECTION OF PIPELINE d WELDS 1.0 SCOPE This specification shall be used for the radiographic inspection of welds on pipe used in gas, steam, electric and fuel oil lines. 2.0 LEGAL REQUIREMENTS STATE: NYCRR 255.241. 420.9 FEDERAL: 49CFR 192.241,195.228 3.0 DEFINITIONS * 3.1 Engineer The Chief Gas Transmission Engineer of the Gas Engineering Department or his duly authorized representative. * 3.2 API Standard 1104 American Petroleum Institute Standard for Welding Pipeline and Related Facilities, API Standard 1104, nineteenth edition. 3.3 Radiographer That qualified technician employed by the Inspection Agency who will be engaged in the production and interpretation of radiographs as required by this specification. 3.4 Inspection Agency A Company-approved firm, corporation or other organization engaged in pipeline radiography. 3.5 Radiation Area Area designated by the certified radiographer, where radiography will be performed. NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 2 (Section 13.0) PAGE 2 and 10 conEdison Construction Standards, OF 6 G-1070-10 9/6/05 O&M Manual PAGES TITLE: RADIOGRAPHIC INSPECTION OF PIPELINE d WELDS 4.0 RADIOGRAPHY REQUIREMENTS 4.1 General Production radiography shall be performed using the same procedures under which the radiographer is qualified, in accordance with Company Specification G-1066. 4.2 Penetrameters Penetrameters shall be in accordance with AP11104. 4.3 Frequency of Radioaraphic Inspection A) 100% radiographic inspection of butt welds is required for: 1) Gas mains larger than 2" nominal diameter and to be operated at 125 psig or more. 2) Steam mains - New installations, and all prefabricated shop welds. 3) Electric lines. 4) Pipelines crossing rivers, streams, viaducts, bridges, railroads, major highways, and casing installations with a nominal diameter greater than 2". B) Gas mains designed for pressures up to and including 124 psig shall be radiographically examined based on visual inspection and on a sampling basis. 4.4 Interpretation A) Radiographs of welds shall be interpreted in accordance with API 1104, except for the following: NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 2 (Section 13.0) PAGES and 10 conEdison Construction Standards. OF 6 G-1070-10 9/6/05 O&M Manual PAGES TITLE: RADIOGRAPHIC INSPECTION OF PIPELINE d WELDS 4.0 RADIOGRAPHY REQUIREMENTS (Continued) 1) A weld must be removed if it has a crack that is more than 8 percent of the weld length or 2" in length, whichever is less; or penetrates either the root or second pass. 2) A shallow crater crack or star crack 5/32" or less in length is not considered a defect, and does not have to be repaired or replaced. B) If a radiograph indicates a weld is not acceptable, the defects shall be removed down to sound metal, and the repair shall be re-radiographed. If the repair is not acceptable, the weld shall be removed. C) If a dispute arises as to interpretation of radiographs, the Engineer shall be consulted for a final decision. 4.5 Identification A) All film shall be marked by the radiographer with the month, day and year, the radiographers certification number and Company, Welders ID Number, and location. B) Film numbering shall be numerical beginning with the number one (1) at the beginning of each job. A repair weld exposure shall use the same weld number as the initial exposure except the letter "R" shall follow the number. C) A film number belt shall be used on alt circumferential welds. A number "O" shall be placed on the top portion of the weld bead and proceeding numbers shall circle the weld. Numbers shall indicate inches of weld. NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 2 (Section 13.0) PAGE 4 and 10 conEdlson Construction Standards, OF 6 G-l 070-10 9/6/05 O&M Manual PAGES TITLE: RADIOGRAPHIC INSPECTION OF PIPELINE t> WELDS 4.0 RADIOGRAPHY REQUIREMFMTR (Continued) D) All film shall be neatly packaged in a film packet or envelope. Film length should be approximately 17" lonq Each packet shall be marked on the outside with the location, date and weld number. E) All film packets shall be surrendered to the Field Representative prior to leaving the job site. 4.6 Safety A) The radiographer shall be responsible for the protection and personnel monitoring of every person within the protected area from radiation sources. This protection and monitoring shal comply with applicable federal, state and local regulations. Any radiation levels in excess of the regulations or an unusual event shall be brought to the attention of the field representative immediately. B) Warning signs shall be placed at sufficient locations to assure that the radiographer has control over all access to the radiation area. No unauthorized person shall enter a radiation area. C) Each radiographer shall survey the area, using proper radiation detection equipment (calibrated), to determine that 6 S0U haS retUmed t0 a safe osition tnethe ^Sshield after eachT exposure. P ^side D) Each camera shall be equipped with a lock The radiographer shall keep his camera locked except when actually making an exposure 4.7 Emeroencv Procedure In the event a radiographer becomes physically unable to attend a 8 in stepsZsa^obl are to be ^!^taken in the order ^9^^ given, by the Field Representative on the job; NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 2 (Section 13.0) PAGES and 10 conEdlson Construction Standards. G-1070-10 OF 6 9/6/05 O&M Manual PAGES TITLE: RADIOGRAPHIC INSPECTION OF PIPELINE t> WELDS 4.0 RADIOGRAPHY REQUIREMENTS (Continued) 1) IMMEDIATELY CLEAR AND PROTECT AN AREA THREE HUNDRED (300) FEET IN ALL DIRECTIONS FROM THE SOURCE. This will Include neighboring areas on the same elevation and elevations above and beiow the source. 2) NOTIFY LOCAL LAW ENFORCEMENT AUTHORITIES TO GUARD THE AREA. MAINTAIN AREA CLEAR UNTIL LAW ENFORCEMENT AUTHORITIES ARRIVE. 3) NOTIFY THE ENGINEER. 4) NOTIFY THE INSPECTION AGENCY NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 2 (Section 13.0) PAGE 6 and 10 conEdlson Construction Standards, OF 6 G-1070-10 9/6/05 O&M Manual PAGES Exhibit 7 Exhibit 7 Case06-T-0710 Con Edison Application For M29 Transmission Line STAFF OF THE DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC SERVICE INTERROGATORY/DOCUMENT REOUEST Request No.: DPS-19 Requested By: Edward Schrom Date of Request: 9/12/06 Reply Date: 9/22/06 Subject: Design Specific Information Requested: Provide a discussion and a copy of the Con Ed standards for how the pipe coating integrity will be ensured. The external coating integrity of the steel pipes will be tested in accordance with Con Edison Specification CE-TS-3352, Section II. 1.9, a copy of which is attached to Con Edison's response to DPS-15. Con Edison corrosion control personnel will perform annually a cathodic protection survey in accordance with Specification G-6202, provided with Con Edison's response to DPS-14. Name of Person Preparing Response: Kenneth Chu Date: 09/18/06 Exhibit 8 Exhibit! Case06-T-0710 Con Edison Application For M29 Transmission Line STAFF OF THE DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC SERVICE INTERROGATORY/DOCUMENT REOUEST Request No.: DPS-24 Requested By: Edward Schrom Date of Request: 9/12/06 Reply Date: 9/22/06 Subject: Substation Specific Information Requested: Provide a copy of the purchase order for the transformers and phase shifters, and how they will be delivered. A copy of the purchase order is attached. Siemens will deliver the transformers and phase angle regulators to Port Newark, New Jersey. Con Edison will be responsible for transporting the equipment to the substation. Our current plan is to deliver the transformers and phase angle regulators to the Academy Substation site by barge. The exaict route will be determined by Con Edison Central Field Services. Name of Person Preparing Response: John Haufler Date: 09/15/06 ••PURCHASE ORDER COPY** PAGE 1 CURRENT DATE 09/15/06 PURCHASE ORDER NUMBER 525457 PURCHASE ORDER DATE 12/15/05 PURCHASE REQ. NUMBER 383-5-0014 TO: VA TECH EBG TRANSFORMATOREN VENDOR CODE V2155 GMBH CO AUTHORIZED DOLLARS . $13200000 KRAUSS-STRASSE 7 FUNDING ORDER A-4020 ACCOUNT NDMBER 37962 LINZ AUSTRIA STATISTICS 1/2 SHIP TOi MAIL ORIGINAL INVOICES TO ASTORIA SPARE EQUIPMENT YARD CON EDISON ACCOUNTS PAYABLE 31-02 20TH AVENUE 525457 P.O. BOX 799 QUEENS NY 11105 COOPER STATION WILLIAM CONLIN NEW YORK N.Y. 10276 (212) 460-3510 FOR INVOICE STATUS, CLICK ON "VENDOR INFORMATION" AT WWW.CONED.COM BUYERj GENE CORNELL 212-460-6387 75827 FURNISH AND DELIVER, F.O.B DESTINATION, PORT NEWARK, NEW JERSEY TWO (2) 234MVA, 138KV, +/- 25 DEGREE PHASE ANGLE REGULATORS AND TWO (2) 234MVA, 335/136/13.8KV AUTOTRANSFORMERS FOR CON EDISON'S ACADBMif SUBSTATION. THE EQUIPMENT SHALL BE FURNISHED IN ACCRODANCB WITH: 1.) CON EDISON' TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR PURCHASE OP EQUIPMENT DATED JANUARY 14, 2002. 2.) SPECIFICATION NO. BI-4161-26 (PAR), BI-4161-14 (AUTOTRANSFORMERS) AND ALL DRAWINGS, STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS REFERENCED THEREIN. 3.) THE TECHNICAL PROVISIONS OF THE VA TECH PROPOSAL DATED APRIL 25, 2005 AND SUPPLEMENTS DATED MAY 11, 2005 AND MAY 25, 2005 FOR THE PAR AND AND PROPOSAL DATED APRIL 25, 2005 AND SUPPLEMENTS DATED MAY 17, 2005 AND MAY 25, 2005 FOR THE AUTOTRANSFORMERS. PRICES ARE AS FOLLOWS: PAR TOTAL PRICE $6,680,000 ADDITIONAL TURRETS $ 23,300 DISCOUNT FOR 50% PAYMENT ($ 33,400) TOTAL FOR (2) PAR $6,669,900 AUTOTRANSFORMBR TOTAL PRICE $6,500,000 ADDITIONAL TURRETS $ 18,900 **PURCHASE ORDER COPY** PAGE PURCHASE ORDER NUMBER 525457 CDRREOT DATE 09/15/06 DISCOUNT FOR 50% PAYMENT {$ 32,500) TOTAL FOR (2) AUTOTRANSFOBMERS $6,486,400 FIELD SERVICE FOR INSTALLATION ASSISTANCE, IF REQUESTED BY CON EDISON, SHALL BE BILLED AT THE FOLLOWING RATES PLUS EXPENSESs MONDAY - FRIDAY 10 HOURS PER DAY $1,554.00 PER DAY MONDAY - FRIDAY IN EXCESS OF 10 HOURS $ 189.00 PER HODR AND FIRST 10 HOURS ON SATURDAYS AFTER 10 HOURS ON SATURDAYS AND ALL $ . 231.00 PER HOUR SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS NORMAL TRAVEL TIME, NOT TO EXCEED $1,260 $ 126.00 PER HOUR PER DAY WARRANTY SUMMARY THE BIQUIPMENT SHALL HAVE A WARRANTY PERIOD OF 36 MONTHS AFTER ENERGIZATION OR 48 MONTHS AFTER DELIVERY, WHICHEVER OCCURS FIRST. DELIVERY IS REQUIRED OCTOBER 2007. EXCESSIVE LOSSES THE MEASURE OF DAMAGES FOR FAILURE TO MEET GUARANTEED MAXIMUM LOSSES IS COVBRBD BY THE FOLLOWING LIQUIDATED DAMAGES PROVISIONi EFFICIENT OPERATION OF THE EQUIPMENT COVERED BY THIS PURCHASE ORDER IS IKfPERATIVE TO CON EDISON. IN THE EVENT THE EQUIPMENT AS TESTED EXCEBDS THE MAXIMUM GUARANTEED LOSSES THE DAMAGE SUFFERED BY CON EDISON WOULD BE SUBSTANTIAL BUT DIFFICULT TO DETERMINE PRECISELY. ACCORDINGLY, IT IS AGREED THAT FOR EACH KILOWATT OF CORE LOSS ABOVE THE GUARANTEED LEVEL THE CONTRACT PRICE SHALL BE REDUCED BY $4,106 AND FOR EACH KILOWATT OF COPPER LOSS ABOVE THE GUARANTEED LEVEL THE CONTRACT PRICE SHALL BE REDUCED BY $1,019. DOCUMENTATION SUBMITTALS ALL TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION SUCH AS DRAWINGS, INSTRUCTION/OPERATION MANUALS, TEST REPORTS, ETC. AND ONE (1) COPY OF ALL INVOICES SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO: ••PURCHASE ORDER COPY** PAGE PURCHASE ORDER NUMBER 525457 CURRENT DATE 09/15/06 CON EDISON 4 IRVING PLACE NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10003 ATTNl J. HAUFLER ROOM 1508 THE DOCUMENTATION MAY BE SUBMITTED VIA E-MAIL, IF PRACTICAL, TO EAUFLERJOCONED.COM SHIPPING INSTRUCTIONS THE EQUIPMENT SHALL BE SHIPPED FILLED WITH DRY AIR. VA TECH SHALL VERFIY THAT THE EQUIPMENT CONTAINS AN OXYGEN CONTENT OF 19.5% MINIMUM, 21% MAXIMUM. EQUIPMENT DRY AIR PRESSURE, OXYGEN CONTENT AND TEMPERATURE DATA SHALL BE RECORDED IMMEDIATELY PRIOR TO SHIPMENT. THE EQUIPMENT SHALL BE SHIPPED WITH TWO-WAY, 60 DAY IMPACT RECORDERS PRIOR TO SHIPMENT, VA TECH SHALL PHOTOGRAPH TRANSFORMER BLOCKING TO PROVIDE A REFERENCE AGAINST MOVEMENT DURING TRANSIT. RISK OF LOSS OR DAMAGE SHALL REMAIN WITH VA TECH UNTIL ACCEPTANCE AND INSPECTION BY CON EDISON. NOTIFY J. HAUFLER, (212)460-6514, AT LEAST ONE (1) WEEK PRIOR TO DELIVERY. PAYMENT TERMS $6,611,100.00 UPON ISSUANCE OF THIS PURCHASE ORDER AND RECEIPT OF INVOICE OPEN BALANCE OF $3,272,600 NET 30 DAYS AFTER DELIVERY ACCEPTANCE BY CON KDISONS FOR THE PHASE ANGLE REGULATORS. OPEN BALANCE OF $3,272,600 NET 30 DAYS AFTER DELIVERY ACCEPTANCE BY CON I5DISON FOR THE AUTOTRANSFORMBRS. IF THE FOREGOING IS ACCPETABLE TO VA TECH, PLEASE INDICATE SO BY RETUltNING A SIGNED COPY OF THIS PURCHASE ORDER TO CORNELLGaCONED.COM. NAME TITLE DATE - - END OF TEXT - PURCHASE TWO {2) 234 MVA. 335/136/13.8 KV AUTOTRANSFORMERS FOR NEW ACADIMY S/3 IN BRONX, NY. THE EQUIPMENT IS TO BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH GENERAL SPECIFICATION El 4161, REV. 4, DATED FEBRUARY 2005, DETAIL ••PURCHASE ORDER COPY** PAOB PURCHASK ORDER NUMBER 525457 CURRENT DATE 09/15/06 SPECIFICATION El 4161-14, REV. 1, DATED FEBRUARY 2005. THIS CONTRACT IS SUBJECT TO APPENDIX A, REQUIRED CLAUSES AND CERTIFICATIONS, DATED JULY 2005, AND ANY APPLICABLE STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS DOCUMENT WHICH INCORPORATES A DIFFERENT APPENDIX A IS HEREBY AMENDED TO INCORPORATE THE ABOVE-DESCRIBED APPENDIX A INSTEAD. APPENDIX A CAN BE FOUND ON THE COMPANY'S WEBSITE. GIFT POLICYi SELLER IS INFORMED THAT IT IS A STRICT CON EDISON POLICY THAT NEITHER EMPLOYEES OF CON EDISON NOR MEMBERS OF THEIR FAMILIES SHALL ACCEPT GIFTS FROM SELLERS OR OTHERS TRANSACTING OR SEEKING TO TRANSACT ANY BUSINESS WITH CON EDISON. THE OFFERING OR GIVING OF SUCH GIFTS BY SELLER, WHETHER OR NOT HADE WITH INTENT TO OBTAIN SPECIAL CONSIDERATION, SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE A MATERIAL BREACH OF CONTRACT ENTITLING CON EDISON TO CANCEL THE CONTRACT AND REMOVE SELLER FROM ITS LIST OF QUALIFIED BIDDERS IF IT ELECTS TO DO SO. SHIPPING TERMSi FOB DESTINATION PAYMENT TERMSs NET 30 DAY ***PAYMENT TO ABOVE VENDOR ONLY*** BY FOR CON EDISON TOTAL PAGES Exhibit 9 Exhibit 9 Case06-T-0710 Con Edison Application For M29 Transmission Line STAFF OF THE DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC SERVICE INTERROGATORY/DOCUMENT REOUEST Request No.: DPS-30 Requested By: Edward Schrom Date of Request: 9/12/06 Reply Date: 9/22/06 Subject: EMF Specific Information Requested: Provide a copy of the Report done by Electric Research & Management, dated June 8, 2006. Electric Research & Management's report entitled "Magnetic Field Calculations for the Academy 345/138 kV Substation" is being provided under separate cover to the Department's Records Access Officer with a request that the report be exempted from public disclosure because it contains critical infrastructure information subject to protection under the New York State Public Officers Law and Department regulations. The correct date of the report is June 9,2006. Name of Person Preparing Response: Amit Mukhopadhyay Date: 09/18/06 Exhibit 10 Exhibit 10 Case06-T-0710 Con Edison Application For M29 Transmission Line STAFF OF THE DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC SERVICE INTERROGATORY/DOCUMENT REQUEST Request No.: DPS-40 Requested By: Edward Schrom Dale of Request: 9/12/06 Reply Date: 9/22/06 Subject: EMF Specific Information Requested: Provide an explanation and modeling to support your claim that there is no difference in the EMF when utilizing a 2,500 or 3,000 kcmil conductor. Magnetic flux density B is proportional to the current. Based upon the same given current and circuit configuration, the calculated magnetic fields are almost identical. The minor variation is attributable to the diameter of the conductor. The assumptions and calculations are attached. Name of Person Preparing Response: Amit Mukhopadhyay Date: 09/15/06 345 kV Fdr X 29 - 2500 kcmil in 10 in. pipe Number of Circuits: 1 Pipe Size (in): 10 Pipe Wall Thickness (in): 0.250 Calculations Height Above Ground (ft): 3.280 Cable O.D. (in): 3.240 Current: 1010 amps Cable Depth: -59 inches Horizontal Flux Distance 345 kV Fdr X 29 - 2500 kcmil in 10 in. pipe Density (ft) (mG) 3.5 i -40 0.1 -35 0.2 3 - A -30 0.2 A -25 0.3 f2.5- A -20 0.5 / \ -15 0.7 / \ -10 1.3 / \ -5 2.3 In I-J Density / v 0 3.1 / \ 5 2.3 Flux / \ 10 1.3 n ^ . >r \ 15 0.7 20 0.5 ^—^^ ^^—-— n - 1 1 X 25 0.3 u 30 0.2 -30 -10 10 30 49 35 0.2 40 0.1 Horizontal Distance (Feet) 45 0.1 49 0.1 i •; r: 345 kV Fdr X 29 - 3Q00 kcrr.i! in 10 in. pipe Number of Circuits: 1 Pipe Size (in): 10 Pipe Wall Thickness (in): 0.250 Calculations Height Above Ground (ft): 3.280 Cable O.D. (in): 3.410 Current: 1010 amps Cable Depth: -59 inches Horizontal Flux Density Distance (ft) (mG) -50 0.1 345 kV Fdr X 29 - 3000 kcmil in 10 in. pipe : -45 0.1 -40 U.1 -35 0.2 D.J - -30 0.2 A 5.\J - -25 0.3 / \ -20 0.5 f 2.5- A -15 0.8 -10 1.3 / \ •P>> Z.Uo n / \ -5 2.3 1 0 3.2 £ 1.5 n / \ 5 2.3 / \ X 10 1.3 / \ iL0- 15 0.8 / \ 20 0.5 0.5 - yr >^ 25 0.3 ___——-—"" ^- 30 0.2 u.u -i — . . 1 ! , , , , . r. T .. ,._,,., , , 35 0.2 40 0.1 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 49 45 0.1 Horizontal Distance (Feet) 49 0.1 Exhibit 11 Exhibit 11 Case06-T-0710 Con Edison Application For M29 Transmission Line STAFF OF THE DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC SERVICE INTERROGATORY/DOCUMENT REOUEST Request No.: DPS-41 Requested By: Edward Schrom Dane of Request: 9/12/06 Reply Date: 9/22/06 Subject: EMF Specific Information Requested: What options does Con Ed have to reduce the EMF for the cable system? Explain your answer and provide a matrix of options. The magnetic fields associated with pipe-type transmission feeders are extremely low - on the order of less than five mG - since the steel pipe, itself, acts as a shield, and, therefore, do not warrant implementation of further reduction strategies. Name of Person Preparing Response: Amit Mukhopadhyay Date: 09/15/06 Exhibit 12 Exhibit 12 Case06-T-0710 Con Edison Application For M29 Transmission Line STAFF OF THE DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC SERVICE INTERROGATORY/DOCUMENT REQUEST Request No.: DPS-44 Requested By: Edward Schrom Date of Request: 9/12/06 Reply Date: 9/22/06 Subject: Construction Specific Information Requested: What is the minimum depth at which the return oil pipe will be buried? For New York State and non-State roadways, the minimum depth of burial is as set forth in Exhibit E-3, Figures E-3-la and E-3-lb of the Application. Name of Person Preparing Response: Kenneth Chu Date: 09/18/06 Exhibit 13 Exhibit 13 Case06-T-0710 Con Edison Application For M29 Transmission Line STAFF OF THE DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC SERVICE INTERROGATORY/DOCUMENT REQUEST Request No.: DPS-45 Requested By: Edward Schrom Date of Request: 9/12/06 Reply Date: 9/22/06 Subject: Excavation Specific Information Requested: 1. What types of tools and equipment will Con Ed or its contractor use to excavate the rock? Provide catalogue cut sheets for the tools and equipment. Contractors use a variety of tools and equipment to break and excavate rock, dependent upon the type and hardness of the rock encountered. "Soft" or fractured rock and small boulders can often be removed using a backhoe. Rock may be broken by a number of methods, including hand "guns" or pavement breakers; and "hyram" or "hoeram" hydraulic or pneumatic breakers on the ends of backhoes. If the rock is too hard, line drills may be used to drill holes in the rock to facilitate removal. Failing this, the next step would be to drill holes and then use splitters (e.g., Darda splitter) to split the rock between drilled holes. There are rock drill trucks available, which can drill holes up to 18-inches in diameter, as well as other equipment. There are a variety of machines, tools, and equipment used to break rock and the actual choice will depend on the specific contractor selected. Consequently, no catalogue cut sheets are available at this time. 2. Where will the Rock be taken that is excavated? Con Edison provides all contractors with a list of approved dump sites for various spoil materials. Contractors must use a site from that list. 3. Is it Con Ed's policy to maintain the same trench depth and width throughout the M29 project? Indicate whether Con Ed may deviate from this policy, and if so, under what circumstances? Con Edison facilities are generally installed in accordance with standard trench sizes. However, the reality of working in the streets requires adaptation of trench size and pipe configuration to existing facilities, etc. to find "a clear lane." The design indicates this to the best of the Company's knowledge based upon available information and any test pit data, and shows the installation in both plan and profile. As construction progresses and the street is opened, the location of existing facilities is often found to differ from records. Consequently, adjustments must be made in accordance with our design criteria. For this project, depth and width will vary from the City of New York to the City ofYonkers based upon the specific requirements of the specific agency that controls the roads. Depths and widths in Yonkers will be two to three feet deeper and wider based on NYSDOT requirements. Name of Person Preparing Response: Stephen Beccalori Date: 09/20/06: Exhibit 14 Exhibit 14 Case06-T-0710 Con Edison Application For M29 Transmission Line STAFF OF THE DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC SERVICE INTERROGATORY/DOCUMENT REQUEST Request No.: DPS-47 Requested By: Edward Schrom Date of Request: 9/12/06 Reply Date: 9/22/06 Subject: Cast Iron Gas Mains Specific Information Requested: What is Con Ed's policy on cast iron gas mains that are encountered during construction? Pursuant to the attached standard, Con Edison acts in strict accordance with all Public Service Commission requirements when working in the vicinity of cast iron mains. Name of Person Preparing Response: Stephen Beccalori Date: 09/15/06 conEdison LAST REVIEW DATE: REVIEW CYCLE: 5/5/03 5 Years SPECIFICATION: G-11839-5 TITLE; "REPLACEMENT AND MAINTENANCE OF CAST IRON PIPE LOCATED IN CONSTRUCTION AREAS" VOLUME: 1 and 10 REVISIONS* (See *) 1>> A<:ided Environmental and Safety Reviews 2) Section 8.0 - Added and renumbered subsequent sections. 3) EO-15447-B - Revised. G-11839-5 Gas Operations Standards conEcBsion TITLE: REPLACEMENT AND MAINTENANCE OF CAST d IRON PIPE LOCATED IN CONSTRUCTION AREAS EFFECTIVE DATE: June 5, 2003 TABLE OF CONTENTS SlECnON TITLE PAGE 1.0 SCOPE 2 2.0 LEGAL REQUIREMENT 2 3.0 DEFINITIONS 2 4.0 EXCAVATION EXPOSING AND UNDERMINING 2 MAINS 5.0 EXCAVATION PARALLEL TO MAINS 3 6.0 ALTERNATE PROCEDURE - EXCAVATION 3 PARALLEL TO MAINS 7.0 PROTECTING CAST IRON FROM VIBRATIONS DUE TO HEAVY EQUIPMENT, IMPACT FORCES AND BLASTING 8.0 ' REPORTING AND PAPER FLOW 5 9.0 RECORD KEEPING 6 EXHIBIT A 7 EXHIBIT B 8 EO-15447-B 1 * ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW BY: V. Basso * SAFETY REVIEW BY: F. Adamo | PREPARED APPROVED BY: DATE: VOLUME: I and 10 PAGE! BY: OF Inspection and Frank Ciminiello Maintenance, 8 W. Ng Chief Gas Engineer 5/5/03 O&M Manual PAGES TITLE: REPLACEMENT AND MAINTENANCE OF CAST IRON PIPE LOCATED IN CONSTRUCTION d AREAS 1.0 SCOPE This procedure provides requirements for the replacement of 8 inch and smaller cast iron gas mains parallel to excavations not adequately protected by structural sheeting and for the timely replacement of cast iron piping that is exposed and undermined. This procedure also provides requirements for protecting all sizes of cast iron from vibrations due to heavy equipment, impact forces and blasting. 2.0 LEGAL REQUIREMENTS This procedure complies with the requirements of: • 16 NYCRR Part 255.755, 756, 757 • PSC Waiver and Order dated December 3, 1986. 3.0 DEFIMTIONS IMMEDIATELY - Defined as the first regular work day that the Company can get access to its facilities. 4.0 EXCAVATION EXPOSING AND UNDERMINING MAINS 4.1 Cast iron gas pipes, 8 inches or less in diameter, that have been exposed or will be exposed and undermined by an excavation 36 inches or greater during third party excavations will be replaced by steel or plastic pipe in accordance with E0- 15447-B. The following actions will be taken in listed order of preference: A) The cast iron main will be replaced prior to planned third party construction activity. B) The cast iron main will be surveilled daily, will not be backfilled or will have an open vent hole, and will be replaced as soon as practical after the third party contractor allows access to the excavation site. conEdlson NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 1 and 10 PAGE 2 Inspection and OF 8 Maintenance, PAGES G-11839-5 5/5/03 O&M Manual TITLE: REPLACEMENT AND MAINTENANCE OF CAST IRON PIPE LOCATED IN CONSTRUCTION AREAS * 5.0 EXCAVATION PARALLEL TO MAINS 5.1 Cast iron gas mains, 8 inches or less in diameter, parallel to excavations not adequately shored with structural sheeting to protect the main against movement, shall be replaced in accordance with EO-15447-B. A 4-inch cast iron main within the angle of repose for less than 8 feet and a 6 inch or 8 inch cast iron main within the angle of repose for less than 10 feet need not be replaced, if the depth of cover on the main is greater than 2.5 feet. 5.2 Cast iron gas mains, 8 inch and smaller, not exposed by excavations parallel to the gas main but required to be replaced, shall be replaced in the following listed order of preference: A) The cast iron main will be replaced prior to planned construction activity. B) The cast iron main will be surveilled daily and be replaced immediately after the replacement work will not interfere with third party construction or when safety conditions dictate immediate replacement. 6.0 ALTERNATE PROCEDURE - EXCAVATION PARALLEL TO MAINS 6.1 Under PSC Waiver and Order dated December 3, 1986, the Gas Engineering Interference will determine the need to replace cast iron main within a 45-degree angle of any excavation trench bottom in accordance with Drawing EO-15447-B. This Waiver applies only to low-pressure cast iron mains, 8 inches or smaller in diameter, and trenches less than 20 feet in depth. Only trenches using conventional timber sheeting are acceptable under this waiver. cnnEdbton NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 1 and 10 PAGE 3 Inspection and OF 8 Maintenance, PAGES G-11839-5 5/5/03 O&M Manual TITLE: REPLACEMENT AND MAINTENANCE OF CAST IRON PIPE LOCATED IN CONSTRUCTION t> AREAS 6.0 ALTERNATE PROCEDURE - EXCAVATION PARALLEL TO MAINS (Continued) 6.2 Construction Management Field Inspectors will monitor construction to confirm that actual conditions encountered in the field are consistent with those determined by the Gas Engineering Interference Section. The Field Inspector or Mark Out Vendors will fill-out the Gas Line Clearance Report (Exhibit A) on a block-by-block basis (or shorter if conditions warrant) and send, upon completion, to the Gas Engineering Interference Section for re-evaluation. The Field Inspector will also fill-out the Cast Iron Main Information Sheet (Exhibit B) when requested to do so by Gas Engineering. 6.3 If the cast iron gas main is undermined or in the angle of repose but left in place as per EO-15447-B, Gas Engineering will schedule a leak survey with Gas Distribution Services, twice per week until paving (temporary or permanent) is complete. The completed job must be surveilled after paving, then a final surveillance shall be performed between three and six months thereafter. 6.4 Construction Management Field Inspectors and Gas Engineering personnel responsible for analysis and evaluation of cast iron mains near parallel trench construction, shall be retrained by The Learning Center annually. 7.0 PROTECTING CAST IRON FROM VIBRATIONS DUE TO HEAVY EQUIPMENT. IMPACT FORCES AND BLASTING When given notice, cast iron mains located within 200 ft of an area subject to blasting will be surveilled prior to blasting and the necessary repairs made. CI-280-2 "Notices of Intent to Excavate or Blast by Company or Others" shall be followed. The area shall be surveilled by Gas Distribution Services, daily until blasting is complete. Upon notification, cast iron mains within 200 feet of an area subject to impact forces or vibrations from heavy equipment which is operating continuously. NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 1 and 10 PAGE 4 Inspection and OF 8 Maintenance, PAGES G-11839-5 5/5/03 O&M Manual TITLE: REPLACEMENT AND MAINTENANCE OF CAST IRON PIPE LOCATED IN CONSTRUCTION d AREAS such as a pile driver, will be surveilled daily. These surveillances may be performed using a Flame lonization Unit (FIU). <»MiEdtson NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 1 and 10 PAGE 5 Inspection and OF 8 Maintenance, PAGES G-11839-5 5/5/03 O&M Manual TITLE; REPLACEMENT AND MAINTENANCE OF CAST IRON PIPE LOCATED IN CONSTRUCTION d AREAS * 8.0 REPORTING AND PAPER FLOW Construction Management Field Inspectors or Mark Out Vendors shall fill-out the Gas Line Clearance Report (Exhibit A) of the field construction site in accordance with Corporate Instruction 920. Upon completion of the Gas Line Clearance Report, the Gas Line Clearance Report shall be submitted to the Gas Engineering Interference Section. Construction Management Field Inspectors or Mark Out Vendors shall report Encroachment of Gas Cast Iron Mains to the Gas Engineering Interference Section during normal work hours and to the Gas Emergency Response Center during off-hours, weekends and holidays. The encroached cast iron .main shall be surveilled daily until the encroachment condition no longer exists. The Gas Engineering Interference shall evaluate the Gas Line Clearance Report to determine if an encroachment condition exists. If no encroachment exists, the Gas Line Clearance Report shall be kept in a separate file of all projects where no work is required. If an encroachment condition exists, the Gas Engineering Interference Section shall make a ruling on the length of main to be replaced. A layout shall be drawn by the Gas Engineering Interference Section detailing the replacement of the main and covering as a minimum the replacement length determined in the ruling. The layout shall be issued to the Area Gas Construction Section. Upon completion of the replacement by the Area Gas Construction Section, the Gas Construction Supervisor shall fill-out an Emergency One-Line Sketch of the work completed. The Gas Construction Supervisor must make sure the gas main replaced meets the layout criteria. The Gas Construction Supervisor shall fax the completed Emergency One- Line Sketch to the Gas Engineering Interference Section, Maps & Records and the Emergency Response Center. conEdlson NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 1 and 10 PAGE 6 Inspection and OF 8 Maintenance, PAGES 6-11839-5 5/5/03 O&M Manual TITLE: REPLACEMENT AND MAINTENANCE OF CAST IRON PIPE LOCATED IN CONSTRUCTION d AREAS * 8.0 REPORTING AND PAPER FLOW (Continued) • As an interim measure, the Emergency Response Center shall arrange for the termination of the surveillance if the encroachment job is completed and the main replacement meets the criteria of the layout. • The Gas Engineering Interference Section shall evaluate the completed Emergency One-Line Sketch to determine if the replacement of the Encroached Gas Cast Iron is satisfactory. The completed Encroachment layout, the associated Gas Line Clearance Report and Emergency One-Line Sketch shall be filed in one single folder distinct to that individual encroachment job. The records shall be retained for a minimum of three years. • Surveillance shall then be permanently discontinued once the encroachment condition no longer exists. • The Gas Distribution Services groups shall keep all surveillance sheets filed in their respective groups. The records shall be retained for a minimum of three years. 9.0 RECORD KEEPING FOR RETAINING CAST IRON MAINS 9.1 The Gas Engineering Interference Section shall keep a separate file of all projects where cast iron mains are left in place under Section 6.0 and EO-15447-B. The information to be kept includes: • Original job notification • Leak history both before and after evaluation. • All Cast Iron Main Information sheets and Gas Line Clearance Reports (See Exhibits A & B), • Estimated savings realized as a result of this procedure. 9.2 Records shall be retained for a minimum of three years. conidlson NUMBER DATE: VOLUME: 1 and 10 PAGE 7 Inspection and OF 8 Maintenance, PAGES G-11839-5 5/5/03 O&M Manual TITLE: REPLACEMENT AND MAINTENANCE OF CAST IRON PIPE LOCATED IN CONSTRUCTION t> AREAS EXHIBIT A UNDERGROUND ELECTRIC GAS & STEAM Cross Retgrenced m - GAS UNE CLEARANCE REPORT Report No. Cenlral CorelrucUon Q INOCAIE NORTH orOMsion ConrtnirtlQn InsniicHnn Br. Conlraetor CMdDQ DBadrlc Doas D Steam P.O. No. .vLayoutl. Q Construcdon Management Job Osscrip. or D Central Constnjclon J V J I PLAN rCRSUMJUBR' j CtOMMW ! CMSSSDOH \ FWVUH) - QYES • NO POOPfflTYCF D OOHBB Q BUQ UMSMNED 3»-on MORE • VK • NO WJWUJEDVVnMN ANQUOfBEPOSE SECTION D«s D NO uxsnnN tBEST« ^^ /tenwrwoi REuma 1 1 3 I'to»'«S•teC«Hw>Qi«M*iO»«>do S^w^sor. WM MtwbOin Mntnr. aa bsnartrig so-o pi 1 vas KmUfKMM conEctlson NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 1 and 10 PAGE 8 Inspection and OF 8 Maintenance, PAGES G-11839-5 5/5/03 O&M Manual TITLE: REPLACEMENT AP«) MAINTENANCE OF CAST IRON PIPE LOCATED IN CONSTRUCTION d AREAS EXHIBIT B CAST IRON MAIN INFORMATION SHEET (for parallel CI 8" or smaller within a 1 to 1 slope) Project: _ Contractor: Location: Gas Main Characteristics Diameter: Installation Date: Operating Pressure: Depth of Cover: Previous Repair History (by Engineering): Replace if 2 or more breaks have occurred with 500 feet Soil Soil Type: A B By: Boring data Penetrometer. Visual Depth of Water Table: ft Parallel Excavation Distance of Main from Excavation: Excavation Depth: ft. Excavation Width: Length and End points of Excavation included on this sheet: Excavation Support Sheeting left in place: .Yes .No Sheeting Material: . Timber. Metal. Boxes Sheeting Installation: Driven _ Installed Upon Completion of Excavation Please indicate (S) if any of the following conditions occurred: Gas main exposed/location: Replace exposed length plus twice trench depth. Excavation more than 12 inches beyond sheeting line/location: Indicate minimum distance from main to edge of trench, recheck table. Ground water infiltration/location: Replace main if within 1 to 1 slope. Large inward movement of sheeting at bottom of cut. Conspicuous surface depressions at distances greater than 3 ft. from edge of trench. Removal of sheeting without immediate backfilling. Equipment exceeding 30,000 lb. (8-9 cubic yard truck) placed within half the excavation depth from edge of sheeting line. Inspector/Date: '. Comments: Engineering Recommendation: Main Should be Replaced: Main Should not be Replaced: Signature/Date:. NUMBER: DATE: VOLUME: 1 and 10 PAGE 9 Inspection and OF 8 Maintenance, PAGES 6-11839-5 5/5/03 O&M Manual e-mm-os 1 (AjNHTnULIKJW M]^HBCCDMM CAHT HUH MAWB AT Vlim QQ^* *^! ^ HiEfMCfaiiin GTBT wmn HMB REVISIONS jmLaaauma /STmHTWWFW •mMCoar MON HMI wn sntoa nwnc nay r; wcpua asi mm mmwm nm. m mjarc am m • IUW rs » MCHES .«• BuflQgft ^^ • MWI • t MOO M «W10t UBl • m* a onooum mxmMO nm • uwom V^ium.to« tMoTmw i 8?" V s egoM. n M OMWIN INM x Mews con V»l^» IMMIM MyucnDir msw -r s iwntwiaun V - MMMM UMIN or CMTMM mmmr mmm tma nmm ^rMl— IMMIQ « nouefa. J|'>S^>S K INMM ON owoi tot uxwa> A V - •*• • V* v. - oamac Vnat QCM mac or -am. }> •r - laem tr am mm mm moot «ND MHMNO WKM CDim HWIlltf M IMUCR *0 UMB er aw ww Mimcen wac V - mtmcx mm mfar osi ^jr UNW. IMN MM TO Mnw or v •MWjwM! WM ig or em MON UN -PKNCH, W •UIIIW CT TMNCM. V - UNOM or ear MSM MM arasD -I x. ..IffltLSf,. ir - f ••• v • tr. (LM pgaL i CBtML • LflCMPBCDOM •na CMI MOM MM MM sim. on rutne attX n • MM s • moos a* MM *r V - iwi/tft MWtf V - WHACt ww M T - MTUCC awt r MIO* nmi vmt m MMM v-wvct r ARUO. M tan cua. M«Mtf V - rMUun aaR. COKNT «ND mm M V ~ BO ooi wvet. or MW. mSosxwroa aucr K MVCCIID w ct«a( ran flBwnwnaHfMHHawiwm TffifWMPmwnirMrmNtiw KPuet em naia MW ww-oiaa. o« mane omr» » MM a • MCWS CM PtmajiA • MM « CXNIHD <* UMWBMm. «. • » »» UMT i/> or em MON rMMMEm ua amm BWDCB MMNM V UMM « V MMN MOUC Or MPOSQ MM M tr - o» nor mm**. aaanoM i. nn incrKMWN KOT we ftammm or rsc eooe smxM atM. .n» MO .nr «r t* tt.y«ii.it MB ne wnm MD oraa oms etc * tm. K Mr an ow MOH mu. mo snoot JOMT otraos m «w MMOH WO tor mruea stva u ttna m A eeumu trmmo mmcc REPlACXMeiT AND MAIKTBMNCE x oat mm mas ttrosa swonoMir ran MT MMrotwct WNt TO H ronauDB 0N«mc MM&«aEDMar K mw*cm. OP CAST RON QA8 MAINS UCM MM OM TO A OBMS UJMAUUCIIOM fTQ3> «. vDmutt or em nrc ««cn flWWWBWii a foua VOUM:* KCTCM • WB« «rwcnid oo mt icwicc HGM nouur. MUXI MI MWCO CM mptms. CONS0UM0 EDISON COMPAW Con Edison Application For M29 Transmission Line STAFF OF THE DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC SERVICE INTERROGATORY/DOCUMENT REOUEST Request No.: DPS-48 Requested By: Edward Schrom Dale of Request: 9/12/06 Reply Date: 9/22/07 Subject: Rock breaking Specific Information Requested: What methods will be used to break rock in the following areas? Residential areas Commercial areas Industrial areas Working within the municipal or state permit stipulations for each area class, rock removal will use a variety of methods, as discussed in the Company's response to DPS- 45, Name of Person Preparing Response: Stephen Beccalori Date: 09/15/06 Exhibit 16 Exhibit 16 Case06-T-0710 Con Edison Application For M29 Transmission Line STAFF OF THE DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC SERVICE INTERROGATORY/DOCUMENT REOUEST Request No.: DPS-49 Requested By: Edward Schrom Date of Request: 9/12/06 Reply Date: 9/22/06 Subject: Steel Pipe Specifications Specific Information Requested: Provide the specifications for the steel pipe to be used for the electric cables Provide the technical specifications for the chill ring to connect the pipes Provide the technical specifications for the oil return pipe Provide the technical specifications for the welder and the welding electrodes. The requested specifications are: EO-9000 - steel pipe specification, including electric cable and oil return line (provided in Con Edison response to DPS-14). EO-5199-B - chill ring specification, attached below. G-1064/G-1065 - technical specifications for welders. The specification for the welding electrodes will be in accordance with G-1064, Section 8. These technical specifications are attached to Con Edison's response to DPS-17. • EO-5199-B.tif Name of Person Preparing Response: Kenneth Chu Date: 09/18/06 0 :-:•'-_ ;jW,s '-jSic (• _ flfVfZ. TOiP VCLDING PEWSIOMS U>%7SC AOOSD FLARE BEVEl. c.A.e.n '3-n-il 7 AUBCDAuoeosmce/isf rrs J.L.Ht-J3 ,: ATf f/llHC IHTV- ,i & 3-IP-75 tTTFR HMWONt B/3/03 l! DW& REVERTED TD REV fl. CHANGED SPACER SIZE TO 5/32' jjkj WJ.T. 7/13/05 1^ CW/U'/P/A/S , {SEE BELOW) \L/ -i^ 3' TO COATING ON PIPE 8'TO COATIHe ON PIPE ^TEEL PIPE FIAPED AND REVELED ENDS vnrDiA.-^ NOTES: i UATERIAL FOP CHILL RING SHALL B£ MILD '• CARBON STCCL MEETINC APiSL SPECiriCAT/ON FOR GRADE' A OR GRADE B P/RE. REMOVE ALL SHARP EDGES f ReouEcr/ws FROM CH/LL RING tP/PE. 5 PR/OR TOWELD/m ALKjA/ CHILL RINQ, SPUT IN TWELVE O'CLOCK P6S/r/OM NOMINAL DIMENSION PIPE SIZE 1.; IN INCHES IN INCHES 5 5.563^ 6 "«:;»« 8 ^^ 10 '^o^l f/f^ IS '"so^JI 51 14 '^5o!:gj| 4-^-^3- "E ••""is !*S -\~£ SUPERSEDES CT*£^.CQDPAWNGS 8AD-3/at.BAD-3=C TVPICAL CHILLJSING X£-iiear6Siit:<.i> P/P5 WITH rLARFD ENDS FOR CHILL R/K$ M£LP5 OA/ ELECTRIC CABLE PiPE CONSOLIDATED EDISON COMPANY OF N.Y., INC. aECTRICAL ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT TRArtSMJSSIOtl AND DISTRIBUTION BUREAU PORCH. AHD TSST MANUAL UO.£ DATE f.-4-49 secrioN «;_,_ Z*£0 - S/93-BREV. 10 HPfTYpe CABLE LAST REV. 7/15/05 fTW^r'/^isias^^a^^m scSta. g^i* 'y Exhibit 17 ExhibUJI Case06-T-0710 Con Edison Application For M29 Transmission Line STAFF OF THE DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC SERVICE INTERROGATORY/DOCUMENT REOUEST Request No.: DPS-50 Requested By: Edward Schrom Daite of Request: 9/12/06 Reply Date: 9/22/06 Subject: Cable Specific Information Requested: Provide the design specifications for the 2,000 and 2,500 kcmil cable. The purchase and test specification for the high-pressure fluid filled cables used on the Con Edison electric transmission system is in accordance with Specification EO-9, attached in Con Edison's response to DPS-14. Niime of Person Preparing Response: Kenneth Chu Date: 09/18/06 Exhibit 18 Exhibit 18 Case 06-T-0710 Con Edison Application For M29 Transmission Line STAFF OF THE DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC SERVICE INTERROGATORY/DOCUMENT REOUEST Request No.: DPS-51 Requested By: Edward Schrom Date of Request: 9/12/06 Reply Date: 9/22/06 Subject: Leaks Specific Information Requested: Provide a copy of Con Ed's leak procedures for 345kv cables. Please refer to attached Con Edison Engineering Instruction CE-TI-6257, Revision 10 (August 2006), entitled "Procedure for the Detection and Location of Dielectric Fluid and Gas Leaks on 69,138 and 345 kV High Pressure Pipe-Type Cable Feeders and Associated Pipelines." Name of Person Preparing Response: Vemon Schaefer Date: 09/13/06 CONSOLIDATED EDISON COMPANY OF NEW YORK, INC. 4 IRVING PLACE NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10003 ENGINEERING INSTRUCTION CE-TI-6257 PROCEDURE FOR THE DETECTION AND LOCATION OF DIELECTRIC FLUID AND GAS LEAKS ON 69,138 AND 345KV HIGH PRESSURE PIPE-TYPE CABLE FEEDERS AND ASSOCIATED PIPELINES REVISION 10 AUGUST, 2006 Prepared By: Dipti K Ghosh. 8/9/06 Name / Date Concurrence By: RUPERT FOSTER 8/9/06 Section Manager / Date Approved By: REZA GHAFURIAN, 8/9/06 Section Manager / Date Page 1 of 13 Paper copies of the Engineering Operations Manual are uncontrolled and therefore may be outdated. Please verify that you have the current version prior to use by viewing the Central Engineering website (http://cenq/). ENGINEERING INSTRUCTION CE-TI-6257 PROCEDURE FOR THE DETECTION AND LOCATION OFDIELECTRIC FLUID AND GAS LEAKS ON 69,138 AND 345KV HIGH PRESSURE PIPE-TYPE CABLE FEEDERS AND ASSOCIATED PIPELINES AUGUST, 2006 1.0 SCOPE 1.1 This procedure describes the composition and various functions and responsibilities of the Dielectric Fluid Leak Committee. Also outlined are General Guidelines to be followed in the event a leak develops on 69, 138 and 345kV high-pressure dielectric fluid or gas filled pipe-type cable feeders or associated pipelines. 1.2 The Dielectric Fluid Leak Committee may alter the guidelines to suit field conditions. 2.0 TEST EQUIPMENT, SPECIALTY TOOLS AND SUPPLIES 2.1 Thermal Probes 2.2 PerFluorocarbon Tracer (PFT) 2.3 Liquid Nitrogen Tanker 2.4 Soap or "Leak-Tech" 2.5 Liquid Flow Meters 3.0 PRECAUTIONS 3.1 Leaks are to be reported as per guidelines established within the Corporate Environmental Procedures and all applicable department procedures. 4.0 PREREQUISITES 4.1 Leaks are determined by the following methods: 4.1.1 USi Leak Detection System Alarm (LDS) 4.1.2 MAC Leak Warning System 4.1.3 Pressurizing Plant tank level discrepancy 4.1.4 Excessive nitrogen usage in pressurizing plants 4.1.5 Loss of feeder pressure or inability to maintain feeder pressure 4.1.6 Flow meter readings/trending • 4.1.7 Excessive pump activity 4.1.8 Visual dielectric fluid surfacing or flow form feeder or facility 4.1.9 Pressure drop test 5.0 INSTRUCTION 5.1 Dielectric Fluid Leak Committee 5.1.1 To facilitate coordination among all parties involved and location of feeder leaks, a committee has been formed with personnel from Transmission Feeders Page 2 of 13 Paper copies of the Engineering Operations Manual are uncontrolled and therefore may be outdated. Please verify that you have the current version prior to use by viewing the Central Engineering website (http://cenqA. ENGINEERING INSTRUCTION CE-TI-6257 PROCEDURE FOR THE DETECTION AND LOCATION OFDIELECTRIC FLUID AND GAS LEAKS ON 69,138 AND 345KV HIGH PRESSURE PIPE-TYPE CABLE FEEDERS AND ASSOCIATED PIPELINES AUGUST, 2006 Engineering (TFE), Transmission Operations (TO), Substation Operations (SSO), System Operations (SO), Gas Operations (Corrosion) and Environment. Health and Safety (EH&S) Laboratory (ChemLab) as the primary participants. Supplemental participants are EH&S Environmental Response Team (ERT) Central Field Services, Distribution Operations, Purchasing and any other department required by the Leak Committee Chairperson. These individuals report to the Chairperson of the Committee. 5.1.2 The General Manager, Substation Operations - Manhattan, is responsible for the oversight of the Committee. 5.1.3 The Committee is responsible for its actions to the System Operations Chairperson. 5.1.4 Corporate Instruction, CI-260-6-6 latest revision, provides guidelines for the functioning of the Dielectric Fluid Leak Committee. 5.1.5 7776 SSO procedure 0900-19 provides a roster of Committee members and additional leak detection/location instructions. 5.1.6 The duties of the Committee are as follows: a. Acquire all data for analysis to determine if a leak exists. This data consists primarily of SSO records and charts that indicate increasing usage of dielectric fluid or gas on the feeder. The SSO representative will supply this information and initiate the leak investigation by informing the Chairperson of the Dielectric Fluid Leak Committee. b. The Committee representatives will convene via a conference call to review all data and concur or disagree with the SSO representative's findings. The TFE representative will initiate the conference call by dialing the established telephone number during normal business hours. The SSO representative will dial the established number during non- business hours. CI-260-6 indicates that "the Chairperson shall designate a recording secretary who will provide administrative support to the Committee and will maintain documents of all Committee actions'. If a leak Is declared by the Committee, the Leak Detection methods outlined in paragraph 5.3 are to be followed for dielectric fluid leaks and paragraph 6.4 for gas leaks. (1) If a leak is declared by the Committee, the Leak Detection methods outlined in Paragraph 5.3 are to be followed for dielectric fluid leaks and Paragraph 6.4 for gas leaks. (2) If a leak cannot be confirmed through installed leak detection instrumentation, the leak committee must either: D Declare a WATCH - A heightened state of awareness when available data suggests the potential for the loss of dielectric fluid, but such data is either insufficient or not supported by other available information. D Take no further action - after leak committee review, a leak is no longer suspected. "" Page 3 of 13 Paper copies of the Engineering Operations Manual are uncontrolled and therefore may be outdated. Please verify that you have the current version prior to use by viewing the Central Engineering website (http://cenq/). ENGINEERING INSTRUCTION CE-TI-6257 PROCEDURE FOR THE DETECTION AND LOCATION OFDIELECTRIC FLUID AND GAS LEAKS ON 69,138 AND 345KV HIGH PRESSURE PIPE-TYPE CABLE FEEDERS AND ASSOCIATED PIPELINES AUGUST, 2006 c. The Corrosion Control Representative (Gas Operations) of the Committee shall examine the leak location and determine the cause of the leak. In addition to the reporting requirements of the Dielectric Fluid Leak Committee, a copy of the Corrosion Control Report will be forwarded to the Transmission Feeders Engineering Manager. d. The TO representative will arrange for photos to be taken of the leak location. e. When required, TO personnel will honor Inter-department Work Requests (IWR) in connection with leak search in substation areas. f. Upon completion of leak repairs, a leak search review report (critique) shall be issued to all Committee members by the Recording Secretary for dissemination within operating organizations. g. TFE is responsible for updating the feeder route maps after each leak search to reflect new freeze and probe pits. h. Ensure that the Central Information Group (CIG) and Environmental Response Team (ERT) are updated and make the required notifications. NOTE If a WATCH has been declared, CMS notifications shall specifically note that a WATCH has been declared and that no leak has been confirmed as of that time. 5.1.7 In response to the declaration of a WATCH, responsible organizations shall take steps to heighten their awareness to the situation and the possible declaration of a leak as follows: a. Substation Operations: Review all available leak trend data sources to determine if a leak can be confirmed and take steps to acquire additional data and/or perform inspections/checks as directed by the Leak Committee (install flow meters etc). Both short-term and long-term that reviews shall be conducted, including input from USI as appropriate. b. Transmission Operations: Review past leak history on suspected equipment to identify likely leak locations. Confirm records of previous feeder tagging with PFT, as applicable. Ensure Company manpower, materials, and contract forces are ready to support leak search and repair activities. Take steps to acquire additional data and/or perform inspections/checks (e.g. PFT patrol) as directed by the Leak Committee. c. System Operation: Configure system to support possible loss or derating of suspected equipment. Review planned equipment outages that would conflict with the possible removal/derate of the suspected equipment consider whether to delay, cancel or recall the. Support leak identification activities as directed by the Leak Committee. d. ChemLab: Ensure PFT vans and drivers are available to conduct leak search activities. Check availability of PFT to support possible injection in support of leak locations. Support leak identification activities as directed by the Leak Committee. Page 4 of 13 Paper copies of the Engineering Operations Manual are uncontrolled and therefore may be outdated. Piease verify that you have the current version prior to use by viewing the Central Engineering website (http://cenqrt. ENGINEERING INSTRUCTION CE-TI-6257 PROCEDURE FOR THE DETECTION AND LOCATION OFDIELECTRIC FLUID AND GAS LEAKS ON 69,138 AND 345KV HIGH PRESSURE PIPE-TYPE CABLE FEEDERS AND ASSOCIATED PIPELINES AUGUST, 2006 e. Gas/Corrosion Control: Check feeder routing to confirm passage thought tunnels and mains (tunnels are solely a Gas responsibility). Support leak identification activities as directed by the Leak Committee. f. Engineering: Review feeder tagging and be prepared to complete PPT tagging calculations in the event tagging of suspected feeder is required. Support leak identification activities as directed by the Leak Committee. g. Environment Response Team (ERT): Support E2MIS, and other required notifications in support of Jeak confirmation process. Ensure that event is characterized as a J/VATCH and that no leak has been confirmed as of that time. Support leak identification activities as directed by the Leak Committee. h. Central Information Group (CIG): Make notifications, as required, of the WATCH declared on the suspected equipment. Ensure that event is characterized as a WATCH and that no leak has been confirmed as of that time. Support leak identification activities as directed by the Leak Committee. 5.2 Leak Detection Of Dielectric Fluid Or Gas 5.2.1 SSO personnel shall analyze daily the pressure charts and tank readings of dielectric fluid feeders and record fluid pressure chart activity and tank volume level deviations. Tank levels are to be entered twice daily into the Maximo database (approximately 0900 and 2100 hours). Maximo compares the current 0900 readings with the previous days 0900 readings as well as the current 2100 readings with the previous days 2100 readings and records the difference. A 200-gallon discrepancy is alarmed to the Substation Operator. Similarly, the gas usage in cubic feet of gas filled feeders shall be analyzed weekly and consumption deviations and chart activity noted. Before initiating a leak investigation, SSO personnel shall investigate to see if the unreckoned fluid or gas can be accounted for by transfers to another feeder or pressurization plant storage tank, venting, relief system operation, passing valve, draining or system reduction of load or sudden change in ambient temperature. If a trend indicates a possible leak, the Leak Committee should convene and review the data. 5.2.2 When the Committee declares that a leak exists, all necessary personnel shall be assigned to cover the leak search on a continuous basis until the leak is found and repaired. In addition to using these company forces, the Dielectric Fluid Leak Committee, under the direction of the Chairperson, has the authority to mobilize all necessary company and contractor resources to assist in leak search efforts. TO shall replenish dielectric fluid as necessary, install and monitor thermocouple probes and flowmeters in field sites, install freezes, inject PFT and provide all field collected data to the Committee. EH&S ChemLab shall patrol the feeder route and sample the ambient air for the presence of PFT. SSO shall install and monitor flowmeters in pressurization plants and perform pressure drop tests as required. A decline in feeder pressure below the pressurization plant's pump start setting or excessive fluid or gas losses that cannot be replaced shall be considered an emergency and grounds for removing the feeder from service immediately. Page 5 of 13 Paper copies of the Engineering Operations Manual are uncontrolied and therefore may be outdated. Please verify that you have the current version prior to use by viewing the Central Engineering website (http://ceng/). E-NGINEERING INSTRUCTION CE-TI-6257 PROCEDURE FOR THE DETECTION AND LOCATION OFDIELECTRIC FLUID AND GAS LEAKS ON 69,138 AND 345KV HIGH PRESSURE PIPE-TYPE CABLE FEEDERS AND ASSOCIATED PIPELINES AUGUST, 2006 NOTE Generally, a pressure drop test will be conducted for 15 minutes. With the crossover valve closed at the remote end (where applicable) and the automatic backup valve closed (where applicable) and with all circulation plants shut down, the normal relief valve should be closed and feeder pump placed in "Hand" or "Manual" for two minutes to "pack" the feeder. An isolation valve should then be closed "trapping" the feeder but allowing the feeder pressure to be monitored on the chart recorder. During the pressure drop test, the pressurizing plant must be attended. The Substation Operator will record the pressure drop over the 15 minutes. If there is very little change in pressure, an additional 15 minutes of data may be recorded. If, during the drop test, the pressure falls to at or below the normal pump start, the pump should be placed in "Hand" or "Manuarimmediately and the isolation valve opened. The results of the pressure drop test should be reported to the SSO representative at the Energy Control Center who will pass the results on to the Leak Committee. NOTE Feeders are to be removed from service either as a Category I - where the feeder is in eminent danger of failure or Category II - where the feeder may remain in service until system conditions permit its removal. The Leak Committee shall determine which category to request unless SSO deems it necessary to act immediately based on field reports or data observed over the USi Leak Detection System or MAC dial up system. 5.3 Dielectric Fluid Leak Location 5.3.1 In the event a dielectric fluid leak is corroborated/suspected by the Committee, the following procedure will be followed in order to locate the leak: NOTE Mobilization of required forces should begin immediately after the Committee has determined or suspect the existence of a dielectric fluid leak into the environment. Immediately notify CIG and follow-up with an e2MIS report per CEP 10.01 Release Reporting. 5.3.2 SSO personnel are to install flowmeters in the pressurization plants associated with the feeder. 5.3.3 TO personnel and/or other company organizations and personnel as requested by the Dielectric Fluid Leak Committee, will make the first response to a leak by conducting a visual inspection of all accessible areas including opening all associated manholes along the entire run from termination to termination. In the event that additional personnel are required to inspect subsurface structures, the applicable customer service area is to be notified. All service boxes, sewers, terminals, telephone and cable company facilities must be inspected. During leak location investigations, personnel will periodically conduct feeder and feeder manhole inspections as indicated by the Committee. 5.3.4 Multiple crews will be utilized during the initial visual inspections. Subsequent re- inspections will be at the discretion of the Leak Committee. Page 6 of 13 Paper copies of the Engineering Operations Manual are uncontrolled and therefore may be outdated. Please verify that you have the current version prior to use by viewing the Central Engineering website (httoJIcenat). E-NGINEERING INSTRUCTION CE-TI-6257 PROCEDURE FOR THE DETECTION AND LOCATION OFDIELECTRIC FLUID AND GAS LEAKS ON 69,138 AND 345KV HIGH PRESSURE PIPE-TYPE CABLE FEEDERS AND ASSOCIATED PIPELINES AUGUST, 2006 5.3.5 SSO personnel will perform pressure drop tests of all three-inch pressurization pipelines. The Leak Committee will determine if the five-inch circulation return pipelines and the feeder are to be tested. All cooling plants are to be shut down and isolated during the pressure drop tests. As determined by the Leak Committee, sufficient time must be allowed prior to performing pressure drop tests on the five inch circulation return pipelines and the feeder to allow cooling of the feeder. Note; When performing a pressure drop test during periods'Of warm weather on a feeder or pipeline connected to an air-cooled circulation plant, the plant should be isolated during the test. This will prevent thermal expansion from affecting the drop test. The circulation plant "trapped" pressure MUST be monitored during this period to avoid overexpansion and bursting of a rupture disc. If the pressure in the circulating plant rises to 50 psig above normal discharge pressure, the isolation valves must be reopened immediately. If over-pressurization of a circulating plant is evident due to high ambient temperatures, then, after the plant has been isolated, bleed off dielectric fluid to 50 psig below normal suction pressure prior to beginning the pressure drop test. 5.3.6 Simultaneously, while performing steps 5.3.1 thru 5.3.5 above, find the mode of operation of the feeder on the attachment and implement the applicable steps outlined on the attachment: a. Leak Strategy For Static Pressure Feeders b. Leak Strategy For Feeders On Slow Circulation c. Leak Strategy For Feeders On Rapid Circulation Note; SSO representative will notify the Committee as to the status of the feeder: Static Pressure Slow Circulation Rapid Circulation - including number of on line circulation plants 6.0 METHODS 6.1 PFT Method 6.1.1 To employ the PFT leak location method, dielectric fluid tagged with PFT liquid is injected into the feeder if it has not been tagged already. Transmission Feeders Engineering and Transmission Operations shall determine the amount of PFT to add and the estimated duration of the injection period. Once the tracer gas has been distributed throughout the cable circuit, a search is begun by taking PFT-in- air measurements along the feeder route utilizing multiple PFT detection vans simultaneously. If there is a need to investigate multiple leaks on the same feeder simultaneously, vans are deployed accordingly. Manhole covers without holes are to be cracked open in order to obtain an air sample. After identifying a general area, within a few blocks, the suspect area will be barholed. The highest concentration of PFT escaping from a barhole pinpoints the location of the leak. Where the van cannot be used, capillary absorption tubes (CATS) are installed along the feeder run. CATS are later analyzed for PFT concentration and identification of leak area. If needed, barholing will be used to pinpoint the location. When the leak location has been pinpointed, the location is dug by hand _ Page 7 of 13 Paper copies of the Engineering Operations Manual are uncontrolled and therefore may be outdated. Please verify that you have the current version prior to use by viewing the Central Engineering website (http://cenq/). ENGINEERING INSTRUCTION CE-TI-6257 PROCEDURE FOR THE DETECTION AND LOCATION OFDIELECTRIC FLUID AND GAS LEAKS ON 69,138 AND 345KV HIGH PRESSURE PIPE-TYPE CABLE FEEDERS AND ASSOCIATED PIPELINES AUGUST, 2006 until the leak is uncovered. A temporary clamp is installed until such time that a permanent clamp can be installed. 6.2 Thermo Probe Method Note: The feeder must be out of service and de-energized before using thermo probes. 6.2.1 Thermo probes locate the leak section by identifying the direction of dielectric fluid flow towards the leak. Leak rates >15 GPH can be successfully located by this method. Leaks <15GPH cannot be detected with probes. 6.2.2 The location of the leak is accomplished by inserting the thermo probe into the feeder pipeline through a Sav-A-Valve, which is installed by TO personnel. An X- Ray of the feeder pipeline is required first in order to ascertain that the feeder cable is not in the way of where the thermo probe is being inserted. When the leak location has been narrowed down to one hundred feet, the location is dug by hand until the leak is uncovered. A temporary clamp is installed to control the leak until such time that a permanent clamp can be installed. Note: Flexible thermo probes are permanently installed at the following manhole locations and should be utilized initially during a leak search if the criteria in Paragraph 6.2.1 are met: a) Feeders 61 and 63: MH16168, MH64800 and MH71303 b) Feeder 62: MH16170, MH64820 and MH71375 c) Feeder M52: MH31137 and MH61734 d) Feeder Y50: MH10808. MH10815 and MH1 Note: Although a leak rate of more than 15 GPH is needed for successful use of thermo probes, the Leak Committee must consider the environmental effects of a high leak rate. If the leak rate exceeds 20 GPH, the Committee should consider requesting the feeder be de-energized and placed on reduced pressure. " 6.3 Freeze Method ! Note: The feeder must be out of service and de-energized before using freezes. 6.3.1 During leak location efforts, the initial freeze pit shall be dug, and while the freeze is being established, two additional freeze pits, one on either side of the first about halfway along the length of the feeder, shall be dug and prepared. Where available, permanent freeze pits should be used/prepared (installation of freeze jackets) as directed by the Leak Committee. Freezes hydraulically divide the feeder into two sections. A pressure drop test can then determine which side of the freeze the leak is on. When performing a pressure drop test, consider the precaution noted after paragraph 5.3.5 referencing cooling plants. A freeze from its initial start of digging to establishing the freeze may take up to two days. 6.3.2 If there is no history of leaks on the feeder, the general rule to follow is to halve the length of the feeder and determine which section the leak is oh. The section identified is to be halved and so on until the identified leak section is narrowed down to approximately one hundred feet. The last one hundred feet is dug by Page 8 of 13 ~^ Paper copies of the Engineering Operations Manual are uncontrolled and therefore may be outdated. Please verify that you have the current version prior to use by viewing the Central Engineering website (http://ceng/). ENGINEERING INSTRUCTION CE-TI-6257 PROCEDURE FOR THE DETECTION AND LOCATION OFDIELECTRIC FLUID AND GAS LEAKS ON 69,138 AND 345KV HIGH PRESSURE PIPE-TYPE CABLE FEEDERS AND ASSOCIATED PIPELINES AUGUST, 2006 hand until the leak is uncovered. A temporary clamp is installed to control the leak until such time that a permanent clamp can be installed. Note: Where available, Full Stop Joints to sectionalize the feeder shall be used prior to freezes. Note: If the history of a feeder indicates there has been previous leaks, the Committee will review this data to possibly reduce the leak search time by moving the leak search point to a location, which most probably will reduce the leak section to a distance much less than the general rule of halving the feeder. 6.4 Gas Leak Location 6.4.1 In the event a gas leak Is corroborated by the Committee, the following procedure will be followed in order to locate the leak: a. Patrol the feeder for audible leaks and soap test accessible pipe welds and fittings. b. Inspect all accessible locations along the entire feeder run from termination to termination. c. Remove feeder from service and soap test all terminations and above termination platform fittings and welds. d. Barhole feeder every 10 feet in selected areas breaking the permanent pavement. Keep barholes plugged until ready to use helium tracer gas detector, logging results at each barhole. e. Introduce helium traced gas at end of the feeder through a regulator set 25 psig higher than line pressure. Purge gas from the other end of the feeder maintaining normal pressure until helium tracer gas can be detected at purge point. f. Close purging valve upon detection of helium tracer gas. g. The helium tracer gas and its proportions shall be determined by the Transmission Feeders Engineering Manager or representative. h. Continuously scan barholes and manholes with helium tracer gas detector starting from the end of the feeder where helium tracer gas was introduced. Log results found at each location. i. When helium tracer gas indications are found in barholes, dig for leak. 7.0 EXHIBIT 7.1 Leak Strategy For Static Pressure Feeders 7.2 Leak Strategy For Feeders On Slow Circulation 7.3 Leak Strategy For Feeders On Rapid Circulation Page 9 of 13 Paper copies of the Engineering Operations Manual are uncontrolled and therefore may be outdated. Please verify that you have the current version prior to use by viewing the Central Engineering website (http://ceng/). ENGINEERING INSTRUCTION CE-TI-6257 PROCEDURE FOR THE DETECTION AND LOCATION OFDIELECTRIC FLUID AND GAS LEAKS ON 69,138 AND 345KV HIGH PRESSURE PIPE-TYPE CABLE FEEDERS AND ASSOCIATED PIPELINES AUGUST, 2006 8.0 REFERENCES 8.1 Corporate Instruction CI-260-6 8.2 SSO Procedure 0900-19 I Page 10 of 13 Paper copies of the Engineering Operations Manual are uncontrolled and therefore may be outdated. Please verify that you have the current version prior to use by viewing the Central Engineering website (httpJIcenal). (ENGINEERING INSTRUCTION CE-TI-6257 PROCEDURE FOR THE DETECTION AND LOCATION OFDIELECTRIC FLUID AND GAS LEAKS ON 69,138 AND 345KV HIGH PRESSURE PIPE-TYPE CABLE FEEDERS AND ASSOCIATED PIPELINES AUGUST, 2006 EXHIBIT A LFAK STRATtCY FOR STATIC PMSSDRT TWKDIKS LtikiiHpccloJtliwwghtiwiflTjgliaklBv^OowoiBtef irartingn Icik deiectioii ^rueni. Pnfiim dwp ttedo tp ncrify. CbBdc Feedtr namlinto; djmiboiton nanlKde*, v»lv8 pttt, ctatxng miinhnlct Mndoatayr'fffiiiiflm fkntt, nbwayt, tunntl^ itmtit,ywdtt,Tdoo i Gtbm WMBtf POflgB CnotOg/L Pnpwe n? i iuLuumod f^^pHMinMam tft CWUHrtB WBB8 md whore to ts^ ftodw* •I Pttj^iocjerwote !<• PxisbA and Q3CCSV81I ' new probe piti . Eftsbllsh fieczo ptal Freeze sod cxcsvstc new fieescc pits. Evahatediop teinlti cbedc/Oow meter remits. Initallflow meter Excavate when leak is widma 100 ft. sectioii. Apply tefflprany claii^> Badwle and pispomt Evaluate flow then pennatiftwf repairs teak location MBlBf IttuBi RevUe feeder lootc drawings jae. to inelnde new &ceie/probc pas, a appueaoi^. 1 l 11 *8etuovc feoder from service If icducedpresanievKir rrr IIIHT' " •'"' ** " -—"-'' -«*>«'« raye i i ui u Paper copies of the Engineering Operations Manual are uncontrolled and therefore may be outdated. Please verify that you have the current version prior to use by viewing the Central Engineering website (http://cenq/). IENGINEERING INSTRUCTION CE-TI-6257 PROCEDURE FOR THE DETECTION AND LOCATION OFDIELECTRIC FLUID AND GAS LEAKS ON 69,138 AND 345KV HIGH PRESSURE PIPE-TYPE CABLE FEEDERS AND ASSOCIATED PIPELINES AUGUST, 2006 EXHIBIT B VfAK STRATKCY TOR CTEDIUS ON SLOW ORCOLATIOW LenkmpaciBd tloattghtiBadini wdc levd.llow axterRadiiv, leakdctectkmfyjjBin. Feeder madioks, distiSiationinaiiliola, nlve phi, ckaMot ifMnhflly*. tTTr1*1*?^?. pnuuil^iuit plmti*, nibwfyi^ ttmifflii aewea, viola, Tdco A c^leboxet, bridge erortagL OOM cnmovor valve, and pafonn dn^ nTanln MB Pnpare FPT nixiiBc. Ope&'Ctostove^vahf^L' | Panol feeder jroute[^" Rettabliib elow coo.' Bsrfaolenulpiivaim Yea PFT leaklocsilaB No No ^ App}y leinKiiiiy claiuy Cktae ODfadver valve end tfifn pemm it icpm place fteder on amh; pnennxe .> r Refer » LEAK STRATEGY FOR STATIC PRESSURE FEEDERS begmnmg witb "b kA > IS OFH * Leak Cosunittee to detexmine whether or not to tag feeder baaed 08 length of tune to lag feeder "•if Page 12 of 13 Paper copies of the Engineering Operations Manual are uncontrolled and therefore may be outdated. Please verify that you have the current version prior to use by viewing the Central Engineering website (http://cenq/). ENGINEERING INSTRUCTION CE-TI-6257 PROCEDURE FOR THE DETECTION AND LOCATION OFDIELECTRIC FLUID AND GAS LEAKS ON 69,138 AND 345KV HIGH PRESSURE PIPE-TYPE CABLE FEEDERS AND ASSOCIATED PIPELINES AUGUST, 2006 EXHIBIT C t^Alj; STRATEGY FOR J13DHRS ON RAPID CIRCTLATION Leak Euspectsd throogh tRndiqg tink levtl, flow meter leadiBgi, leak dettctioajyttem. PerformI Aopcheda to vaifr. Check: Fffd^r nniii>inV« (titttftmrinn iMnTmliT valw pW dpjm^wt narnhnlet, teiiniinls,p« No PHMJEB JbTi' inixture, Paizol feeder route tag feeder sodciic. lilies Barhole and pinpoint leak location Apptjr tonpoiBf damp- Shut down PURS rants/ cuvulaliug plants and place feeder on static piessiue Btfer to LEAK STRATEGY FOR STATIC PRESSURE FEEDERS Page 13 of 13 Paper copies of the Engineering Operations Manual are uncontrolled and therefore may be outdated. Please verify that you have the current version prior to use by viewing the Central Engineering website (http://ceng/). Exhibit 19 Exhibitl9 Case 06-T-0710 Con Edison Application For M29 Transmission Line STAFF OF THE DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC SERVICE INTERROGATORY/DOCUMENT REOUEST Request No.: DPS-52 Requested By: Edward Schrom Date of Request: 9/12/06 Reply Date: 9/22/06 Subject: Oil Monitoring Specific Information Requested: Provide a copy of Con Ed's technical design specifications for monitoring oil pressure and dielectric fluid levels. Provide a copy of the leak committee responsibilities. Please refer to the attached Con Edison "General Purchase Specification for Pressurization Plants for High Pressure Dielectric Fluid Filled Pipe-Type Cable Feeders. See, in particular. Section 23.00 regarding monitoring oil pressure and dielectric fluid levels. Please refer to the attached Con Edison Corporate Instruction CI-260-6, dated July 17, 2003, establishing and providing guidelines for Con Edison's Dielectric Fluid Leak Committee. Name of Person Preparing Response: Vemon Schaefer/Kenneth Chu Date: 09/13/06 Consolidated Edison Company of New York, Inc. 4 Irving Place, New York, N.Y. 10003 conEdison Purchase and Test Specification Page 1 Manual No.: 6, Section No.: 16 EO-6231-4 June, 2004 GENERAL PURCHASE SPECIFICATION FOR PRESSURIZATION PLANTS FOR HIGH PRESSURE DIELECTRIC FLUID FILLED PIPE - TYPE CABLE FEEDERS SCOPE 1.0 This specification covers the design, fabrication and delivery of a dielectric fluid pressurization plant, herein after referred to as "Plant". The organization designated to complete all aspects of this specification will herein be referred to as "Seller". The primary purpose of the Plant is to maintain dielectric fluid at a nominal pressure of 200 psig in the pipe - type cable system. STANDARDS 2.00 The Plant shall adhere to the latest applicable codes and standards including the New York City Rules and Regulations Title 3 Fire Department Chapter 21. The Seller shall be ISO-9000-2000 qualified. 3.00 The Seller shall be responsible for scheduling and obtaining permits for the transportation of the Plant to the job site. Con Edison will offload the Plant onto the foundation. HOUSING 4.00 The housing shall be a weatherproof enclosure consisting of a four inch thick thermally insulated sandwich type panel. The panels shall consist of RIM (reaction injection molded) injected urethane sandwiched between 0.040 inch thick, non-corrugated aluminum sheets. The exterior shall be textured non-glare aluminum panels. All construction material shall be non-combustible, having at a minimum a three-hour resistance rating. The foam shall be rated in accordance with U.L., Inc. #R8080 (N)Uil. 723 (ASTM-84). Page 2 EO-6231-4 June, 2004 5.00 The roof shall be capable of supporting a live load of 40 pounds per square foot. The walls shall be capable of supporting the full load of the roof and a wind load of 30 pounds per square foot. 6.00 The roof shall be self-supporting and be pitched away from the Plant's door at a degree of 1/4" per foot. The roof shall have a standing seam cap. 7.00 There shall be no penetrations through the roof. 8.00 The Plant shall be designed for installation on a concrete pad foundation. The Plant shall be shimmed and then grouted with Master Builder 713 non-shrink grout by Con Edison. 9.00 A removable plate within the floor shall be provided to allow for access for personnel and equipment to enter the moat. The underside of the floor and structural members below the floor shall be painted in accordance with Con Edison Specification SE/CE9910 Rev. 0. The steel floor plate shall be a minimum 1/4" thick and shall be capable of withstanding a live load of 75 pounds per square foot with a deflection of no greater than 1/8". The steel floor shall have a raised pattern with an abrasive non-slip surface that will not be chemically affected by the dielectric fluid. 10.00 The Plant shall contain two moats made of 1/4" thick carbon steel plate. The floor of the moat shall be stainless steel. All joints shall be continuous full penetration butt welds or fillet welds which are welded on both sides. Stitch welding is not permitted. The first moat shall enclose the tank and be capable of containing 150% of the tank's volume. The second moat shall be below the remainder of the Plant's equipment and capable of containing a dielectric fluid leak. The minimum wall height is six inches. This second moat shall have a common wall with the first moat. The Plant's entrance door shall be so designed that its bottom is even with the top of the second moat wall. 11.00 The construction of the building shall be designed to prevent galvanic corrosion between dissimilar metals. The enclosure shall be assembled using stainless steel screws. Page 3 EO-6231-4 June, 2004 12.00 Access to the Plant shall consist of a hinged door that opens to the outside. The door shall be a minimum of three feet wide and six feet six inches high. The door shall be provided with a positive-acting latch with cylinder lock. The door shall be equipped with a crash- bar device which will permit rapid egress from the Plant. The door will be provided with a screened, adjustable air vent, approx. 12 inch x 12 inch and located approx. six inches from the base of the door. The door shall be made weather-tight by the inclusion of protected, compressed gaskets on the door opening. A drip trough shall be mounted over the door. The door shall have a latching mechanism for keeping the door open. 13.00 The minimum ceiling height from the floor to the ceiling shall be 8'6". 14.00 An electric heating system shall be provided to maintain a minimum temperature of 650F inside the Plant when the outside ambient temperature is 0oF. The electric heating system shall be automatically controlled by adjustable thermostats. Unit heaters shall be used for the heating system. 15.00 The Plant shall be provided with an induced draft type ventilating system having a minimum capacity of 1,100 CFM to limit the temperature rise to 100oF when the outside ambient air temperature is 950F. The maximum temperature in the Plant shall be 105oF. The ventilation system shall be controlled by a remote adjustable thermostat. The ventilation opening shall have storm-proof combination fixed and adjustable motor operated louvers. Each ventilating opening shall have a removable insect screen. A standard toggle switch with a non-lockable weatherproof cover for manual operation of the exhaust fan shall be located outside of the plant near the entrance door. 16.00 The vent system shall be designed to shut down when a fire is detected. 17.00 Approved equipment manufacturers: Heaters: Q-Mark, Trane Fans : Trane, Dayton Louvers: Arrow Louvers and Damper Corp., Hugh Richards, Inc. Page 4 EO-6231-4 June, 2004 18.00 The Plant's control skid shall contain an air conditioning unit capable of cooling only the control panel when the maximum ambient temperature inside the control skid building will be 980F. 19.00 The Seller shall install a commercial grade dehumidifier that is capable of removing 25 pints of moisture per 24 hours at 80oF and 60% relative humidity. The unit will have a built-in adjustable humidistat. The unit will be hard wired into the Plant's electrical system and locked in place to secure against theft. The unit will only be used when the ventilation system is off. The moisture removed by the dehumidifier shall be carried outside the Plant through suitable pipe or tubing. Acceptable manufacturers are General Electric, Friedrich and Westinghouse. FIRK PROTECTION 20.00 Two hand held fire extinguishers with mounting equipment shall be provided and installed by the Seller. One shall be Amerex, Badger, Buckeye or Kidde manufacturer C02 type, 15 lb. size mounted inside the Plant enclosure and the other shall be Amerex manufacturer dry chemical, BC rated, 2 0 lb. size mounted outside the enclosure. 21.00 The Plant shall contain a smoke detector manufactured by Pyrotronics Type DU-3C, 110VAC input, relay output. CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION 22.00 The alarm panel shall be a SACO Controls manufacture consisting of 32 Alarm Windows with LED indicator and 3 pushbuttons for Test, Acknowledge and Reset. 23.00 The Plant shall be controlled by a Programmable Logic Controller (PLC) manufactured by General Electric Fanuc Model 90-30 with an ethernet connection. The PLC is to control the operation, handle all annunciator functions and provide remote monitoring of the Plant as follows: 23.10 Starts Pump No. 1 and/or Pump No. 2 at 170 psig-260 psig. 23.20 Stops Pump No. 1 and/or Pump No. 2 after 5 minutes. 23.30 Sends a category alarm to the station control room if: Page 5 EO-6231-4 June, 2004 23.31 Pressure in System 1 and/or System 2 drops below 165-230 psig. Or rises above 280-340 psig. 23.32 The dielectric fluid level in the storage tank drops below 25% or rises above 75% of the tank volume. 23.33 The nitrogen pressure in the storage tank drops below 3 psig. Or rises above 10 psig. ^ 23.34 Pump No. 1 and/or Pump No. 2 excessive operation or continuous operation time period. 23.35 The Header Automatic Backup Valve (ABV) opens (Automatic Backup) or the Automatic Crossover Valve (XO) closes (Slow Circulation). 23.36 There is a low room temperature of 650F. 23.37 There are three inches or more of fluid in the tank moat or control area moat. 23.38 In the "Static" Mode of Operation only, the flowmeter indicates a totalization amount of one gallon above the maximum amount pumped into the feeder during a one hour period for a set period of time as determined by the settings of the leak detection program and if pump starts are excessive over a 12 hour period. 23.39 The tank volume level change exceeds set value over 24 hour period. 23.40 Loss of input power to UPS and low battery alarm. 23.41 Slow Circulation Actuator Failure 23.42 Low flow if slow circulation mode is applicable. Page 6 EO-6231-4 June, 2004 23.43 Loss of normal or emergency power or mechanical reversing contactor trouble. 23.44 A low pressure of 140 psig is experienced at the feeder potheads. 23.45 Reduced pressure in System 1 and/or System 2 drops below 30-70 psig or rises above 60-100 psig. 23.50 Sends a category alarm if the smoke detector activates. This is to be a separate category alarm from the general category alarm. A separate category alarm shall be provided for PLC failure. 24.00 The alarm contact rating shall be .5 amp interrupting capacity at 125VDC. 25.00 A hard copy of the PLC program shall be provided to Con Edison. The seller shall provide 2 copies of the software used to program the PLC and the engineering display. 26.00 An automatic voice dialer manufactured by RACO Mfg and Engineering Co. shall be provided capable of calling three or more telephones for Leak Warning System. 27.00 The PLC is to record all pressure and tank level alarm conditions on a real time basis. The system shall be capable of remote polling.from a local server located in the substation using GE Cimplicity Plant Edition. Con Edison shall be responsible for the interfacing. The Seller shall provide the PLC and display programs to a supplier selected by Con Edison so that the system may be integrated. 28.00 In case of PLC failure, the Plant pumps shall automatically operate in a non PLC automatic mode of operation. 29.00 Each pump system is to have a pipe mounted pump start backup pressure switch and gage with provision for isolation and bleed. All dielectric fluid pressure gages are to be Ashcroft Model 1379 RS-02L-XED, 0-600 psig, W/2 switches. The nitrogen pressure gage shall be Ashcroft Model 1379-RS-02L-STD, 0-60 psig with 1 flush mounting Ring Type 1278M and pipe mounted. 30.00 All transmitters shall be Rosemount Model 1151 with a 4 to 20MA dc output operating from a nominal 24V dc power supply supplied by the Seller. The Uninterruptible Page 7 EO-6231-4 June, 2004 Power Supply (UPS) shall be MGE UPS Systems, Inc. 1500VA, 120VAC, 60 Hz with sealed lead acid battery. The UPS shall meet the requirements of Con Edison Specification EI-4086. 31.00 The plant shall contain an electronic mimic board that shows the piping schematic of the plant with the valve positions. This feature shall be accomplished by an optical switch capable of indicating close or not close. The mimic board shall reflect the changing of approx 80 valve positions by an operator automatically. The mimic board shall also display pressure graphs indicating last three hours and instantaneous pressure, tank level and flow readings. The Seller shall be responsible for the integration of the PLC, software and hardware to provide a fully functional system. All software issues shall be the responsibility of the Seller. 32.00 A touch Display screen manufactured by Computer Dynamics or Company approved equal shall be mounted on the control panel. The touch screen display shall provide a mimic flow schematic of the Plant, a component setting interface screen and a flow, pressure, temperature and alarm screen. The engineering display shall use GE Cimplicity to interface with the PLC. 33.00 The Seller shall set the IP address of the PLCs to Con Edison Protocol. Pumphouses 192.168.1.X where X is the Pumphouse Number for the PLC 192.168.1.Y where Y is the Pumphouse Number plus 100 for the HMI (e.g.: 192.168.1.3 for Pumphouse 3's PLC and 192.168.1.103 for its HMI) SCADA Equipment (GE HMI, managed Ethernet switches, etc) 192.168.4.X where X is a sequential number between 1 and 254 34.00 The plant shall be designated to communicate the mimic board, various component data, leak warning data and alarms via the Con Edison intranet. The backup communication system for all communications shall be a telephone dialup and the Leak Warning System shall consist of a separate telephone dialup utilizing an automatic dialer. The PLC shall detect when the primary communication system is not functioning and automatically switch to the backup communication system. During backup mode, data shall automatically download three times a day, to the Energy Control Center Main Server. Page 8 EO-6231-4 June, 2004 35.00 Remote control and local control shall be provided for the following: A. Pump Mode Control B. Valve Control • Pump Normal Pressure Relief Valves Manual Valves • Reduced Pressure Relief Valves Manual Valves • Slow Circulation Relief Valves Manual Valves • Ladder Isolation Manual Shutoff Valves • Automatic Crossover/Backup Valves 36.00 All mimic display of valve and pump status positions will be displayed locally and remotely. 37.00 When the pump mode status is changed remotely, the local pump mode control status will change including the illuminated pushbutton indication. 38.00 The manual valves with remote control capability will be provided with actuators with all required hardware. Selector switches are to be provided on the local control panel to operate each automated valve. In the event of a PLC failure, the same selector switches are to be used to operate each automated valve. Each automated valve will have a valve position flag for open-close indication. 39.00 Each relief ladder assembly will have a common actuator alarm window on the plant's annunciator. 40.00 The Leak Warning System shall initiate a visual/audible signal on the PCs monitoring the Leak Warning System. The Leak Warning System shall incorporate an alarm which initializes the autodialer based on a tank level discrepancy over a 24 hour period of time, an excessive total amount of flow in a one hour period or an excessive amount of pump starts in a twelve hour period. The Leak Warning System shall be designed to self analyze the operational data and provide an automatic fingerprint of how the plant has operated for one year. The program parameters shall be fully adjustable to various set points as the operator chooses for measurement and alarms. 41,.00 An electronic copy shall be provided of the plant's PLC program and the program to control the upload/download of the PLC coding. The Seller shall provide any and all software and specialized hardware to perform maintenance and troubleshooting on the installed equipment. This Page 9 EO-6231-4 June, 2004 includes three sets of Fluke 725 Process Calibrators and two pressure transducers Fluke 700 Series for each calibrator. The transducers shall have a range of 0-100 psig and 0-500 psig. 42 ..00 The Leak Warning Autodialer shall be designed to be remotely turned on/off by the Energy Control Center Leak Warning System computer Operator over the telephone line. The autodialer shall be programmed limiting the telephone calls to a given number of three times for each leak incident. 43.00 The PLC interface shall have a password for changing the settings. 44.00 The Seller shall be responsible for the operation of all equipment within the pressurization plant. The Seller will not be responsible for the communication between the pressurization plant and the Energy Control Center via the power line carrier modem. The plant's analog modem shall be U.S. Robotics Courier V. Everything 56K Model No. 3453. The Seller shall be responsible for the communication between the pressurization plant and the Energy Control Center via the telephone line. 45.00 The flow meters shall be capable of totalizing flow with local/remote initiation. This feature will normally be utilized by the West End Avenue Control Center after a Leak Warning Alarm has been initiated. 46.00 Pressure chart recorders are not required. 47.00 Each pump shall be controlled by illuminated (LED) pushbuttons with the following functions: 47.10 Hand - The pump runs continuously. 47.20 Auto - The pump runs automatically. 47.30 Off - The pump is off. 47.40 Circulation Send - The pump operates in the continuous run sending mode. 47.50 Circulation Receive - The pump operates in the auto run receiving mode. Page 10 EO-6231-4 June, 2004 48.10 The Automatic Backup Valve shall be provided with green indicating lamps for open position and red indicating lamps for close position. The Automatic Backup Valve shall open if the pressure drops to 140 - 230 psig and close if the pressure drops to a setting 3 0 psig below the open setting. The Automatic Backup Valve shall normally be maintained in the close position. The actuator shall have an open indication (green dot) and a close indication (red dot). 48.20 The Automatic Crossover Valve shall be provided with indicating lamps for open position and red indicating lamps for close position. The Automatic Crossover Valve shall normally be maintained in the open position and shall close if the drops to a 140-200 psig setting. The valve shall close instantaneously upon a feeder fault condition on either of the two feeders it hydraulically ties. The valve shall close instantaneously if there is a loss of power but automatically reopen if power is restored within .3 seconds. If the power outage is greater than .3 seconds, the valve will remain closed and must be manually reopened. The control unit will include a set of dry contacts for remote valve closed alarm indication on the annunciator. The contacts will only actuate after the crossover has been closed for more than .3 seconds. The control panel will include a green pilot light that will indicate when the reset time delay timer times out at .3 seconds. The actuator shall have an open indication (green dot) and a close indication (red dot). NOTE: The Con Edison SR/LOR Relays reset between .6 and 1.2 seconds. 49.00 The flow meter shall be manufactured by Exact Flow LLC. The leak warning system shall be MAC Products Inc. Remote Leak Warning System Type RK. This system for plants designed for slow circulation shall operate only between the hours of 12:00 AM midnight and 6:00 AM. During this time period the plant will automatically switch from the slow circulation mode of operation to the static mode of operation. The flowmeter shall be capable of totalizing flow over a 24 hours period of time. A bypass switch shall be provided on the control panel to allow the mode of operation clock to be bypassed should slow circulation be required during the time of static operation. 50.00 Two dielectric fluid level indicators shall be supplied. Each indicator shall measure the fluid in its respective compartment and one of the two indicators shall be utilized to measure the fluid level in the whole tank once the dielectric fluid level rises above the vertical Page 11 EO-6231-4 June, 2004 partition. The level indicators shall be manufactured by GEMS Sensors Suresite, BA, Code TI, S4, B8 1/2" with O-Rings on bottom, 316SS. 51.00 A photoelectric control switch is to be mounted on the reduced pressure relief ladder isolation ball valve. Opening this ball valve will activate the reduced line pressure mode of operation. The high and low reduced pressure alarms are automatically set through the PLC for this operation. 52.00 All pressure gauges shall be equipped with gauge protectors and shall have a 1 percent accuracy. ELECTRICAL 53.00 Con Edison will provide two independent sources of three phase, 4 wire, 120/208V 60 Hz for operation of the Plant. These sources will have a capacity of at least 100A. 54,.00 The Seller shall provide mechanical reversing contactors (MRC) with time delay relay. A three phase monitoring relay alarm on loss of phase or transfer shall also be provided. 55..00 Lighting shall be fluorescent, in compliance with Con Edison Spec. EI-2016 and able to maintain a 30 foot candle level at floor level. Enclosures shall be provided to insure against accidental breaker of the lamps. Lamps are to be cool white, 75 lumens/watt, 7500 hours rated average life. Fixtures are to have rapid start ballasts. 56.00 A high pressure sodium type exterior light shall be installed above the door. A solar switch shall control the light. 57.00 Two copper faced steel ground pads, 4"x4", with mechanical Burndy connectors shall be provided and welded to the base structural members 6" above the foundation on diagonally opposite sides of the plant for connection to Con Edison's ground cable. The pads shall be NEMA 4 drilled and tapped for four (4) 1/2"-13 thread per inch bolts symmetrically spaced on 1-3/4" centers. The neutral of the 208V supplies shall be NEMA 4 drilled and tapped for four (4) 1/2"-13 thread per inch bolts symmetrically spaced on 1-3/4" centers. The neutral of the 208V supplies shall be grounded at the transfer switch. All equipment including the enclosure, dielectric fluid storage tank, pump motors and piping within the enclosure shall be grounded by means of a Page 12 EO-6231-4 June, 2004 continuous 2" wide by 1/4" thick copper ground bar to the ground pads. 58.00 All panel wiring shall be tied or wrapped with no more than 2 0 wires in any bundle. Nylon tie wraps shall contain no PVC. 59.00 All control wiring shall be attached to terminals with nylon, self insulated, ring tongue crimp-type lugs made by Burndy or Aircraft-Marine Products. All power, control and instrumentation cables shall meet the requirements of Con Edison Specification EO-13 latest revision. 60.00 Terminal blocks for power and control wiring shall be of the .sliding link type, either States Company catalog number ZWM250 or Stanwick Electric Products Type G, with Melamine barriers and marking strips. Seller shall provide not less than ten percent spare terminal positions. No covers are required in either case. 61.00 Terminal blocks for internal connections shall be nylon (UL94V2) NEMA Type Box Lug UL Rated for 600V with current rating of 30 to 60A to terminate all control wiring. Wires will be terminated to these blocks with the use of ring tongue crimp-type lugs. 62.00 Terminal blocks for control panel wiring shall be arranged in a neat and orderly fashion. The wiring arrangement shall provide access to instruments and permit removal of instruments without disconnecting any wiring other than that of the instrument being removed. 63.00 All electrical wiring outside the control cabinet shall be install in UL rated enclosed metal wire-way and thin wall conduit (EMT). Plant control wiring shall be tagged and run in a separate conduit or raceway from power wiring. Fire protection wiring shall, likewise, be separated. All redundant wiring shall be run in a separate raceway or conduit to get full benefit from the redundancy. No wiring permitted below 6" above the floor. 64.00 All non-shielded control wiring shall be no less than No. 14 AWG. PLC control wiring shall be extruded FEP (Fluorinated ethylene propylene) insulated type KK, 1000 volt stranded copper and can be a minimum of No. 16 AWG.. Wires less than No. 8 AWG shall be cross-linked polyethylene insulated type SIS, single conductor, 600 Volt class. Wires No. 8 AWG or larger shall be 600 Volt class EPR insulated, neoprene jacketed wire. All 4-20 milliamp signal wiring shall be shielded twisted pairs. Page 13 EO-6231-4 June, 2004 #16 AWG with EPR or cross linked polyethylene insulation. 65.00 Circuit breakers shall be used exclusively in the Plant. Fuses are only to be used when a circuit breaker is not suitable for the application. 66.00 A minimum of one operational duplex 120V AC receptacle shall be installed inside the Plant in a convenient location. One operational 120V AC receptacle shall be installed in a NEMA 4 box and mounted on the exterior wall of the Plant next to the entrance door. The exterior receptacle shall have a suitable weather type cover. One 208 VAC, 3 phase, 4 wire 60 amp receptacle and plug shall be mounted outside the Plant. The receptacle shall be normally de-energized. A switch shall be provided to energize receptacle. 67.00 Motor starter sizes shall be determined by the manufacturers in accordance with the horsepower requirements of the equipment. Starters shall be NEMA rated and capable of interrupting the maximum fault current of the associated equipment. Acceptable motor starter manufacturers are: Allen Bradley Company General Electric Company Square D Company 68.00 The motor starters shall have no thermal overloads. 69.00 A vacuum pump receptacle Appleton Model No. ACP 3033BC, 30 amp, 208 volt, 3 phase, 3 wire shall be provided. A small enclosure with power terminal blocks shall be provided to make the portable generator feed connections. The circuit breaker mechanical interlock will disconnect the normal and emergency feeds when the portable generator is in use. 70.00 The motors shall have CT on each phase to initiate an alarm on overcurrent. 71.00 Each pump shall have a vibration transducer that initiates an alarm on excessive vibration. 72.00 A failure of the PLC shall generate a Category Alarm. 73.00 The Seller shall provide a table in the Instruction Books that summarizes the address and definition of each data point in the PLC program. Page 14 EO-6231-4 June, 2004 MECHANICAL 74.00 The Seller shall provide two (2) positive displacement sealless rotary screw pumps of canned motor design. The pumps shall be DeLaval Model 210 Type FS with a 5HP, 3600 RPM, 30, 60 cycle, 230 volt motor. Each pump shall have a nominal capacity of 10 GPM (EO-6317) or 20 GPM (EO-6318) and be designed for a suction pressure of 70 PSIG and discharge pressure of 400 PSIG. However, normal dynamic operating conditions will be 5 PSIG suction and 200 PSIG discharge. Pump electric motor drive shall be designed to handle the viscosity range as stated in the Detail Specification. Each pump shall be readily accessible for removal and maintenance. Each pump shall be adequately supported by the Seller. The dielectric fluid utilized shall be DF500 alkylbenzene (EO-6317) for the 138 kv pipe type cable system and DF100 alkylbenzene (EO-6318) for the 345 kV pipe type cable system. 75.00 All fittings shall be seamless. All fittings and all flanges shall conform to ASTM A105. 76,.00 Bolts, screws and nuts shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A193 and ASTM A194 respectively. Bolts shall be Grade B7 and nuts shall be Grade 2H. 77„00 All piping and valves shall be adequately sized for the required flow and pressure drop specified herein. Pump suction piping shall be a minimum of 2" NPS and pump discharge piping shall be a minimum of 1" NPS. Relief Ladder piping shall be a minimum of 1" NPS. The Plant shall be designed for a maximum pressure drop of 10 PSIG through any possible piping loop within the Plant, at the maximum flow rate and fluid viscosity and with clean strainers in place. NOTE: No copper containing materials shall be exposed to the dielectric fluid. 78.00 Instrument piping shall be a minimum of 1/2". No unions are to be used for pipe connections. No pipe compounds may be used. All instruments and controls shall have isolation and vent valves. 1/4 inch diameter tubing shall be used for dead end instrument connection where required to permit removal of an instrument. 1/8 inch diameter tubing may be used for final instrument Page 15 EO-6231-4 June, 2004 connections. Tubing fittings shall be 3 04 stainless steel compression by Tylok or Swagelock. All tubing shall be soft annealed seamless ferritic or austenitic alloy steel tubing as per ASTM A312. Tubing shall have the following minimum wall thickness: 1/8 inch O.D. by 0.020 inch wall. 1/4 inch O.D. by 0.035 inch wall. All outdoor drain and vent pipes shall terminate in a 90 degree elbow facing downward. At all low points of piping, a minimum 1" drain valves shall be installed and at all high points a minimum 1/2" vent valves shall be installed. 79.00 Pipes shall not be cut by flame burning. Pipes shall be cut with pipe cutters or saws and all burrs removed prior to use. All open ended valves shall be provided with welded nipples and threaded steel pipe caps. 80.00 Flanges which are 2" pipe diameter and under shall be socket welded. Weld neck flat-faced flanges shall be used for sizes greater than two inches. All flanges shall be Class 300 as a minimum except flanges in the Nitrogen system or flanged nozzles on the storage tank which may be Class 150 per ANSI B16.5. All flanges joints shall have a machined O-ring groove with a Viton O-ring. 81.00 The Plant discharge lines shall be terminated with Con Edison approved 3" NPS Class 300 flat-face welding-neck flange with Viton O-rings. The Seller shall also supply and install an insulating kit for each flange. During shipment these flanges shall be blanked off to hold pressure or vacuum. The flanges shall be located within the plant. Three inch pipe stubs shall extend through the housing wall and capped. Pipe stubs shall be insulated at the penetration through the housing wall. The tank fill connection shall be routed through the wall of the Plant and shall terminate with a Class 150 blind flange. The tank fill connection shall be clearly identified and provided with an insulating flange if connected to a common station fill pipeline. 82.00 The design and inspection of all welds shall be in accordance with ANSI B31.1 latest edition. The welding qualification shall be in accordance with Section IX of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. The Seller's welding procedures shall be approved by Con Edison prior to the start of fabrication. All welded joints shall be in accordance with ANSI B31.1, paragraph 134.4. Page 16 EO-6231-4 June, 2004 83.00 All shutoff valves one inch or larger shall be the same nominal size as the piping in which they are installed. The valves supplied shall be Worcester Controls Model 4446TVSW. 84.00 The Seller is responsible for adherence to the valve manufacturer's quality assurance and quality control standards for welding. All necessary steps shall be taken to protect the valve body, seats and other internals from damage during welding and installation. The quality and integrity of all valves installed in the plant is the responsibility of the Seller and the Seller shall warrant the installation and operation of valves for a period at least as long as the warranty provided by the manufacturer of the valves. 85.00 All check valves shall be steel with an ANSI Class 300 minimum rating and shall be the same size as piping in which they are installed. Check valves shall be of the piston type with springs and a soft seat (i.e. Teflon or Viton) and shall have socket-welded ends. During Plant testing and operation, check valve leakage must not exceed a 10 psig pressure drop on the upstream side of the valve during a 2 minute period with a starting upstream pressure of 200 psig. Check valves shall be manufactured by one of the following Con Edison approved vendors or Con Edison approved equal: Edwards/MAC Edwards/Pirelli Jerome, Inc. 86,.00 The Seller shall install isolation, vent and drain valves as required to permit removal and reinstallation of all components which can be isolated and removed. These include but are not limited to the pumps, automatic crossover valves, automatic backup valves and strainers. 87 ..00 All valves shall be identified with metal tags permanently fastened to the valves where they can be easily read. All identification shall be arranged using a consecutive numbering system only (no letters). The numbers on the tags are to be of a contrasting color to the color of the tag. 88.00 All valves less than one inch shall be manufactured by Hoke, Whitey or a Con Edison approved equal. These valves shall be suitable for the vacuum and pressure Page 17 EO-6231-4 June, 2004 test conditions specified herein. All open ended valves shall be closed with square head pipe plugs. All instrumentation vent valves shall be Hoke or Whitey with hose connection. 89.00 The Seller shall furnish and install a Teledyne Farris Eng. Model No. SW2740UL socket-welded, steel pressure safety relief valve on the storage tank (70 psig). The valve shall be ASME certified, stamped, set and sealed. 90.00 Safety relief valves shall be sized so that over- pressures shall not exceed 10% under the maximum possible flow and viscosity that may be experienced. Safety relief valves shall be installed in a vertical upright position with discharge system designed to facilitate drainage to prevent liquid from collecting in the discharge line. The normal, cable and reduced pressure relief valves shall be Cash Acme/MAC or Cash Acme/Pirelli Jerome Type "PR". 91.00 The piston type safety relief valves (400 psig) for the pumps shall be manufactured by Fulflo Specialties and the valve discharge piping shall be piped to the return lines to the storage tank. 92.00 All Aschcroft pressure gauges shall be equipped with gauge protectors and shall have a 1 percent accuracy. 93.00 The Seller shall furnish and install a rupture disc (60 psig) complete with vacuum support upstream of each storage tank safety relief valve. The disc shall be of the solid metal (316 SS) type and shall be of the same size as the header to which it is connected. The rupture disc shall be installed in a horizontal line with a tee connection on the outlet side of the disc so that the relief valve can be mounted above the side outlet of the tee and a blind flange installed after the tee run. A pressure gage shall be mounted between the rupture disc and safety relief valve. The rupture disc supplied shall be a non fracturing type, have a bursting accuracy of ±5% at 720F and shall be manufactured by one of the following Con Edison approved vendors: Black, Sivals and Bryson Page 18 EO-6231-4 June, 2004 Fike Metal products Corp. Continental Disc Corp. 94.00 A single-basket strainer shall be installed in each of the discharge headers of the Plant. The primary- direction of flow will be from the feeders toward the system relief valves (opposite direction of pump flow). The function of the strainers shall be to filter out any debris from the feeder-pipes before the fluid returns to the tank. The strainer elements for these units shall be removable baskets. 95.00 The strainer housings are to meet the following pressure requirements: Pump Inlet Cable Design Pressure 100 PSIG 400 PSIG Test Pressure 150 PSIG 600 PSIG 96.00 The strainer elements shall be removable baskets and shall meet the following minimum requirements: 96.10 The strainer element shall be a maximum mesh size of 100 microns on outlet strainer and 70 micron mesh on pump suction strainer. 96.20 The strainer elements shall withstand 60 psig differential pressure in either direction without rupture and shall be constructed of stainless steel. They shall be reusable and easy to clean. The use of solvent for cleaning purposes is not permissible. 96.30 The strainer shall contain a magnetic particle trap which is easily removed and cleaned. 96.40 Manual valves shall be provided for equalizing line pressure, draining, and for bleeding of entrapped air after cleaning of strainer elements. 96.50 Each strainer shall have a carbon steel body. All seals shall be Viton. 96.60 The Plant shall be delivered with the strainer elements in place. 96.70 Minimum strainer basket volume shall be 39 cubic inches. 97.00 The strainers shall be manufactured by one of the following Con Edison approved vendors; Page 19 EO-6231-4 June, 2004 Pirelli Jerome, Inc. MAC Products, Inc. Two (2) spare strainer elements shall be furnished with the Plant. 98.00 Readily visible flow arrows are required on all piping except vent, drain and instrument piping. These arrows shall be adhesive decals, carefully stenciled paint or otherwise attached to the piping in a permanent manner. Hanging tags or hand drawn or written symbols are not acceptable for flow direction indication. 99.00 The Automatic Crossover and/or Automatic Backup Valve shall have the design features as follows: a) The valve supplied shall be Worcester Controls Model 4446TV SW. b) Valve rating: 3 00 lb. valve body. c) Valve size: 1-1/2" d) Actuator: 120 VAC Motor Operated with spring return and mechanical position indicator. Actuator shall be manufactured by Raymond Control Systems Model SURE 49 or Con Edison approved equal. e) Actuator Auxiliaries: Limit Switches for - open/close positions. f) Actuator shall be Fail-Safe so that the Automatic Crossover Valve will close and/or the Automatic Backup Valve will close on power or actuator failure. g) A bypass containing a 1 inch ball valve shall be installed across the automatic backup valve. Page 20 EO-6231-4 June, 2004 gTORAGE TANK 100.00 The design, material, fabrication, welding, inspection and testing requirements for the storage tank shall be in accordance with the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Div. 1. The tank shall be carbon steel designed for full vacuum and a maximum operating pressure of 70 PSIG. An ASME Section VIII code stamp is required. 101.00 The storage tank shall bear a permanently fixed plate, spot welded or equivalent, bearing the name of the tank manufacturer, the gauge of the materials and the capacity of the tank. 102.00 The tank shall have the rated capacity stated in the Detail Specification and shall be designed for horizontal mounting in saddle type supports. Supports shall be designed to prevent tank flotation in the event that the surrounding moat is flooded. 103.00 The tank shall be provided with a vertical partition along the width of the tank such that the tank is divided at the middle to the 1/4 level of the specific tank volume. The vertical partition shall be completely welded at all seams such that hydraulic separation is achieved. 104.00 All tank connections for pump suction and return pipelines, tank drain and fill lines shall be through the top of the tank. 105.00 The tank shall be pitched 1/8" per each foot of length. The tank drains shall be located at the low points (on . both sides of the partition) of the tank and terminate outside the building. The pump suction lines shall originate 2" above the tank floor at the high end of each section of the tank. 106.00 , The tank manhole shall be 24" in diameter with a hinged cover and secured with bolts. The cover shall be sealed by means of a single O-ring Viton gasket. The manhole shall be located in an area which is easily accessible from within the Plant and mounted in a vertical plane. 107.00 All pipe connections to the tank 2" diameter and under shall be welded to a sockolet in the tank shell. The return piping for each tank compartment shall terminate within the liquid space and located at the lower end of each section. Page 21 EO-6231-4 June, 2004 108,.00 A 2" diameter fill line with 2" valve and swing check valve shall be located at the low point of the tank and extended through the exterior housing wall. The valve shall be located outside of the building and easily- accessible for operation. The protruding pipe-end (outside of the building) shall be provided with a treaded cap. This line shall be clearly identified on the outside of the Plant with a paint stencil or secured tag as the "Tank Fill Connection". 109.00 Cross-connections between a vent pipe and fill pipe is prohibited. The tank shall be coated with one coat of red lead. 110.00 A 2" valve shall be provided at the top front of the tank for evacuation purposes with a two inch line to be extended to the exterior of the Plant. This line shall not protrude through the roof of the Plant. The pipe end shall be provided with a threaded cap. The tank shall be provided with a safety relief assembly as detailed in Paragraph 93.00. | 111.00 The tank shall be provided with a two inch nitrogen | bleed pipeline terminating outside the plant enclosure. All nitrogen bleeds shall terminate outside the plant enclosure and shall be provided with an approved weatherproof hood having a free area of at least the pipe size area. 112.00 Detailed drawings of the tank shall be furnished to Con Edison for approval prior to construction. A certified ASME Section VIII Data Report and pressure vessel test report in triplicate shall also be furnished to Con Edison. No welding, cutting or drilling except to existing tank couplings, shall be done on any part of the tank after the ASME pressure vessel test is performed. 113.00 A nitrogen cabinet shall be supplied as per Con Edison Dwg. B167901 and located adjacent to the Plant enclosure. 114.00 An Airco nitrogen regulator with a 3000 psig inlet, 0-15 psig outlet shall be supplied. Page 22 EO-6231-4 June, 2004 PLANT TESTING REQUIREMENTS 115.. 00 If Con Edison desires to witness shop tests, inspect job progress, perform quality assurance or inspect the equipment at the factory, Con Edison's Representative shall be allowed free access at all reasonable hours to the Seller's shop. Failure of the Con Edison Representative or Inspector to call attention to any defects in material or workmanship shall not be construed as acceptable of the same. 116.00 Prior to delivery to the Site, the following tests shall be performed by the Seller or a designated subcontractor. Con Edison reserves the right to witness any and all tests. 116.10 Pump suction and discharge connections, shall be hydrostatically pressure tested at 1-1/2 times the pump casing design pressure using dielectric fluid. The pressure shall be held for 10 minutes with zero leakage and zero pressure decay. The pumps shall be isolated to protect the seals. The test gauge shall have a range of not more than 2 times nor less than 1.5 times the test pressure. 116.20 The storage tank shall be tested in accordance with the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Division 1. 116.30 Vacuum tests shall be made on the Plant by reducing the internal pressure to less than 100 microns of mercury absolute. The test shall be for one hour. During the first half hour with the internal pressure reduced to less than 100 microns of mercury absolute and the vacuum pump removed, the pressure shall not rise above 150 microns of mercury absolute. During the second half hour of the test the pressure vs. time slope shall decrease. Failure of the slope to show a decreasing trend or leveling out in the second half hour shall be cause for failing the vacuum test; even if during the first half hour the pressure did not rise above 150 microns of mercury absolute. This test shall be witnessed by Con Edison Representatives. The test shall consist of two separate parts: 1. Tank alone 2. All piping and equipment excluding the pumps and tank. Page 23 EO-6231-4 June, 2004 116.40 The storage tank shall be valved off and the complete piping assembly, excluding the storage tank and pump inlet piping, hydrostatical pressure tested at 600 PSIG for a minimum of 10 minutes with dielectric fluid. Care must be taken to protect the pump inlet seals. This test shall be witnessed by Con Edison Representatives and will follow the vacuum, contamination and operational tests. Equipment and gauges shall be tested to their range end and then isolated as required to reach 600 PSIG. Any visible leakage or pressure decay is unacceptable. The gauges shall have a range of not than 2 times nor less than 1.5 times the test pressure. 116.50 An operational test on the assembled Plant to prove the satisfactory performance of all components in all required modes of operation shall be made. All alarms shall be tested. Relief valves and pressure switches shall be set and the Plant placed in automatic operation. The Seller shall perform a simulation of the pressurizing cycle from pump start-up to set pressure, maintain the pressure for five minutes, relieve to starting pressure and repeat said cycle. This cycle shall be performed every twenty minutes for 2 hours. 116.60 The Seller shall supply all dielectric fluid to fill the system for testing. Testing shall be performed with new, clean dielectric fluid matching that specified in the Detail Specification. The Seller shall completely drain the system after testing. The Seller is responsible for disposing of the dielectric fluid after testing. 116.70 Con Edison reserves the right to witness any or all of the above tests. A minimum of 5 working days notice shall be given to Con Edison prior to performing any of the prescribed tests. Seller shall pre-test any tests which Con Edison wishes to witness to ensure successful completion of the witnessed tests. Seller shall reimburse Con Edison for all expenses incurred due to unsuccessful witnessed tests. 117.00 After completion of all the shop operational, electrical, vacuum and pressure test and installation of the tank in the Plant, the following procedure shall be followed to ascertain the cleanliness of the completed Plant. This procedure shall consist of two separate Page 24 EO-6231-4 June, 2004 stages. Seller is responsible for supplying the dielectric fluid needed for this procedure. 117.10 The first stage of the cleanliness procedure shall ascertain the cleanliness of the tank excluding the piping. The dielectric fluid used for flushing shall be in accordance with the Detail Specification. Prior to flushing, three one-pint samples shall be taken from the tank drain line of the dielectric fluid being used for the flushing operation. The sample shall be taken in Con Edison approved sample jars. After taking of the sample the tank shall be flushed by washing the complete inside surface area of the tank with the dielectric fluid. The washing shall be accomplished via spraying the dielectric fluid onto the tank walls through a high pressure hose. After washing the tank for approximately 30 minutes, three one-pint samples shall be taken from the tank drain line using Con Edison approved sample jars. The criteria for acceptance as determined by Con Edison's laboratory, is outlined in Paragraph 118. If the tank cleanliness level is unacceptable, the tank shall be recleaned as per this procedure. 117.20 The second part of this procedure is to ascertain the cleanliness of the piping including the tank. The dielectric fluid used for flushing shall be in accordance with the Detail Specification. Prior to flushing, three one-pint samples shall be taken, the piping, using the tank as a reservoir, shall be flushed with the dielectric fluid by circulating this fluid through a 200 micron filter installed right before the oil returns to the reservoir, at a minimum of 50 GPM for a minimum of 2 hours. The pump and filter shall be furnished by the Seller. After flushing, three one-pint samples shall be taken from as close to the filter as possible using Con Edison approved sample jars. The criteria for acceptance, as determined by Con Edison's laboratory, is outlined in Paragraph 118. If the piping cleanliness level, as determined by Con Edison's laboratory test, is unacceptable, the piping shall be re-flushed as per this procedure. If the piping cleanliness level, as determined by Con Edison's laboratory tests, is acceptable and the filter elements used in the flushing are free of particles, the piping Page 25 EO-6231-4 June, 2004 shall be isolated from the tank and maintained under a dielectric fluid pressure of 20 PSIG. 117.30 A Con Edison Representative shall be present to witness the above flushing operations and the taking of samples. A minimum of 5 days notice shall be given to Con Edison prior to performing any of these operations. 118.00 The criteria for cleanliness acceptance of the dielectric fluid sample is as follows:, 118.10 Sample contains less than 30 PPM of water. 118.20 Dielectric strength of sample is greater than 35kV. 118.30 Power factor of after flushing sample does not exceed the before flushing sample by a magnitude of .0005 (.05%). 118.40 Sample shall have a color of less than 1. 118.50 Chemical analysis indicates no contamination of the after flushing sample as compared to the before flushing sample. 118.60 Sample shall have no particles of free water. 119.00 The Seller shall provide personnel to operate the Plant during the on-site operational test and initial Plant start-up. A mutually agreeable test and start-up schedule (between Con Edison and the Seller) shall be developed by the Seller prior to the mobilization of field personnel for Plant start-up. The Seller shall perform the following tests after the Plant is delivered, erected and made operational at the site. These tests shall be witnessed by Con Edison and are required to be passed before the equipment can be accepted by Con Edison. Additional mobilization efforts due to equipment/Plant deficiencies shall be the responsibility of the Seller. Documents certifying the successful completion of all tests shall be provided by the Seller upon completion of all tests. Con Edison may elect to expand the scope of the tests listed below as necessary to determine if the equipment as furnished meets the requirements of this specification. 119.10 An operational test shall be made on all Plant controls and instrumentation. This test shall Page 26 EO-6231-4 June, 2004 be similar to the shop operational test performed per Paragraph 116.50. 119.20 A performance test shall be made on the heating system to check for compliance with this specification. This test will be run only if installation of the Plant is during the winter. Otherwise, it will be checked during the first winter of the Plant's operation. The warranty period covering heating equipment will not begin until a successful test has been performed. 119.30 The Seller shall start up, test and operate the heating and ventilating equipment to assure that the system conforms to design specifications. The Seller shall adjust and balance the supply and exhaust systems including dampers so that air quantities, as will be indicated on the manufacturer's drawing, are within 10% of the values specified. The Seller shall furnish all test data in a tabular form for approval by Con Edison. NOTE: The Seller shall provide an Environmental Health and Safety Plan (EHASP) for Company approval. PAINTING & CLEANING REQUIREMENTS 120.00 All surfaces shall be color coded with a Con Edison approved paint as per Specification SE/CE 9910 Rev. 0. The colors shall be as follows: Low pressure fluid piping Dark Green High pressure fluid piping Bright Orange Nitrogen gas piping Bright Yellow Fire protection piping Bright Red All non-galvanized steel surfaces Light Grey 121.00 All surfaces to be painted shall be carefully finished to remove all sharp edges, burrs, rust, rust scales, grease, oil, etc. 122.00 All pre-painted electrical panels and equipment shall be protected by plastic sheeting to prevent marring of painted surfaces during painting. 123.00 All surfaces constructed of a textured or non-glare aluminum shall remain unpainted unless otherwise specified.. In addition, no paint shall be applied to any corrosion-resistant surface, machined surface. Page 27 EO-6231-4 June, 2004 manufacturers nameplates, instrument tags, valve tags, or to the internals of any piping, pumps or strainers unless otherwise specified. 124.00 Preparation of the tank surfaces and the application of all coatings shall comply with the Steel Structure Painting Council SSPC-SP-2 & 3. 1251.00 Two primer coats of Con Lux Rust Arrester 92 shall be applied with a dry film thickness of 1-1/2 mils per coat. One top coat of Con Lux Steel Master 9500 shall be applied with a dry film thickness of 1-1/2 mils. 12 61.00 The interior surfaces of the tanks, including the inside of the manhole, and nozzles shall be cleaned of all loose scale, rust, grease, etc. by sandblasting. All welded joints and abraded spots shall be wire brushed. The interior shall then be vacuumed and cleaned to remove all particles. 127.00 The equipment shall be fabricated and erected under controlled conditions to avoid a contamination problem which could result from residual welding slag, dirt, grease, solvents, moisture, etc. 128.00 Initial internal cleaning of pipe and fittings prior to fabrication shall be done using one of the following methods. 128.10 Power driven rotary wire brushing 128.20 Grit Blasting 128.30 Pickling 129.00 Initial cleaning shall be considered acceptable when all loose mill scale and particles are completely removed. 130.00 Cleaned piping, fittings and components shall be capped at all times when work is being performed. This includes welding and storage. 131.00 Pipe subassemblies shall be blown out with compressed dry air prior to assembly. 132.00 After the establishment of an acceptable cleanliness level per Paragraph 118.00 the dielectric fluid shall be drained from the Plant, and the Plant evacuated to 500 microns of mercury absolute and then purged with dry nitrogen to a dew point of minus 20oF. A positive nitrogen pressure of 5 PSIG of nitrogen shall then be established and maintained during shipment to the job Page 28 EO-6231-4 June, 2004 site. The dry nitrogen shall be supplied as per Con Edison Specification EI-4148. 133.00 If repeated testing by Con Edison indicates an unacceptable level of cleanliness, the Seller shall be responsible for cleaning the Plant until it meets the level of cleanliness required. After re-cleaning, the assembly shall again be flushed by the Seller and tested by Con Edison as previously described to determine the level of cleanliness. The flushing test is not intended as a method of cleaning but only as a method to' determine the level of cleanliness. 134.00 All cleaning methods, other than those already mentioned in the specification, shall be submitted to Con Edison for approval. 1351.00 When the Plant is delivered and a positive nitrogen pressure is not present, the Seller shall identify and repair the cause of the leak, re-evacuate the system to 500 microns of mercury absolute, purge the Plant with dry nitrogen to a dew point of minus 20 degrees Fahrenheit, and established and maintain a positive 5 PSIG nitrogen pressure in the Plant. 13 6.00 The Seller shall be responsible for maintaining the Plant at an acceptable level of cleanliness during storage, shipment and erection.. ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS 137.00 The Seller shall submit two (2) copies of the proposal per the instructions in the official inquiry. 138.00 Any statement in the Seller's proposal or drawings which differs from the requirements of this specification must be specifically referred to in a Statement of Exceptions. Accompanying this shall be a detailed description of the deviation and/or component, along with pertinent technical data and/or "catalogue cuts" Con Edison will consider these exceptions or substitutions to determine their acceptability. In the event that the proposal has any variations with the specification not stated in the Statement of Exceptions, the requirements of the specification shall prevail. 139.00 As part of the proposal the Seller shall provide the following to Con Edison: 139.10 Details of any components that the Seller plans to install in the Plant that are not specified herein. Page 29 EO-6231-4 June, 2004 139.20 A statement of the Sellers Warranty policy including a list of any parts or conditions not covered. 139.30 A priced proposal for Training and Maintenance Service (per hour or per day). Note that any maintenance service required to successfully place the Plant in service as determined by the acceptance tests are considered to be included in the price of the Plant. 139.40 A written Statement of Exceptions or a written statement to the fact that no exceptions to the specification are taken. 140.00 The Seller shall be responsible for the complete engineering design of the Plant as well as its fabrication. The Seller shall also be responsible for notifying Con Edison in writing of all engineering and fabrication problems which may arise due to the requirements of this specification. When the Seller feels that the specification is not clear or requires interpretation, the Seller shall have Con Edison clarify or interpret the problem in writing to prevent the Seller from providing equipment which does not meet the intent of this specification. Approval of drawings by Con Edison does not relieve the Seller from any engineering responsibilities. The Seller shall pay all costs to replace, repair or modify any and all components of the Plant that are determined by Con Edison to be in any of the following categories. 140.10 The component is not suitable for the application.. 140.20 The component is not readily accessible for repair or cannot be operated easily. 140.30 The component is not operating as per the specification. 141.00 Equipment and model types from manufacturers other than those specifically mentioned herein may be substituted provided Con Edison's written approval has been obtained. A "Company approved equal" can only be considered as such if the Seller has received a letter of approval for that particular component from Con Edison. Page 30 EO-6231-4 June, 2004 142.00 A pre-award meeting will be held with the selected Seller to review the proposal, clarify any outstanding exceptions and discuss the terms and conditions of the Purchase Order. At the discretion of Con Edison a Purchase Order may be issued at this meeting. The pre- award meeting will be held at a location selected by Con Edison, within Con Edison's service territory. 142.00 Twenty working days after receipt of the Purchase Order, the Seller shall submit for Con Edison's approval, computer generated drawings necessary to completely illustrate and describe the Plant being furnished. All engineering drawings that the Vendor produces shall be computer generated in accordance with Vendor Requirements (attached). All drawings, reproductions, procedures and instruction books furnished shall be in accordance with the requirements stated below. All drawings shall conform to the latest applicable ANSI standards for graphic symbols and drafting practices. Before submission of drawings to Con Edison for approval, drawings shall be checked by the Seller to ensure that they represent the equipment to be furnished. Approval of drawings shall be obtained by the Seller prior to proceeding with fabrication unless waived by Con Edison in writing. The approval of drawings does not relieve the Seller from responsibility to meet the requirements of the specification. After the first submittal of drawings, all future revisions should be clearly marked with the revision's number, pencil encirclement of the area involved in the revision, and a description of the change. It should not be necessary for Con Edison to completely re-check a drawing in order to determine what changes have been made by the Seller since the previous revision. When Con Edison approves a drawing without comments or with minor comments that will not result in physical or wiring diagram changes, the Seller shall proceed with fabrication. A print so noted will be returned to the Seller and will be the authority to proceed with manufacture. When Con Edison returns a drawing, approved with comments or not approved, the drawing shall be revised in accordance with comments and resubmitted. Page 31 EO-6231-4 June, 2004 144.00 The. Seller shall furnish computer generated drawings of all final drawings showing the exact details and connections of the equipment as shipped and as corrected in the field if necessary. Drawings shall include but not be limited to: 144.10 Piping and instrument diagrams. 144.20 Electrical control schematic wiring and one line diagrams. 144.30 General arrangement of electric, instrument, piping and equipment. 144.40 Architectural and structural drawings of weatherproof enclosure and base support. 144.50 Heating & Ventilating drawing. 144.60 Storage Tank. 144.70 Panel board layout. 144.80 Entrance staircase. 145.00 All drawings shall include the following information: 145.10 Station name. 145.20 Con Edison project number. 145.30 Purchase Order number. 145.40 Print description. 145.50 Revision status. Page 32 EO-6231-4 June, 2004 INSTRUCTION BOOKS 14(5.00 Eight (8) Con Edison approved instruction books shall be furnished a minimum of two weeks before the delivery of the Plant. The books shall contain a description of the system, safety procedures, manufacturer's service telephone number, operating, maintenance and test procedures for components, component literature, final drawings, and recommended Plant spare parts list (mechanical and electrical). A electronic version of the instruction book shall be provided. 147.00 The Seller shall provide a table in the Instruction Books that summarizes the address and definition of each data point in the PLC program. WARRANTY 148.00 The Seller shall warrant the Plant against defects due to engineering and design, faulty materials and workmanship for a period of one year after successful completion of the on-site acceptance test by Con Edison. The acceptance test will be performed within 6 months after the delivery of the Plant. The Seller shall repair without cost to Con Edison any defects which appear during this period. Repairs shall be made within 24 hours of notification of warranty claim by Con Edison. Seller shall include in the proposal and in the instruction books any items which are not covered for the full term of the warranty as well as the associated costs to replace such items. 149.00 The Seller shall be responsible for the operation of all equipment within the pressurization Plant. The Seller shall be responsible for the communication between the pressurization plant and the Energy Control Center via the telephone line. Page 33 EO-6231-4 June, 2004 TRAINING 150.00 An operators training course consisting of six-four hour training classes covering topics related to the theory and operation of the system. A maintenance training course consisting of six-two hour day classes for maintenance mechanics on troubleshooting and repairing the equipment. Each participant shall be given instruction materials including drawings and schematics. Reza Ghafurian, Manager Transmission Feeders Engineering Electrical Engineering Department Robert Kretzschmar Attachments: Dwg. B167901 Vendor Requirements 12/17/97 EI-2016 Rev. 1 EI-• 4063 Rev. 3 EI-• 4086 Rev. 11 EI-4110 Rev. 8 EI-4148 Rev. 1 EO-13 Rev. 10 EO-6317 Rev. 11 EO-6318 Rev. 7 SE/CE9910 Rev. 0 REVISION: 4 FILE: General Revision Purchase and Test, Manual No. 6 Section No. 16 Revise by 6/2009 Corporate Instruction conEdison SUBJECT DIELECTRIC FLUID LEAK COMMITTEE 1.0 PURPOSE ~ To establish and provide guidelines for a standing committee for detecting and locating leaks on dielectric fluid filled cable systems underthe , jurisdiction ofSystem and Transmission Operations. The committee will ensure that leaks are rapidly detected, located, and repaired to minimize the impact on the environment. 2.0 GENERAL PROVISIONS •- 2.1 Committee Organization - The General Manager, Substation Operations Manhattan, will provide oversight for this committee. The committee will be comprised of one representative and one alternate appointed by the officers from each of the following organizations: a. System and Transmission Operations, System Operation (Chairperson). b. Substation Operations, Auxiliary Systems Maintenance. c. System and Transmission Operations, Transmission Operation. • y d. Substation Operations, Operations Center. e. Central Engineeringi Transmission Feeders Engineering. f. Environment, Health and Safety, Chem Lab. 'mMmmmmmm•. . h. Other organizations may be represented at committee meetings on an as required basis. 2.2 Committee Functions - .a. The committee will meet on call of the Chajipereon or Substation Operations Control Center Shift Manager to corrobgratetth^t a dielebtric fluid leak exists on the high pressure dielectric fluid filled cable system based upon an analysis of data or a report of a leak. (1) Medium and low pressure dielectric fluid filled cable systems leaks ; • >•-;•;•: will be handled directly by Transmission Operation. APPROVED DATE NUMBER SUPERSEDES PAGE 1 OF CI-260-6 Robert A. Saya Jul 17, 2003 CI-260-6 Dec l.'OO 6 PAGES SUBJECT DIELECTRIC FLUID LEAK COMMITTEE b. • It is the responsibility of the committee to weigh indications of a leak such as inventory, pressure, or operating discrepancies and make a determination that a leak does or does not exist. If a leak is declared, the committee'wijl initlafe the leak search strategies and methodologies utilizing all available resources and technologies (Exhibits A, B, and C). (Reference: December 2000 Order of Consent with NYSDEC [Appendix G]). ! - -&* ' • .'iV The Chairperson will designate a recording secretary who will provide administrative support to the committee and will maintain documents of all committee actions. Minutes together with supporting documents, where required, will be issued to all committee members. The committee members will disseminate the information within their organizations. '*<> ; irupbnWrtheiranalysis of the data th^om that a ieaki; • .•.•.<,. doesinot existrthe (Mmmittee will rescind^he^eak declaration.'- ;:•/.;.; % /^ The committee will conduct an annual review of all dielectric fluid leak detection and location specifications and procedures. Whenever a specification or procedure is revised, the Chairperson will ensure the dissemination within all applicable organizations. A copy will be forwarded to The Learning Center, Human Resources, for training purposes. ^hn The committee will meet quarterly to review dielectric fluid leak'trends and the application of existing and new.technologies for the rapid : iW :. •: detection and location of dielectric fluid leaks. K i. The committee, under the direction of the Chairperson, will have the authority to mobilize all necessary Company and contractor resources to assist in the leak search efforts. j. , The committee will work with Research and'Development, Transmission :7-V-J|Feeder^Engineering, Substation Operations^-and-Tra v ^t Operation to investigate new technologies for the rapid detection and location of dielectric fluid leaks. 2.3 Leak Search Review - At the completion of leak repairs, a critique will be prepared by the Chairperson. The critique will include: a. Description of leak (incident). DATE NUMBER SUPERSEDES PAGE 2 OF CI-260-6 Jul17f2003 CI-260-6 Dec 1,'00 6 PAGES SUBJECT DIELECTRIC FLUID LEAK COMMITTEE b. Sequence of events. c. Leak search strategies utilized. d. Lessons learned to be used in a continuous improvement process to prevent and rapidly identify leak locations. e. Recommendations for modifying existing procedures and systems to reduce and prevent the occurrence of leaks on dielectric fluid filled cable systems as well as implementing best management practices in the rapid identification and repair of leaks. f. The critiques will be disseminated within each committee member's organization and will be forwarded to The Learning Center for training purposes. 3.0 RESPONSIBILITIES - The General Manager, Substation Operations Manhattan, is responsible for general oversight. 4-.0 EXHIBITS - Attached are guides for leak detection strategies, which have been developed in accordance with Engineering Order 6257, and may be modified as • ,' , necessary to suit field conditions. • , ' ' ' ' .; 4.1 EXHIBIT A - Leak Strategy For Static Pressure Feeders 4.2 EXHIBIT B - Leak Strategy For Feeders on Slow Circulation 4.3 EXHIBIT C - Leak Strategy For Feeders on Rapid Circulation 5.0 REFERENCES ~ v 5.1 - Substation Operation Procedure 0900-19, "First Response To and Notification . of Dielectric Fluid Filled Cable Systems Spills and^^^^^ •..!,' •''«"- "^ 5.2 November1994 0rder.of Consent with;NYSDEC Sections 01,02, and OS/i;;^ '5i3l' December 2000 Order of Consent with NYSOEC Appendix C.fr ; 6.0 ADVICE AND COUNSEL - The Chairperson of the Dielectric Fluid Leak Committee will provide advice and counsel on this instruction. DATE NUMBER SUPERSEDES PAGE 3 OF CI-260-6 conEdison Jul 17. 2003 CI-260-6 Dec l.'OO 6 PAGES SUBJECT DIELECTRIC FLUID LEAK COMMITTEE Page 8 EO-6257-6 LEAK STRATEGY FOR STATIC PRESSURE FEEDERS EXHIBIT A September 1997 Leak suspected through trending tank level, flow meter readings, leak detection system. Perform drop checks to verify. Check: Feeder manholes, distribution manholes, valve pits, clean-out manholes, terminals, pressurizing plants, subways, tunnels, sewers, vaults, Telco & cable boxes, bridge crossings. Prepare PFT mixture and injection equipment. Leak Committee to evaluate when and where to tag feeder. [ Patrol feeder route I t Yes No Leak still No exists* •? ~^ Probe and excavate Establish freeze new probe pits Yes Freeze and excavate Yes new freeze pits. Evaluate drop check/flow Evaluate probe meter results. Yes Leak still exists**? Install flow ^No meter Excavate when leak is Llndeclare within a 100 ft. section. > r Evaluate flow Apply temporary clamp Barhole and pinpoint meter results then permanent repairs leak location T Yes Revise feeder route ' Add tional \ drawings No Sem i-stops?^ to include new freeze/probe pits, if applicable. * Remove feeder from service if reduced pressure will not impede the leak search effort. •* Per Leak Committee review DATE NUMBER SUPERSEDES PAGE 4 OF CI-260-6 conEdison Jul 17, 2003 CI-260-6 Dec VOO 6 PAGES SUBJECT DIELECTRIC FLUID LEAK COMMITTEE Page 9 EXHIBITS EO-6257-6 LEAK STRATEGY FOR FEEDERS QN SLOW CIRCULATION September 1997 Leak suspected through trending tank level, flow meter readings, leak detection system. Check: Feeder manholes, distribution manholes, valve pits, clean-oit manholes, terminals, pressurizing plants, subways, tunnels, sewers, vaults, Telco & cable boxes, bridge crossings. Close crossover valve, and perfonn drop checks to determine which feeder is leaking. IfPFT not feasible: Follow No No Prepare PFT mixture freeze method as described and injection equipment.* in Static Pressure procedure. Yes Patrol feeder route Open crossover valve. Rcstablish slow circ. Yes Barhole and pinpoint leak location Apply temporary clamp Close crossover valve and then permanent repairs place feeder on static pressure Refer to LEAK STRATEGY FOR STATIC PRESSURE FEEDERS beginning with "Is leak > 15 GPH * Leak Committee to determine whether or not to tag feeder based on length of time to tag feeder ** Per Leak Committee review DATE NUMBER SUPERSEDES PAGE 5 OF CI-260-6 conEdison Jul 17, 2003 CI-260-6 Dec 1,'00 6 PAGES SUBJECT DIELECTRIC FLUID LEAK COMMITTEE Page 10 EXHIBIT C LEAK STRATEGY FOR FEEDERS ON RAPID CIRCULATION EO-6257-6 September '. 997 Leak suspected through trending tank level, flow meter readings, leak detection system. Perform drop checks to verily. Check: Feeder manholes, distribution manholes, valve pits, clean-out manholes, terminals, pressurizing plants, circulating plants, PURS, subways, tunnels, sewers, vaults, Telco & cable boxes, bridge crossings. No Yes Prepare PPT mixture, injection equipment and Patrol feeder route tag feeder and circ. lines Yes Barhole and pinpoint leak location Undeclare leak Apply temporary clamp Shut down PURS units/ then permanent repairs circulating plants and place feeder on static pressure Refer to LEAK STRATEGY FOR STATIC PRESSURE FEEDERS • Per Leak Committee review DATE NUMBER SUPERSEDES PAGE 6 OF CI-260-6 conEdison Jul 17. 2003 CI-260-6 Dec 1,'00 6 PAGES Exhibit 20 Case06-T-0710 Exhibit20 Con Edison Application For M29 Transmission Line STAFF OF THE DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC SERVICE INTERROGATORY/DOCUMENT REQUEST Request No.: DPS-56 Requested By: David Macks Date of Request: 9/18/06 Reply Date: 9/28/06 Subject: Larger Aerial Photos Please provide a full set of aerial photos of the project area at a larger scale than those already provided. Also, please indicate on said photos any changes that have occurred along the primary, proposed route since they were taken in December, 2004. In response to a previous informal request, a complete set of oversized aerial photos (24" x 36" format at an approximate scale of 1' = 250') was provided to DPS staff on July 12, 2006. Aerial photos provided as Figures 2-3c, 2-3d, and 2-3f were subsequently updated on July 28, 2006 to identify changes along the preferred route based on a reconnaissance survey conducted on July 26, 2006. Name of Person Preparing Response: Craig Wolfgang, TRC Environmental Corp. Date: 09/22/06 Exhibit 21 Exhibit 21 Case06-T-0710 Con Edison Application For M29 Transmission Line STAFF OF THE DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC SERVICE INTERROGATORY/DOCUMENT REOUEST Request No.: DPS-57 Requested By: David Macks Date of Request: 9/18/06 Reply Date: 9/28/06 Subject: Additional information about the project route. Please provide a list of any surface features or information not shown on the original aerial photos contained within the Application, and as detailed in the larger scaled maps requested in Staffs interrogatory DPS-56. Provide addresses, nature of structures (i.e.. residential or commercial) and approximate distances from the centerline. Based on a reconnaissance survey on July 26, 2006, four (4) new developments were identified along the preferred route for the M29 Transmission Line. 1. Fr. Pat Carroll Green Housing Project - 2-Family Townhouses, located on the southwestern comer of Nepperhan Avenue and Ashburton Avenue, City of Yonkers (shown on Figure 2-3c). 2. 8-Story residential building, located on the southwestern comer of Riverdale Avenue and Highland Avenue, City of Yonkers (shown on Figure 2-3d). 3. 2-Story residential building, located on the northeastern comer of Riverdale Avenue and West 246th Street, Bronx (shown on Figure 2-3 f). 4. 2-Story building, developed by Hudson View Construction, located on the northwestern comer of Riverdale Avenue at West 238' Street, Bronx (shown on Figure 2-3 f). Name of Person Preparing Response: Craig Wolfgang, TRC Environmental Corp. Date: 09/22/06 Exhibit 22 Exhibit 22 Case06-T-0710 Con Edison Application For M29 Transmission Line STAFF OF THE DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC SERVICE INTERROGATORY/DOCUMENT REOUEST Request No.: DPS-58 Requested By: David Macks Date of Request: 9/18/06 Reply Date: 9/28/06 Subject: Correspondence request Please provide copies of any correspondence between Con Edison and others concerning the development and use of "alternative routes," "alternative technologies," or "alternative crossings" for the Harlem River. Con Edison has had informal discussions with the upland property owners, but there is no written correspondence between the parties. Con Edison did retain the services of several highly experienced engineering/design firms who conducted extensive studies of the topographical and geotechnical design issues required for boring. With their experience, these firms considered all possible boring alternatives and devised the best possible design. These alternatives are detailed in June 2005 and January 2006 Mueser Rutledge Consulting Engineers Feasibility Reports. At the Project's onset. Con Edison evaluated several options for crossing the Harlem River. One alternative evaluated was installation of a tunnel. Preliminary cost analysis of tunnel construction was considered high in comparison to the cost of a horizontal directional drill (HDD), and the option was tabled. However, as the detailed engineering of the HDD progressed, technical issues and costs associated with the steel pipe bending radiuses, the cathodic protection of installed facilities (steel pipe installed within HDPE plastic casing pipe), noise mitigation, and the need for sidewalk bridges to support pipes in front of the Time Wamer property on the Manhattan side of the river, the additional costs for HDD installation became comparable to the cost of tunnel construction. In addition, continuing discussions with the upland property owners, concerned with the environmental and property value impacts and limitations presented by the HDD, further contributed to Con Edison's decision to revise its Harlem River crossing plans. On September 26,2006, Commission staff was advised of Con Edison's decision to cross the Harlem River by tunnel, not HDD. Name of Person Preparing Response: Kenneth Chu Date: 09/27/06 Exhibit 23 Exhibit 23 Case06-T-0710 Con Edison Application For M29 Transmission Line STAFF OF THE DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC SERVICE INTERROGATORY/DOCUMENT REOUEST Request No.: DPS-59 Requested By: David Macks Dale of Request: 9/18/06 Reply Date: 9/28/06 Subject: Alternative Harlem River Crossings. Approximately how many residents of the Marble Hill Houses Projects will have long-term static views of the directional drilling operations at your preferred crossing? As Con Edison advised Staff earlier this week, horizontal directional drilling is no longer the preferred methodology for installation of the transmission line under the Harlem River. A forthcoming amendment to the Article VII application for the M29 Transmission Line Project will provide a detailed description and assessment of the proposed construction of a tunnel beneath the Harlem River. Niime of Person Preparing Response: Craig Wolfgang, TRC Environmental Corp. Date: 09/22/06 Exhibit 24 Exhibit 24 Case06-T-0710 Con Edison Application For M29 Transmission Line STAFF OF THE DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC SERVICE INTERROGATORY/DOCUMENT REOUEST Request No.: DPS-60 Requested By: David Macks Date of Request: 9/18/06 Reply Date: 9/28/06 Subject: Aesthetics and Visual Resources With the addition of Academy Substation for review in the Application, provide an updated aesthetics and visual resources section, including, but not limited to, a detailed viewshed analysis for the proposed Academy Substation. The Aesthetics and Visual Resources section of the Article VII application (Exhibit 4.3) is complete with regard to the identification of potential visual resources in the vicinity of the Academy Substation and the potential aesthetic impact of the proposed substation on the surrounding community. As requested, viewshed analysis for the Academy Substation will be prepared and provided as an amendment to this response. Name of Person Preparing Response: Craig Wolfgang, TRC Environmental Corp. Date: 09/22/06 Case06-T-0710 Con Edison Application For M29 Transmission Line STAFF OF THE DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC SERVICE INTERROGATORY/DOCUMENT REQUEST Request No.: DPS-60 Requested By: David Macks Date of Request: 9/18/06 Reply Date: 9/28/06; Supplemented 11/09/06 Subject: Aesthetics and Visual Resources With the addition of Academy Substation for review in the Application, provide an updated aesthetics and visual resources section, including, but not limited to, a detailed viewshed analysis for the proposed Academy Substation. The Aesthetics and Visual Resources section of the Article VII application (Eixhibit 4.3) is complete with regard to the identification of potential visual resources in the vicinity of the proposed Academy Substation and the potential aesthetic impact of the substation on the surrounding community. Additional assessment of the potential visual impact of the Academy Substation was undertaken to document the potential number of viewers that would have static views of the substation. A conventional viewshed analysis based on topography alone is not appropriate for the urban area surrounding the substation site where intervening buildings rather than topography limit the viewshed. Therefore, a field reconnaissance was conducted during October 2006 to identify the taller buildings surrounding the Academy Substation site. This inventory of surrounding buildings, together with the vjiried topography that defines this section of the Harlem River, establishes the viewshed of the Academy Substation. The inventory of tall buildings that surround the Academy Substation site is provided in Table 10-1, and each building is located on the aerial photo provided as Figure 10-10. The topography is also overlaid on Figure 10-10. As shown in this figure, the topography rises sharply along the east side of the Harlem River and to the south of the substation site on the west side of the river. The topography along with the taller buildings along the crest of the slope on the east side of the river (Map #12 through 22) essentially establishes the viewshed to the east. West of the Harlem River, the viewshed of the Academy Substation is defined by the Dyckman Houses (Map # 1) and other taller buildings immediately surrounding the site (Map # 2 through 5). The rising topography to the south of the substation site and the taller buildings at the top (Map # 7 through 11), confine the viewshed in the southerly direction. The number of potential residential viewers was estimated by applying certain factors to the identified residential buildings surrounding the Academy Substation site. Assuming that the first two stories of each building have obstructed views (from intervening trees or buildings), and that an average often residents per floor have views toward the planned substation site, an estimate of the number of residents with potential views of the substation was calculated for each building. Further adjustments were made to reflect the fact that in several of the larger complexes (i.e., the Dyckman Houses), the buildings closer to the substation site block the view from other buildings in the complex. Using these criteria, an estimated 1,600 residents in Manhattan will have static views of the: Academy Substation, and an estimated 2,700 residents in the Bronx will have similar views. These estimated numbers represent less than one percent of the population in Miinhattan Community Board 12, and approximately two percent of the population in Bronx Community Board 5, across the Harlem River from the substation site. Currently, these residents have views of the Sherman Creek Substation and the coirrugated metal fence that surrounds the vacant former site of the Sherman Creek Generating Station. Prior to its demolition in 1996, many of these residents likely had views of the Sherman Creek Generating Station. Current views from the Bronx are dominated by Fort George Hill, which rises to an elevation greater than 200 feet above mean sea level, the Dyckman Houses, and the industrial waterfront along the Harlem River north of Sherman Creek. Views from the residential buildings atop Fort George Hill encompass the Harlem River, the West 207th Street Bridge, the Metro-North Railroad corridor and the development above the railroad. Views from the Dyckman Houses include Sherman Creek, Roberto Clemente State Park and the rising topography and development beyond the Metro-North Railroad. From all vantage points, the landscape is characteristic of an urban waterway where natural features are subordinate to the; mix of transportation corridors and industrial, residential and institutional developments. Within this context, the Academy Substation will be viewed as another indeterminate feature in the urban mosaic. Name of Person Preparing Response: Craig Wolfgang, TRC Environmental Corp. Date: 11/09/06 Table 10-1: Building Inventory Surrounding the Academy Substation Site Distance/Direction Map # NameofBldg/ Land Use Address from Academy Remarks # Stories Development Substation Type Dyckman Street between Nagle Avenue and 8 residential buildings in 1 14 Dyckman Houses 900 feet W Residential 10th Avenue NYCHA complex 2 10th Avenue at Dyckman Street 4 PS 5 700 feet SW Institutional 3 240 Nagel Avenue 17 1,350 feet N Residential 4 518 West 204th Street 5 ' 1,500 feet N Residential 5 428,432,436 West 204th Street 5 900 feet N Residential 6 99 Hillside Avenue, comer of Sickle Street 22 Inwood Terrace 1,800 feet SW Residential 7 17 Fort George Hill 22 2,100 feet SW Residential 8 121/& 131 Fort George Hill 7 2,200 feet SW Residential 9 11 Fort George Hill 22 2,400 feet SW Residential George Washington 10 Audubon Street b/t 192nd and 193rd Streets 4 2,250 feet SW Institutional H.S. Isabella Geriatric 11 515 & 525 Audubon Street 17 2,700 feet SW - Institutional Center Fordham Hills Coop 9 buildings in complex 12 2400 Sedgwick Street 17 3,400 feet NE Residential Apartments Partially obstructed views 13 2175 Cedar Street 7 Cedar Arms 2,000 feet NE Residential 14 1981-1985 Sedgwick Street 7 Rosewick Gardens 1,250 feet SE Residential Unobstructed views 15 1960-1978 Cedar Street 2 1,450 feet SE Residential Partially obstructed views Laura Building 16 1955-1975 Sedgwick Street 6 1,500 feet SE Residential Joan Building Colston Hall 17 181 University Street 7 Bronx Community 1,300 feet E Institutional Partially obstructed views College 1871 Sedgwick Street 18 13 2,000 feet SE Residential 1889 Sedgwick Street M29 Transmission Line Project Response to Interrogatory DPS-60 Distance/Direction Map # NameofBldg/ Land Use Address from Academy Remarks # n Stories Deyelo !nent Substation 19 1849 Sedgwick Street 15 2,300 feet S Residential 3 tower-complex; 43-story (2), 20 10-40 Roberto Clemente State Park Drive 38,43 River Park Towers 2,600 feet S Residential and 38-story (1) Unobstructed views Near comer of Cedar Street and Roberto 21 4 Board of Education 2,400 feet S Institutional Unobstructed views Clemente State Park Drive 22 1750 Cedar Street 17 3,100 feet S Residential Partially obstructed views Source: TRC Environmental Corp., October 2006 M29 Transmission Line Project Response to Interrogatory DPS-60 Exhibit 25 Exhibit 25 Case06-T-0710 Con Edison Application For M29 Transmission Line STAFF OF THE DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC SERVICE INTERROGATORY/DOCUMENT REQUEST Request No.: DPS-61 Requested By: David Macks . Date of Request: 9/18/06 Reply Date: 9/28/06 Subject: Alternative Harlem River Crossings The Application dismissed "Option 2 - Follow Exterior Street to MTA property." Please indicate the reasons why this alternative large abandoned industrial area near the Railroad Tracks adjacent to the Harlem River was dismissed, and explain why the use of condemnation powers would not address the reasons for rejecting this alternative. Indicate whether this alternative would reduce noise, parking and visual impacts to residents of the Marble Hill Houses Project. The area referenced in DPS-61 as a "large abandoned industrial area" is not abandoned and is currently owned and operated by the Metropolitan Transportation Authority (MTA) Metro-North Railroad. Con Edison's reasons for not considering this area further included that: (i) informal discussions with MTA representatives indicated that the MTA has development plans for the area, and that the area is currently used by MTA maintenance personnel to offload refuse and for storage of rail facility maintenance equipment; (ii) routing the M29 transmission line in this area would have required a longitudinal right-of-way along the MTA railroad tracks, which the railroad is opposed to granting; and (iii) use of this area would have resulted in extensive disruption at the public school (PS/IS 18) located at 220th Street, between Tenth and Ninth Avenue in Manhattan, since a portion of 220th Street close to the school would have been required as a staging area during the HDD drilling and pipe pullback operation. Further, use of the MTA property would have reduced noise, parking and visual impacts to residents of the Marble Hill Houses complex, but would have simply transferred those impacts to the area around PS/IS 18. Consequently, Con Edison's rejection of this alternative site included a technical basis, in addition to the problematic jurisdictional and timing concerns associated with any effort to condemn property owned by a New York State public authority/public benefit corporation. Name of Person Preparing Response: Kenneth Chu Date: 09/27/06 Exhibit 26 Exhibit 26 Case06-T-0710 Con Edison Application For M29 Transmission Line STAFF OF THE DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC SERVICE INTERROGATORY/DOCUMENT REOUEST Request No.: DPS-62 Requested By: David Macks Date of Request: 9/18/06 Reply Date: 9/28/06 Subject: Distributed G In light of the new generation that has been added in the City in the past 3 years, provide a qualitative and quantitative explanation of how many distributed generation projects would be required to obviate the need for the M-29 Project. Also, indicate how the availability of an additional 500 MW or more in Astoria, Queens would affect the need for this project. The Company objects to the interrogatory on the grounds that such a study would be unduly burdensome, but notes that its Article VII application contains a full discussion of whether demand side management, including the use of distributed generation, could defer the need for this project, and that analysis is unaffected by the new generation that has been added in the City in the past three years. Moreover, to consider the impact assessment of an additional 500 MW of generation in Astoria (Queens), Con Edison would require additional information, including the assumed starting level of generation ("baseline system"), the electrical characteristics of the assumed generating facilities, the electrical interconnection point(s) to specific switching station(s), and the projected in- service date(s). Name of Person Preparing Response: Jeffrey L. Riback/Francesco Elmi Date: 09/27/06